BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
8-K, 1996-09-11
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: AMERICAN MATERIALS & TECHNOLOGIES CORP, SB-2, 1996-09-11
Next: ADVANCE PARADIGM INC, S-1/A, 1996-09-11





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM 8-K


                                 CURRENT REPORT


                     PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                                 July 19, 1996
                        -------------------------------
                       (Date of earliest event reported)


                      BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                      ------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


           U.S.A.                     333-4152               86-0645265
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or Other Jurisdiction        (Commission           (I.R.S. Employer
 of Incorporation)                   File Number)      Identification Number)


1825 East Buckeye Road
Phoenix, Arizona                                         85034
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                (Zip Code)


                                 (602) 497-3738
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


                                      N/A
         (Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)

<PAGE>

INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN THE REPORT


Items 1-4.  Not Applicable

Item  5.    On July 19, 1996 the BA Master Credit Card Trust issued its Class A
            Series 1996-A Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates and its Class
            B Series 1996-A Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates.

Item 6.     Not Applicable.

Item 7.     Exhibits.

            The  following  are filed as Exhibits to this Report under  Exhibits
            1.1, 4.1 and 4.2.

            Exhibit 1.1    Standard Terms Underwriting Agreement, dated as of
                           July 12, 1996.

            Exhibit 4.1    Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of 
                           July 19, 1996.

            Exhibit 4.2    Series 1996-A Supplement to the Pooling and Servicing
                           Agreement dated as of July 19, 1996.


                                   SIGNATURES

            Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.


                                           BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


Date:  July 19, 1996


                                           By:  /s/ MARGARET A. SPRUDE
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Name:  Margaret A. Sprude
                                                Title: Senior Vice President

<PAGE>

                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Exhibit
Number         Exhibit Description
- -------        -------------------

1.1            Standard Terms Underwriting Agreement, dated as of July 12, 1996.

4.1            Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of July 19, 1996.

4.2            Series 1996-A Supplement, dated as of July 19, 1996.



                                                                     EXHIBIT A

                          BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST

                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                           (Transferor and Servicer)

                            UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                               (Standard Terms)


                                                                 July 12, 1996




      This Underwriting Agreement (Standard Terms) (this "Agreement") is
                                                          ---------
attached to and incorporated by reference into a certain Terms Agreement (the
"Terms Agreement") between Bank of America National Association (the "Bank")
 ---------------                                                      ----
and the "Representative" referred to therein.  This Agreement together with
the Terms Agreement provide for, among other things, the terms of the initial
issuance and sale of the "Certificates" (as defined below).  References
herein to this Agreement shall include the Terms Agreement unless the context
clearly indicates otherwise.

      The Bank proposes to cause the BA Master Credit Card Trust (the
"Trust") to issue the asset backed certificates designated in the Terms
 -----
Agreement (the "Certificates").  The Certificates will be issued pursuant to
                ------------
a Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of July 19, 1996 between the Bank,
as Transferor and Servicer, and First Bank National Association, as trustee
(the "Trustee") (as amended from time to time, the "Pooling and Servicing
      -------                                       ---------------------
Agreement"), as supplemented by the Series Supplement described in the Terms
- ---------
Agreement between the Bank, as Transferor and Servicer, and the Trustee (as
amended from time to time, the "Supplement").  As specified in the Terms
                                ----------
Agreement, the Certificates may be sold in a public offering by the Trust
through an underwriter designated in the Terms Agreement, as sole
underwriter, or through certain underwriters listed on Schedule I to the
                                                       ----------
Terms Agreement, one or more of which may act as representative of such
underwriters (any underwriter through which Certificates are sold shall be
referred to herein as an "Underwriter"; all such Underwriters shall be
                          -----------
referred to herein collectively as the "Underwriters"; and any Underwriter
                                        ------------
acting as sole Underwriter of the Certificates or any representatives of a
group of Underwriters shall be referred to herein as a "Representative").
                                                        --------------
Any Series of asset backed certificates issued pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement may include the benefits of a letter of credit,
subordination arrangement, surety bond, insurance policy, cash collateral
account, cash collateral guaranty, collateral interest, guaranteed rate
agreement, maturity liquidity facility, interest rate cap agreement, interest
rate swap agreement, spread account, reserve account or other contract or
agreement for the benefit of the certificate holders of such Series ("Credit
                                                                      ------ 
Enhancement").  Any Credit Enhancement applicable to the Certificates is
- -----------

<PAGE>

specified in the Terms Agreement and, if applicable,  an agreement or
contract (the "Credit Enhancement Agreement") may be entered into by the
               ----------------------------
provider of such Credit Enhancement (the "Credit Enhancement Provider") and
                                          ---------------------------
the other parties thereto, as specified in the Terms Agreement.  Each
Certificate will represent an undivided ownership interest in the assets of
the Trust.  The assets of the Trust include, among other things, certain amounts
due on a pool of MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) revolving credit card accounts
owned by the Bank (the "Receivables"), proceeds of credit insurance policies
                        -----------
relating to the Receivables and, with respect to any Series or Class of asset
backed certificates, the benefit of the Credit Enhancement, if any, for such
Series or Class.  To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used
herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, as supplemented by the Supplement.  Unless otherwise stated
herein, as the context otherwise requires or if such term is otherwise
defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, each capitalized term  used
or defined herein or in the Terms Agreement shall relate only to the
Certificates and to no other Series of asset backed certificates issued by
the Trust.

      The Bank has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") in accordance with the provisions of the
                 ----------
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder (collectively, the "Act"), a shelf registration
                                          ---
statement on Form S-3 (having the registration number stated in the Terms
Agreement), including a form of prospectus, relating to the Certificates.
The registration statement as amended has been declared effective by the
Commission.  If any post-effective amendment has been filed with respect
thereto, prior to the execution and delivery of the Terms Agreement, the most
recent such amendment has been declared effective by the Commission.  Such
registration statement, as most recently amended at the time of
effectiveness, including all material incorporated by reference therein and
including all information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration
statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act,
is referred to in this Agreement as the "Registration Statement".  The Bank
                                         ----------------------
proposes to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) ("Rule 424(b)")
                                                               -----------
under the Act a supplement (the "Prospectus Supplement") to the prospectus
                                 ---------------------
included in the Registration Statement (such prospectus, in the form it
appears in the Registration Statement or in the form most recently revised
and filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) is hereunder referred
to as the "Base Prospectus") relating to the Certificates and the method of
           ---------------
distribution thereof.  The Base Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplement,
together with any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, is hereinafter
referred to as the "Prospectus".
                    ----------

      Upon the execution of the Terms Agreement, the Bank agrees with the
Underwriters as follows:

            1.     Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth and
in the Terms Agreement, the Bank agrees to cause the Trust to sell and
deliver the Certificates to the several Underwriters as hereinafter provided,
and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees to
purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Trust the respective principal
amount of Certificates set forth opposite such Underwriter's name in the
Terms Agreement.  The Certificates are to be purchased by the Underwriters at
the purchase price set forth in the Terms Agreement.


            2.     The Bank understands that the Underwriters intend (i) to
make a public offering of their respective portions of the Certificates as
soon after this Agreement has become effective as in the judgment of the
Representative is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Certificates upon
the terms set forth in the Prospectus.

            3.     Unless otherwise provided in the Terms Agreement, payment
for the Certificates shall be made to the Bank or to its order by wire
transfer of same day funds, at 7:30 a.m., West Coast time, on the Closing
Date (as hereinafter defined), or at such other time on the same or such
other date, not later than the fifth Business Day thereafter, as the
Representative and the Bank may agree upon in writing.  The time and date of
such payment for the Certificates are referred to herein as the "Closing Date";
                                                                 ------------
and delivery of the Certificates against such payment on the Closing
Date shall take place at the office of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe in San
Francisco, California, at 7:30 a.m., West Coast time.  As used herein, the
term "Business Day" means any day other than a day on which banks are
      ------------
permitted or required to be closed in New York, New York or San Francisco,
California.

      Unless otherwise provided in the Terms Agreement, payment for the
Certificates shall be made against delivery to the Representative for the
respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Certificates
registered in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee of The Depository Trust
Company and in such denominations as the Representative shall request in
writing not later than two full Business Days prior to the Closing Date, with
any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer to the
Underwriters of the Certificates duly paid by the Bank.  Unless otherwise
provided in the Terms Agreement, the global certificates representing the
Certificates will be made available for inspection by the Representative at
the above office of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe not later than 1:00 P.M.,
West Coast time, on the Business Day prior to the Closing Date.

            4.     Upon the execution of the Terms Agreement, the Bank
represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

                  (a)    The Registration Statement on Form S-3 (having the
      registration number set forth in the Terms Agreement), including the
      Prospectus and such amendments thereto as may have been made on or
      prior to the date of the Terms Agreement, relating to the Certificates,
      has been filed with the Commission and such Registration Statement as
      amended has become effective.  The conditions to the use of a shelf
      registration statement on Form S-3 under the Act, as set forth in the
      General Instructions to Form S-3, have been satisfied with respect to
      the Bank and the Registration Statement.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

                  (b)    No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
      Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for that
      purpose has been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Bank,
      threatened by the Commission, and on the effective date of the
      Registration Statement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
      conformed in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules
      and regulations of the Commission under the Act (the "Rules and
                                                            --------- 
      Regulations"), and did not include any untrue statement of a material
      -----------
      fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
      or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading,
      and on the date of the Terms Agreement, the Registration Statement and
      the Prospectus conform, and at the time of filing of the Prospectus
      pursuant to Rule 424(b) such documents will conform in all respects to
      the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and on the
      Closing Date the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform
      in all respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and
      Regulations, and neither of such documents will include on the date of
      the Terms Agreement and on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a
      material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated
      therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light
      of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
      provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not
      --------  -------
      apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in
      conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to
      the Bank in writing by such Underwriter through the Representative
      expressly for use therein.

                  (c)    As of the Closing Date, the representations and
      warranties of the Bank, as Transferor and Servicer, in the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement, as supplemented by the Supplement, will be true
      and correct.

                  (d)    The Bank has been duly organized and is validly
      existing as a national banking association in good standing under the
      laws of the United States, with power and authority (corporate and
      other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in
      the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and has been duly
      qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and
      is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which
      it owns or leases  properties, or conducts any business, so as to
      require such qualification, other than where the failure to be so
      qualified or in good standing would not have a material adverse effect
      on the Bank and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                  (e)    The Certificates have been duly authorized, and,
      when issued and delivered pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
      Agreement and the Supplement, duly authenticated by the Trustee and
      paid for by the Underwriters in accordance with the terms of this
      Agreement, will be duly and validly executed, authenticated, issued and
      delivered and entitled to the benefits provided by the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement and the Supplement; each of the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement, the Supplement and this Agreement have been duly
      authorized by the Bank and, when executed and delivered by the Bank, as
      Transferor and Servicer, and the Trustee (in the case of the Pooling

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

      and Servicing Agreement and the Supplement), each of the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement, the Supplement and this Agreement will constitute
      a valid and binding agreement of the Bank; the Certificates, the
      Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Supplement conform to the
      descriptions thereof in the Prospectus in all material respects; and,
      if applicable, the Credit Enhancement Agreement has been duly
      authorized by the Bank, and, when executed by the Credit Enhancement
      Provider and the other parties thereto, the Credit Enhancement
      Agreement will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Bank,
      and the Credit Enhancement and the Credit Enhancement Agreement conform
      to the descriptions thereof in the Prospectus in all material respects.

                  (f)    No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or
      filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is required to be
      obtained or made by the Bank for the consummation of the transactions
      contemplated by this Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
      the Supplement and any Credit Enhancement Agreement except such as have
      been obtained and made under the Act, such as may be required under
      state securities laws and the filing of any financing statements
      required to perfect the Trust's interest in the Receivables.

                  (g)    The Bank is not in violation of its Articles of
      Association or By-laws or in default in the performance or observance
      of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any
      agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its
      properties is bound which would have a material adverse effect on the
      transactions contemplated herein, in the Terms Agreement or in the
      Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Supplement.  The execution,
      delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing
      Agreement, the Supplement and any Credit Enhancement Agreement, and the
      issuance and sale of the Certificates and compliance with the terms and
      provisions hereof and thereof will not result in a breach or violation
      of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under,
      or (other than the Lien of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) result
      in the creation or imposition of any Lien under, any statute, rule,
      regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court
      having jurisdiction over the Bank or any of its properties or any
      agreement or instrument to which the Bank is a party or by which the
      Bank is bound or to which any of the properties of the Bank is subject,
      or the Articles of Association or By-laws of the Bank; and the Bank has
      full power and authority to authorize, issue and sell the Certificates
      as contemplated by this Agreement and to enter into this Agreement, the
      Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Supplement and any Credit
      Enhancement Agreement.

                  (h)    Other than as set forth or contemplated in the
      Prospectus as in effect on the date of execution of the Terms
      Agreement, there are no legal or governmental proceedings or
      investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Bank, threatened to
      which the Bank is or may be a party or to which any property of the
      Bank is or may be the subject (A) asserting the invalidity of the
      Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Supplement, this Agreement, the

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

      Certificates, or any Credit Enhancement Agreement or Credit
      Enhancement, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or
      the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Pooling
      and Servicing Agreement, the Supplement, this Agreement or any Credit
      Enhancement Agreement, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that, in
      the reasonable judgment of the Bank, would materially and adversely
      affect the performance by the Bank of its obligations under the Pooling
      and Servicing Agreement, the Supplement, this Agreement or any Credit
      Enhancement Agreement, (D) seeking any determination or ruling that
      would materially and adversely affect validity or enforceability of the
      Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Supplement, this Agreement, the
      Certificates or any Credit Enhancement Agreement or Credit Enhancement,
      or (E) seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the
      Trust, as described in the Prospectus under the heading "Federal Income
      Tax Considerations"; and there are no contracts or other documents of a
      character required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration
      Statement or required to be described in the Registration Statement or
      the Base Prospectus which are not filed or described as required.

                  (i)    This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
      and delivered by the Bank.

      5.       Upon the execution of the Terms Agreement, the Bank covenants
and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

                  (a)    Immediately following the execution of the Terms
      Agreement, the Bank will prepare a Prospectus Supplement setting forth
      the amount of Certificates covered thereby and the terms thereof not
      otherwise specified in the Base Prospectus, the price at which such
      Certificates are to be purchased by the Underwriters, the initial
      public offering price (if applicable), the selling concessions and
      allowances and such other information as the Bank deems appropriate.
      The Bank will transmit the Prospectus including such Prospectus
      Supplement to the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the time
      period prescribed by Rule 424(b) and by a means reasonably calculated
      to result in filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b).

                  (b)    The Bank will deliver, at the expense of the Bank,
      to the Representative, two signed copies of the Registration Statement
      and each amendment thereto, in each case including exhibits, and to
      each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement
      and each amendment thereto, in each case without exhibits and, during
      the period mentioned in paragraph (e) below, to each of the
                              -------------
      Underwriters as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments
      and supplements thereto) as the Representative may reasonably request.

                  (c)    Before filing any amendment or supplement to the
      Registration Statement or the Prospectus relating to the Certificates,
      the Bank will furnish to the Representative a copy of the proposed
      amendment or supplement for review and will not file any such proposed 
      amendment or supplement to which the Representative reasonably objects.

                                           -6-

<PAGE>

                   (d)    The Bank will advise the Representative promptly,
      and will confirm such advice in writing, (i) when any amendment to the
      Registration Statement shall have become effective, (ii) of any request
      by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or
      any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional
      information, (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
      suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the
      initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose, and (iv)
      of the receipt by the Bank of any notification with respect to any
      suspension of the qualification of the Certificates for offer and sale
      in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding
      for such purpose, and to use its best efforts to prevent the issuance
      of any such stop order or notification and, if issued, to obtain as
      soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

                  (e)    The Bank will, if during such period of time after
      the first date of the public offering of the Certificates as in the
      opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a Prospectus relating to the
      Certificates is required by law to be delivered in connection with
      sales by an Underwriter or dealer, (i) any event shall occur as a
      result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus
      in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
      circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not
      misleading, or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the
      Prospectus to comply with the law, forthwith prepare and furnish, at
      the expense of the Bank, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose
      names and addresses the Representative will furnish to the Bank) to
      which Certificates may have been sold by the Representative on behalf
      of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, such
      amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that
      the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will
      not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered
      to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply
      with the law.  The Bank will furnish or cause to be furnished to the
      Representative copies of all reports on Form SR required by Rule 463
      under the Act, as filed with the Commission.

                  (f)    The Bank will arrange for the qualification of the
      Certificates for offer and sale under the securities or "blue sky" laws
      of such jurisdictions as the Representative shall reasonably request
      and will continue such qualification in effect so long as reasonably
      required for distribution of the Certificates and will pay all fees and
      expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel to the
      Underwriters) reasonably incurred in connection with such qualification
      and in connection with the determination of the eligibility of the
      Certificates for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the
      Representative may designate; provided, however, that the Bank shall
                                    --------  -------
      not be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which
      it is not currently so qualified; and provided, further, that the Bank
                                            --------  -------
      shall not be required to file a general consent to service of process
      in any jurisdiction.

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                  (g)    As soon as practicable, but not later than the
      Availability Date (as hereinafter defined), the Bank will cause the
      Trust to make generally available to Certificateholders and to the
      Representative as soon as practicable an earnings statement with
      respect to the Trust covering a period of at least twelve months
      beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which
      shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158
      of the Commission promulgated thereunder.  For the purpose of the
      preceding sentence, "Availability Date" means the 45th day after the
                           -----------------
      end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that
      includes the effective date of the Registration Statement, except that,
      if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Bank's fiscal
      year, "Availability Date" means the 90th day after the end of such
             -----------------
      fourth fiscal quarter.

                  (h)    So long as any of the Certificates are outstanding,
      the Bank will furnish to the Representative copies of all reports or
      other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the
      Certificates and copies of any reports and financial statements
      furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities
      exchange.

                  (i)    For a period from the date of this Agreement until
      the retirement of the Certificates the Bank, as Servicer, will furnish
      to the Representative copies of each certificate and report delivered
      to the Trustee or the holders of the Certificates (including the annual
      Servicer's certificate and the annual independent certified public
      accountant's servicing reports furnished to the Trustee pursuant to
      Article III of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), by first class
      mail as soon as practicable after such statements and reports are
      furnished to the Trustee or the holders of the Certificates.

                  (j)    During the period beginning on the date hereof and
      continuing to and including the Business Day following the Closing
      Date, the Bank will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise
      dispose of any debt securities of or guaranteed by the Bank which are
      substantially similar to the Certificates without the prior written
      consent of the Representative.

                  (k)    The Bank will cause the Certificates to be
      registered in a timely manner pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act
      of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), to the extent required by the
                                ------------
      Exchange Act or in order to permit the Certificates (or any Class
      thereof) to be eligible for purchase by employee benefit plan investors.

                  (l)    To the extent, if any, that the rating provided with
      respect to the Certificates by the rating agency or rating agencies
      rating the Certificates (the "Rating Agency") is conditional upon the
                                    -------------
      furnishing of documents or the taking of any other action by the Bank
      agreed upon on or prior to the Closing Date, the Bank shall furnish
      such documents and take any such other action.

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

                  (m)    So long as any Certificates are outstanding, the
      Bank will cause to be delivered to the Representative copies of each
      Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee or any Rating Agency by
      counsel to the Bank pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
      the Supplement at the time such opinion is delivered.

            6.     The Bank will pay all costs and expenses incident to the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, all costs and expenses (i) incident
to the preparation, issuance, execution, authentication and delivery of the
Certificates, (ii) incident to the preparation, printing (including word
processing and duplication costs) and filing under the Act of the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus
(including in each case all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto),
(iii) related to any filing with the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. required to be made by the Underwriters in connection with the
offering of the Certificates, (iv) in connection with the printing (including
word processing and duplication costs) and delivery of this Agreement, the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Supplement, any Credit Enhancement
Agreement and the furnishing to the Underwriters and dealers of copies of the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus as herein provided, (v)
constituting the fees and disbursements of the Bank's counsel and
accountants, (vi) constituting the fees of The Depository Trust Company in
connection with the book-entry registration of the Certificates, (vii)
constituting the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, and
(viii) payable to the Rating Agency in connection with the rating of the
Certificates, except that the Underwriters agree to reimburse the Bank for an
amount specified in the applicable Terms Agreement on the Closing Date for
application toward such expenses.

      7.       The several obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are
subject to the performance by the Bank of its obligations hereunder and under
the Terms Agreement and to the following additional conditions:

                  (a)    On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the
      Representative shall have received a letter, dated the date of the
      Terms Agreement, of Ernst & Young (or such other independent
      accountants as shall be named in the Terms Agreement) confirming that
      they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Act
      and the applicable Rules and Regulations thereunder and substantially
      in the form heretofore agreed and otherwise in form and in substance
      satisfactory to the Underwriters and Underwriters' counsel.

                  (b)    The Prospectus shall have been filed with the
      Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period
      prescribed for such filing by the Rules and Regulations and in
      accordance with Section 5(a) of this Agreement; and, as of the Closing
                      ------------
      Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
      Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose shall
      be pending before or threatened by the Commission, and all requests for
      additional information from the Commission with respect to the
      Registration Statement shall have been complied with to the
      satisfaction of the Representative.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

                  (c)    The representations and warranties of the Bank
      contained herein are true and correct as of the Closing Date and the
      Bank shall have complied with all agreements and all conditions on its
      part to be performed or satisfied hereunder and under the Terms
      Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date.

                  (d)    The Representative shall have received an opinion of
      Andrea B. Sudmann, counsel for the Bank (provided that the Terms
      Agreement may set forth the name of other counsel who shall deliver
      such opinion), dated the Closing Date, in form and substance
      satisfactory to the Representative and its counsel, to the effect that:

                        (i)    the Bank is a national banking association
            formed under the laws of the United States of America and is
            authorized to transact the business of banking, including to own
            its assets and to transact its business as described in the
            Prospectus, and had at all relevant times and now has the power,
            authority and legal right to acquire, own and service the
            Accounts and the Receivables;

                        (ii)   the Bank has the power and authority to
            execute and deliver this Agreement, the applicable Credit
            Enhancement Agreement, if any, the Pooling and Servicing
            Agreement and the Supplement and to consummate the transactions
            contemplated herein and therein;

                        (iii)  the Certificates have been duly authorized,
            executed and, when authenticated in accordance with the terms of
            the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Supplement and
            delivered and paid for pursuant to this Agreement, will be duly
            and validly issued and outstanding;

                        (iv)   no consent, approval, authorization or order
            of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court
            is required for the consummation by the Bank of the transactions
            contemplated herein, the Terms Agreement, the Pooling and
            Servicing Agreement, the Supplement or the applicable Credit
            Enhancement Agreement, except for such consents, approvals,
            orders or filings as may be required under federal or state
            securities laws and except for such filings as may be required to
            perfect interests in the Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and
            Servicing Agreement, the Supplement and the applicable Credit
            Enhancement Agreement;

                        (v)    none of the execution, delivery and
            performance by the Bank of its obligations under this Agreement,
            the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Supplement or the
            applicable Credit Enhancement Agreement, the transfer of the
            Receivables to the Trust, the issuance and sale of the
            Certificates, or the consummation of any other of the
            transactions contemplated herein, in the Supplement, the Pooling
            and Servicing Agreement or the applicable Credit Enhancement

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

            Agreement, will conflict with, result in a breach of or violation
            of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, the
            Articles of Association or Bylaws of the Bank, or any rule,
            order, statute or regulation of any court, regulatory body,
            administrative agency or governmental body having jurisdiction
            over the Bank or the terms of any material indenture or other
            material agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which
            the Bank is a party or by which it or its properties are bound;

                        (vi)   to the best of such counsel's knowledge, there
            are no actions, proceedings or investigations pending or
            threatened before any court, administrative agency or other
            tribunal (x) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, the
            Terms Agreement, the Supplement, the Pooling and Servicing
            Agreement, the applicable Credit Enhancement Agreement, the
            Credit Enhancement or the Certificates, (y) seeking to prevent
            the issuance of the Certificates or the consummation of any of
            the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Supplement,
            the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the applicable Credit
            Enhancement Agreement, the Credit Enhancement or the
            Certificates, which might materially and adversely affect the
            performance by the Bank of its obligations under, or the validity
            or enforceability of, this Agreement, the Supplement, the Pooling
            and Servicing Agreement, the applicable Credit Enhancement
            Agreement, the Credit Enhancement or the Certificates or (z)
            seeking adversely to affect the federal income tax attributes of
            the Certificates as described in the Base Prospectus under the
            headings "Prospectus Summary -- Tax Status" and "Federal Income
            Tax Consequences" and in the Prospectus Supplement under the
            heading "Summary of Terms -- Tax Status"; and

                        (vii)  each of this Agreement, the Pooling and
            Servicing Agreement, the Supplement, the Certificates and the
            applicable Credit Enhancement Agreement has been duly authorized,
            executed and delivered by the Bank.

                  (e)    The Representative shall have received an opinion of
      Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe, special counsel for the Bank (provided
      that the Terms Agreement may set forth the name of other counsel who
      shall deliver such opinion), dated the Closing Date, in form and
      substance satisfactory to the Representative and its counsel, to the
      effect that:

                        (i)    each of this Agreement, the Pooling and
            Servicing Agreement, the Supplement and the applicable Credit
            Enhancement Agreement constitutes, the legal, valid and binding
            agreement of the Bank, enforceable against the Bank in accordance
            with its terms, qualified as to (x) limitations imposed by
            bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent
            conveyance, arrangement or other laws relating to or affecting

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

            the rights of creditors generally or the rights of creditors of
            national banking associations, (y) general principles of equity,
            including without limitation the availability of specific
            performance, regardless of whether such enforceability is
            considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (z) rights to
            indemnification and contribution which may be limited by
            applicable law or equitable principles or otherwise unenforceable
            as against public policy;

                        (ii)   the Certificates, when executed and
            authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and
            Servicing Agreement and the Supplement and delivered to and paid
            for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will be duly
            and validly issued and outstanding and will be entitled to the
            benefits of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the
            Supplement;

                        (iii)  the Registration Statement has become
            effective under the Act and the Prospectus has been filed with
            the Commission, pursuant to Rule 424(b) promulgated under the
            Act; to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order
            suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has
            been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been
            instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Act; and the
            Registration Statement and the Prospectus (other than the
            financial and statistical information therein as to which such
            counsel express no opinion), as of their respective effective
            date or date of issuance, complied as to form in all material
            respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and
            Regulations;

                        (iv)   this Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing
            Agreement, the Supplement, and the Certificates and, if provided
            in the Terms Agreement, the applicable Credit Enhancement
            Agreement and Credit Enhancement, if any, conform in all material
            respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus;

                  (v)      each of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
            the Supplement is not required to be qualified under the Trust
            Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the Trust is not now, and
            immediately following the sale of the Certificates pursuant to
            this Agreement will not be, required to be registered under the
            Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

                        (vi)   for federal income tax purposes (i) the
            Certificates will not constitute an ownership interest in the
            Receivables but will properly be characterized as debt, (ii) any
            entity constituted by the Trust will not be an association
            taxable as a corporation or publicly traded partnership treated
            as a corporation, and (iii) the issuance of the Certificates (x)
            will not adversely affect the federal income tax characterization

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

            as debt of any issued and outstanding Series of certificates
            issued by the Trust, (y) will not cause the Trust to be deemed to
            be an association taxable as a corporation or publicly traded
            partnership treated as a corporation and (z) will not cause or
            constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by
            any holder of a Certificate of any outstanding Series or Class
            that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance;

                  (vii)    the statements in the Base Prospectus under the
            headings "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables", "Federal
            Income Tax Consequences" and "ERISA Considerations", to the
            extent they constitute matters of law or legal conclusions with
            respect thereto, have been reviewed by such counsel and are
            correct in all material respects.

      Such counsel also shall state that they have participated in
conferences with representatives of the Bank and their accountants, the
Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters concerning the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be
stated therein and the matters stated therein, although they are not
independently verifying the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such
statements (except as stated in paragraph (vii) above) and based upon and
                                ---------------
subject to the foregoing, nothing has come to such counsel's attention to
cause such counsel to believe that the Registration Statement, at the time it
became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus,
as of the Closing Date, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or
omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading (it being understood that such counsel
has not been requested to and does not make any comment in such opinion with
respect to the financial statements, supporting schedules and other financial
or statistical information contained in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus).

                  (f)    The Representative shall have received an opinion or
      opinions of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe, special counsel for the
      Bank (provided that the Terms Agreement may set forth the name of other
      counsel who shall deliver such opinion), dated the Closing Date, in
      form and substance satisfactory to the Representative and its counsel,
      with respect to certain matters relating to the transfer of the
      Receivables to the Trust and the applicability of certain provisions of
      the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial
      Institutions, Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 with respect
      to the effect of receivership of the Bank on such interest in the
      Receivables and with respect to other related matters.  In addition,
      the Representative shall have received a reliance letter with respect
      to any opinion that the Bank is required to deliver to the Rating
      Agency.

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

                  (g)    The Representative shall have received an opinion of
      Snell & Wilmer, L.L.P. (provided that the Terms Agreement may set forth
      the name of other counsel who shall deliver such opinion), special
      counsel to the Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to the
      Representative and its counsel, which opinion shall include matters
      relating to the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust and the
      perfection of the Trust's interest in the Receivables and shall provide
      that the characterization of the Trust for federal income tax purposes
      will be determinative of the character of the Trust under the laws of
      the State of Arizona concerning any tax imposed on or measured by
      income.

                  (h)    The Representative shall have received from Mayer,
      Brown & Platt (provided that the Terms Agreement may set forth the name
      of other counsel who shall deliver such opinion), special counsel for
      the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date, in
      form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, with respect to
      the validity of the Certificates, the Registration Statement, the
      Prospectus and other related matters as the Representative may require,
      and the Bank shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as
      such counsel may request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon
      such matters.

                  (i)    The Representative shall have received a
      certificate, dated the Closing Date, of a Vice President or more senior
      officer of the Bank in which such officer, to the best of his or her
      knowledge after reasonable investigation, shall state that the
      representations and warranties of the Bank in this Agreement are true
      and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date,
      that the Bank has complied with all agreements and satisfied all
      conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder and under
      the Terms Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date, that the
      representations and warranties of the Bank, as Transferor and as
      Servicer, in the Supplement and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
      are true and correct as of the dates specified in the Supplement and in
      the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, that the Registration Statement
      has become effective, that no stop order suspending the effectiveness
      of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for
      that purpose have been instituted or are threatened by the Commission
      and that, subsequent to the date of the Prospectus, there has been no
      material adverse change in the financial position or results of
      operation of the Bank's credit card business except as set forth in or
      contemplated by the Prospectus or as described in such certificate.

                  (j)    The Representative shall have received an opinion of
      Dorsey & Whitney, counsel to the Trustee (provided that the Terms
      Agreement may set forth the name of other counsel who shall deliver
      such opinion), dated the Closing Date, in form and substance
      satisfactory to the Representative and its counsel, to the effect that:

                        (i)    the Trustee is a national banking association
            formed under the laws of the United States of America and is
            authorized and qualified to accept the trusts imposed by the
            Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Supplement and the
            applicable Credit Enhancement Agreement and to act as Trustee
            under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Supplement and the
            applicable Credit Enhancement Agreement;

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

                        (ii)   each of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
            the Supplement and the applicable Credit Enhancement Agreement
            has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee
            and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the
            Trustee, enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with its
            terms, except as such enforcement thereof may be limited by
            applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
            similar laws relating to the enforcement of creditors rights
            generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of
            whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in
            equity or at law);

                        (iii)  the Trustee has duly executed and
            authenticated the Certificates on the Closing Date;

                        (iv)   the execution and delivery of the Supplement,
            the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the applicable Credit
            Enhancement Agreement by the Trustee and the performance by the
            Trustee of their respective terms do not conflict with or result
            in a violation of (x) any law or regulation of the United States
            of America governing the banking or trust powers of the Trustee,
            or (y) the charter or by-laws of the Trustee; and

                        (v)    no approval, authorization or other action by,
            or filing with, any governmental authority of the United States
            of America having jurisdiction over the banking or trust powers
            of the Trustee is required in connection with the execution and
            delivery by the Trustee of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
            the Supplement and the applicable Credit Enhancement Agreement or
            the performance by the Trustee thereunder.

                  (k)    The Representative shall have received reliance
      letters, if applicable, with respect to any opinions delivered to the
      Bank by foreign counsel of the Credit Enhancement Provider, if any,
      which opinions shall include matters relating to (i) the due
      organization of the Credit Enhancement Provider, (ii) the
      authorization, execution, delivery and performance by the Credit
      Enhancement Provider of the Credit Enhancement Agreement and the
      binding effect of the Credit Enhancement Agreement, and (iii) the
      enforceability in the foreign jurisdiction in which such Credit
      Enhancement Provider is located of a judgment obtained under the Credit
      Enhancement Agreement in a United States federal court or in a court of
      the State of New York.  Such reliance letters shall include all matters
      that are contained in the opinions of foreign counsel.

                                      -15-

<PAGE>

                  (l)    The Representative shall have received an opinion or
      opinions of counsel to the Credit Enhancement Provider, if any, dated
      the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the
      Representative and its counsel, to the effect that:

                        (i)    the Credit Enhancement Provider is duly
            organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
            of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, is duly qualified to do
            business in all jurisdictions where the nature of its operations
            as contemplated in the applicable Credit Enhancement requires
            such qualification, and has the power and authority (corporate
            and other) to issue the applicable Credit Enhancement and to
            perform its obligations under the applicable Credit Enhancement
            and the applicable Credit Enhancement Agreement;

                        (ii)   each of the applicable Credit Enhancement and
            the applicable Credit Enhancement Agreement have been duly
            authorized, executed and delivered by the Credit Enhancement
            Provider, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation
            of the Credit Enhancement Provider, enforceable in accordance
            with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability
            thereof may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
            conservatorship, moratorium or other similar laws now or
            hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights as such laws
            would apply in the event of the insolvency, liquidation or
            reorganization or other similar occurrence with respect to the
            Credit Enhancement Provider or in the event of any moratorium or
            similar occurrence effecting the Credit Enhancement Provider;

                  (iii)   the execution, delivery and performance by the
            Credit Enhancement Provider of the applicable Credit Enhancement
            Agreement and the applicable Credit Enhancement have been duly
            authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the
            Credit Enhancement Provider, and under present law does not and
            will not contravene any law or governmental regulation or order
            presently binding on the Credit Enhancement Provider or the
            charter or the by-laws of the Credit Enhancement Provider or
            contravene any provision of or constitute a default under any
            indenture, contract or other instrument to which the Credit
            Enhancement Provider is a party or by which the Credit
            Enhancement Provider is bound;

                        (iv)   the execution, delivery and performance by the
            Credit Enhancement Provider of the applicable Credit Enhancement
            Agreement and the applicable Credit Enhancement does not require
            the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the
            registration with, or the taking of any other action in respect
            of any Federal, state or other governmental agency or authority
            which has not previously been effected;

                                      -16-

<PAGE>

                        (v)    the applicable Credit Enhancement is not
            required to be registered with the Commission under the Act; and

                  (vi)     if provided in the Terms Agreement, the applicable
            Credit Enhancement Agreement and Credit Enhancement conform in
            all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in
            the Prospectus.

                  (m)    If requested by a Representative, each
      Representative shall have received a letter, dated the Closing Date, of
      Ernst & Young or such other independent accountants as shall be named
      in the Terms Agreement which meets the requirements of subsection (a)
      of this Section 7.

                  (n)    The Representative shall have received evidence
      satisfactory to it that the Certificates shall be rated in accordance
      with the Terms Agreement by each Rating Agency.

      The Bank will furnish the Representative, or cause the Representative
to be furnished with, such number of conformed copies of such opinions,
certificates, letters and documents as the Representative reasonably requests.

                  8.     (a)  The Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
      each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter
      within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act as follows: (i) against any
      and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as
      incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue
      statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement
      (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission
      therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
      in order to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out
      of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
      contained in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any
      amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission
      therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
      therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
      not misleading; provided, that the foregoing indemnity with respect to
                      --------
      any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any
      Underwriter (or to the benefit of any person controlling such
      Underwriter) from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims,
      damages or liabilities purchased Certificates if such untrue statement
      or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in such
      preliminary prospectus is eliminated or remedied in the Prospectus (as
      amended or supplemented if the Bank shall have furnished any amendments
      or supplements thereto) and, if required by law, a copy of the
      Prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) shall not have been
      furnished to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the
      sale of such Certificates to such person; (ii) against any and all
      loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to
      the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any
      litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental

                                      -17-

<PAGE>

      agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever
      based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged
      untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the
      written consent of the Bank; and (iii) against any and all expenses
      whatsoever (including, subject to Section 8(c), the fees and
                                        ------------
      disbursements of counsel chosen by the Underwriters) as reasonably
      incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any
      litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental
      agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based
      upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue
      statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid
      under (i) or (ii) above; provided, however, that the Bank will not be
                               --------  -------
      liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage
      or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
      alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any
      such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written
      information furnished to the Bank by such Underwriter specifically for
      use therein.

                  (a)    Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to
      indemnify and hold harmless the Bank, its directors, each of its
      officers and employees who signed the Registration Statement, and each
      person, if any, who controls the Bank within the meaning of Section 15
      of the Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
      expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this
                                                      --------------
      Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or
      omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the
      Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any preliminary
      prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto)
      in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished
      to the Bank by such Underwriters through the Representative expressly
      for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or
      such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or
      supplement thereto).

                  (b)    Each indemnified party shall give prompt notice to
      each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect
      of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an
      indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any
      liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity
      agreement.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in
      the defense of any such action.  In no event shall the indemnifying
      parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel
      separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in
      connection with any one action or separate but similar or related
      actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general
      allegations or circumstances.

            9.     In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in
circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Section 8(a)
                                                               ------------
is for any reason held to be unavailable other than in accordance with its
terms, the Bank and the Underwriters shall contribute to the aggregate
losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

by said indemnity agreement incurred by the Bank and the Underwriters, as
incurred, in such proportions that the Underwriters are responsible for that
portion represented by the percentage that the underwriting discount and
commissions bear to the initial public offering price of the Certificates
(or, if so specified in the Terms Agreement, the proceeds paid to the Bank
from the initial public offering of the Certificates) and the Bank is
responsible for the balance; provided, however, that no person guilty of
                             --------  -------
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section, each person, if
any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act
shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each
director of the Bank, each officer of the Bank who signed the Registration
Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Bank within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the
Bank.

            10.    Notwithstanding anything herein contained, this Agreement
may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representative, by notice
given to the Bank, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
prior to the Closing Date (i) there has occurred any material adverse change
in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business or properties
of the Bank or BankAmerica Corporation, and their respective subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, the effect of which in the reasonable judgement of the
Representative materially impairs the investment quality of the Certificates;
(ii) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or
by, as the case may be, the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general
moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York shall have been
declared by either Federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall
have occurred any outbreak or material escalation of hostilities in which the
United States is involved, and declaration of war by Congress or any other
substantial national or international calamity or emergency if, in the
reasonable judgment of the Representative, the effect of any such outbreak,
escalation, declaration, calamity or emergency makes it impracticable to
proceed with completion of the sale and payment for the Certificates on the
terms specified in this Agreement, the Supplement and the Prospectus.

            11.    If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations to purchase
Certificates hereunder and the aggregate principal amount of the Certificates
that such defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase does not
exceed 10% of the total principal amount of the Certificates, the
non-defaulting Underwriters may make arrangements satisfactory to the Bank
for the purchase of the Certificates by other persons, including the
non-defaulting Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by the
Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, in
proportion to their commitments hereunder, to purchase the Certificates that
such defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase. If any Underwriter
so defaults and the aggregate principal amount of the Certificates with
respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total
principal amount of such Certificates and arrangements satisfactory to the
non-defaulting Underwriters and the Bank for the purchase of such
Certificates by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such
default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Underwriter or the Bank, except as provided in Section 6.
                                                              ---------
Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its
default.

                                      -19-

<PAGE>

            12.    If for any reason other than as set forth in Section 11
                                                                ----------
the purchase of the Certificates by the Underwriters is not consummated, the
Bank shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by it
pursuant to Sections 5(f) and 6 and the respective obligations of the Bank
            -------------     -
and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8 shall remain in effect.  If the
                                 ---------
purchase of the Certificates by the Underwriters is not consummated for any
reason other than solely because of the occurrence of any event specified in
clauses (ii), (iii), or (iv) of Section 10, the Bank will reimburse the
- ------------  -----     ----    ----------
Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements
of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of
the Certificates.

            13.    Any action by the Underwriters hereunder may be taken by
the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters, and any such action taken
by the Representative shall be binding upon the Underwriters.  All notices
and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of
telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the
Representative at the address set forth in the Terms Agreement.  Notices to
the Bank shall be given to it at 1825 E. Buckeye Road, Financial Management
3719, Phoenix, Arizona  85034, Attention:  Chief Financial Officer, with a
copy to the Assistant General Counsel, Corporate Advisory Group, Office of
the General Counsel, 555 California Street, 8th Floor, San Francisco,
California  94104.

                  14.    (a)  Each Underwriter, severally, represents and
      warrants to the Bank that it has not and will not use any information
      that constitutes "Computational Materials", as defined in the
      Commission's No-Action Letter, dated May 20, 1994, addressed to Kidder,
      Peabody Acceptance Corporation I, Kidder, Peabody & Co. Incorporated
      and Kidder Structured Asset Corporation (as made generally applicable
      to registrants, issuers and underwriters by the Commission's response
      to the request of the Public Securities Association dated May 27,
      1994), with respect to the offering of the Certificates.

                  (a)    Each Underwriter, severally, represents and warrants
      to the Bank that it has not and will not use any information that
      constitutes "ABS Term Sheets", as defined in the commission's No-Action
      Letter, dated February 17, 1995, addressed to the Public Securities
      Association, with respect to the offering of the Certificates.

            15.    Each Underwriter, severally, represents that, without the
prior written consent of the Bank (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), it will not, at any time that such Underwriter is
acting as an "underwriter" (as defined in Section 2(11) of the Act) with
                                          -------------
respect to the initial offering of the Certificates, transfer, deposit or
otherwise convey any Certificates into a trust or other type of special
purpose vehicle that issues securities or other instruments backed in whole
or in part by, or that represents interest in, such Certificates.

                                      -20-

<PAGE>

            16.    This Agreement shall become effective upon execution and
delivery of the Terms Agreement.

            17.    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the Bank, the Underwriters, any controlling persons referred to
herein and their respective successors and assigns.  Nothing expressed or
mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any
other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein
contained.  No purchaser of Certificates from any Underwriter shall be deemed
to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

            18.    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to
the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

- -21-

<PAGE>

                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST
                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                          (Transferor and Servicer)

                     SERIES       [    %] [Floating Rate]
                           ------- ----

                           ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES

                                TERMS AGREEMENT
                                ---------------

                                                              Dated:          
                                                                    ------------
To: Bank of America National Association

Re:   Underwriting Agreement (Standard Terms) dated July 12, 1996 in the form
of Exhibit  A attached hereto (the "Underwriting Agreement")
   ----------                       ----------------------


Series Designation: Series 199 -
                              - - 

Incorporation by Reference:  The terms and provisions of the Underwriting
- --------------------------
Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference in this Terms Agreement as if
set forth in full herein.

Underwriters:
- ------------

      [The Underwriters named on Schedule I attached hereto are the
"Underwriters" for the purpose of this Terms Agreement and for the purposes
of the Underwriting Agreement.  ______________ acts as representative of the
Underwriters and is the "Representative" for purposes of the Underwriting
Agreement.]  [_____________ is the sole "Underwriter" for the purpose of this
Terms Agreement and, as such, is the "Underwriter" and "Representative" for
purposes of the Underwriting Agreement.]

Terms of the Certificates:
- -------------------------

Initial Invested              Interest                Price to
Amount                        Rate or Formula         Public (1)
- ----------------              ---------------         ----------       
[Class  ]                     [Class  ]               [Class  ]

[Class  ]                     [Class  ]               [Class  ]


(1) Plus accrued interest at the applicable rate from               , 199 .
                                                     ---------------     -

                                      -1-

<PAGE>

Distribution Dates:        ,        ,         and        , commencing
- ------------------ -------- -------- ---------   --------            

            , 199 .
- ------------

Certificate Rating[s]:      by         
- --------------------- ------  -------------


                  [         by        
                   ---------  -------------

Credit Enhancement:
- ------------------


Credit Enhancement Provider:
- ---------------------------


Trustee:    First Bank National Association
- -------


Pooling and Servicing Agreement:
- -------------------------------

      The Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of July __, 1996, as
amended, between Bank of America National Association (the "Bank"), as
                                                            ----
Transferor and Servicer, and the Trustee.


Supplement:
- ----------


Purchase Price:
- --------------

      The purchase price payable by the Underwriters for the Certificates
covered by this Agreement will be the following percentage[s] of the
principal amounts to be issued:

                  Per [Class  ] Certificate         %
                                           ---------

                  Per [Class  ] Certificate         %
                                           ---------


Registration Statement:  333-4152
- ----------------------


Underwriting Commissions, Concessions and Discounts:
- ---------------------------------------------------

      The Underwriters' discounts and commissions, the concessions that the
Underwriters may allow to certain dealers, and the discounts that such

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

dealers may reallow to certain other dealers, each expressed as a percentage
of the principal amount of the [Class ____] Certificates, shall be as follows:


    Underwriting
    Discounts and              Selling
     Concessions           Concessions                Reallowance
    -------------          -----------                -----------

     [Class  ]   %                %                          %
              ---               --                         --

     [Class  ]   %                %                          %]
              ---               --                         --


[Reimbursement of Expenses:
 -------------------------

      The Underwriters shall reimburse the Bank for an amount not to exceed
$       for application towards expenses.]
 -------


Payment for the Certificates:
- ----------------------------

      The Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, subject to the terms
and provisions of the above referenced Underwriting Agreement which is
incorporated herein in its entirety and made a part hereof, to purchase the
respective principal amounts of the above referenced Series of Certificates
set forth opposite their names on Schedule I hereto.
                                  ----------


Representations of the Underwriters:
- -----------------------------------

      Each Underwriter represents and agrees that; (w) it has complied and
will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986
with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Certificates in, from
or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; (x) it has only issued or passed
on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received
by it in connection with the issue of the Certificates to a person who is of
a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986
(Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 or is a person to whom
such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on; (y) if it is an
authorized person under Chapter III of Part 1 of the Financial Services Act
1986, it has only promoted and will only promote (as that term is defined in
Regulation 1.02(2) of the Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated
Schemes) Regulations 1991) to any person in the United Kingdom the scheme
described in the Prospectus if that person is a kind described either in
Section 76(2) of the Financial Services Act 1986 or in Regulation 1.04 of the
- -------------
Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991; and
(z) it is a person of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial
Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

Miscellaneous:  [The opinion required pursuant to [Section 7(e)(iv)] [Section
                                                   ----------------   -------
7(l)(vi)] of the Underwriting Agreement shall include an opinion that the
- --------
Credit Enhancement Agreement and Credit Enhancement for the Certificates
conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the
Prospectus.]

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

      This Terms Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall
be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same
agreement.  If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, kindly sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof,
whereupon it will become a binding agreement between the Bank and the
Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                              Very truly yours,

                              BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION



                              By:______________________________________
                              Name:_____________________________________
                              Title:______________________________________


      The foregoing Terms Agreement (including the Underwriting Agreement
incorporated by reference therein) is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the
date first written.


[                   ]
 -------------------
 As Representative of the
 Underwriters named in
 Schedule I hereto.
 ----------


By:
   -------------------------
   Name:
   Title:

      [Address]

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE I

                                 UNDERWRITERS


$         Principal Amount of Series     [    %] [Floating Rate]    Asset
 ---------                          ----- ----
Backed certificates, [Class  ]

[$        Principal Amount of Series     [    %] [Floating Rate]
  --------                          ----- ----
Asset Backed Certificates, [Class ]]


Underwriter                                           Principal Amount
- -----------                                           ----------------
[Names of Underwriters]                               $

                                                                

                                                $               
                                                 ----------------

                                                $
                                                 ================

 


                                      -6-





                                                                  EXECUTION COPY









================================================================================


                      BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                           Transferor and Servicer


                                     and




                       FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                   Trustee

                  on behalf of the Certificateholders of the

                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST



                      ----------------------------------


                       POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of July 19, 1996


================================================================================

<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
                                ARTICLE I

                                 DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01   Definitions                                                    1
Section 1.02   Other Definitional Provisions                                 22

                               ARTICLE II

                           CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES;
                            ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES

Section 2.01   Conveyance of Receivables                                     24
Section 2.02   Acceptance  by  Trustee                                       25
Section 2.03   Representations  and Warranties of the  Transferors           26
Section 2.04   Representations and Warranties of the Transferor Relating
               to this Agreement and the  Receivables                        28
Section 2.05   Covenants of the Transferor                                   35
Section 2.06   Addition of Accounts                                          37
Section 2.07   Removal of Accounts                                           43
Section 2.08   Discount Option                                               45

                               ARTICLE III

                          ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING
                                 OF RECEIVABLES

Section 3.01   Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to
               the Servicer                                                  46
Section 3.02   Servicing Compensation                                        48
Section 3.03   Representations and Warranties of the Servicer                49
Section 3.04   Reports and Records for the Trustee                           50
Section 3.05   Annual Servicer's Certificate                                 51
Section 3.06   Annual Independent Accountants' Servicing Report              51
Section 3.07   Tax Treatment                                                 52
Section 3.08   Notices to the Transferors                                    53
Section 3.09   Reports to the Commission                                     53

                               ARTICLE IV

                 RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION
                         AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

Section 4.01   Rights of Certificateholders                                  54
Section 4.02   Establishment of Accounts                                     54
Section 4.03   Collections and Allocations                                   56

                                       i

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                ARTICLE V

                        [ARTICLE V IS RESERVED AND SHALL
                         BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT
                           WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]


                               ARTICLE VI

                            THE CERTIFICATES

Section 6.01   The Certificates                                              60
Section 6.02   Authentication of Certificates                                60
Section 6.03   Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates         61
Section 6.04   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates             64
Section 6.05   Persons Deemed Owners                                         65
Section 6.06   Appointment of Paying Agent                                   66
Section 6.07   Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses     67
Section 6.08   Authenticating Agent                                          67
Section 6.09   New Issuances                                                 68 
Section 6.10   Book-Entry  Certificates                                      71
Section 6.11   Notices to Clearing Agency                                    72 
Section 6.12   Definitive Certificates                                       72 
Section 6.13   Global  Certificate; Euro-Certificate Exchange Date           73
Section 6.14   Meetings  of Certificateholders                               73
Section 6.15   Uncertificated Classes                                        74

                               ARTICLE VII

                          OTHER MATTERS RELATING
                            TO EACH TRANSFEROR

Section 7.01   Liability of each Transferor                                  75
Section 7.02   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
               Obligations of, a Transferor                                  75
Section 7.03   Limitation on Liability                                       76
Section 7.04   Liabilities                                                   76

                              ARTICLE VIII

                             OTHER MATTERS RELATING
                               TO THE SERVICER

Section 8.01   Liability of the Servicer                                     78
Section 8.02   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
               Obligations of, the Servicer                                  78
Section 8.03   Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others            78

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Section 8.04   Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustee         79
Section 8.05   The Servicer Not to Resign                                    80
Section 8.06   Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
               the Receivables                                               80
Section 8.07   Delegation of Duties                                          80
Section 8.08   Examination of Records                                        81

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 PAY OUT EVENTS

Section 9.01   Pay Out Events                                                82
Section 9.02   Additional Rights upon the Occurrence of Certain Events       82

                                  ARTICLE X

                              SERVICER DEFAULTS

Section 10.01  Servicer Defaults                                             85
Section 10.02  Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor                      87
Section 10.03  Notification to Certificateholders                            89 
Section 10.04  Waiver of Past Defaults                                       89

                                  ARTICLE XI

                                 THE TRUSTEE

Section 11.01  Duties of Trustee                                             91
Section 11.02  Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee                         93 
Section 11.03  Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates               94
Section 11.04  Trustee May Own Certificates                                  94 
Section 11.05  The Servicer to Pay Trustee's Fees and Expenses               94
Section 11.06  Eligibility Requirements for Trustee                          95 
Section 11.07  Resignation or Removal of Trustee                             95
Section 11.08  Successor Trustee                                             96
Section 11.09  Merger or Consolidation of Trustee                            96
Section 11.10  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee                 97 
Section 11.11  Tax Returns                                                   98
Section 11.12  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
               Certificates                                                  98
Section 11.13  Suits for Enforcement                                         99 
Section 11.14  Rights of Certificateholders to Direct Trustee                99 
Section 11.15  Representations and Warranties of Trustee                     99

                                      iii

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Section 11.16  Maintenance of Office or Agency                              100

                                 ARTICLE XII

                                 TERMINATION

Section 12.01  Termination of Trust                                         101
Section 12.02  Optional Purchase                                            102 
Section 12.03  Final Payment with Respect to any Series                     102
Section 12.04  Termination Rights of Holder of Transferor Certificate       104
Section 12.05  Defeasance                                                   104

                                 ARTICLE XIII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 13.01  Amendment                                                    106 
Section 13.02  Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust             109
Section 13.03  Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders                   110
Section 13.04  Governing Law                                                111
Section 13.05  Notices                                                      111
Section 13.06  Severability of Provisions                                   111
Section 13.07  Assignment                                                   112
Section 13.08  Certificates Non-Assessable and Fully Paid                   112
Section 13.09  Further Assurances                                           112
Section 13.10  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies                               112
Section 13.11  Counterparts                                                 112
Section 13.12  Third-Party Beneficiaries                                    112
Section 13.13  Actions by Certificateholders                                113
Section 13.14  Rule 144A Information                                        113
Section 13.15  Merger and Integration                                       113
Section 13.16  Headings                                                     113




                                       iv
<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A      Form of Transferor Certificate
Exhibit B      Form of Assignment of Receivables in
               Additional Accounts
Exhibit C      Form of Monthly Servicer's Certificate
Exhibit D      Form of Annual Servicer's Certificate
Exhibit E      Form of Opinion of Counsel Regarding
               Additional Accounts
Exhibit F      Form of Annual Opinion of Counsel
Exhibit G      Form of Reassignment of Receivables
Exhibit H      Form of Reconveyance of Receivables


                                  SCHEDULES

Schedule 1     List of Accounts [Deemed Incorporated]

                                       v
<PAGE>

            POOLING AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT,  dated as of July 19, 1996 by and
between BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as
Transferor and Servicer, and FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking
association, as Trustee.

            In consideration of the mutual  agreements  herein  contained,  each
party  agrees  as  follows  for  the  benefit  of  the  other  parties  and  the
Certificateholders:


                                  ARTICLE I

                                 DEFINITIONS

            Section 1.01  Definitions  . Whenever  used in this  Agreement,  the
                          -----------
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

            "Account"  shall mean each  VISA(R) and  MasterCard(R)*  credit card
             -------
account of each  Transferor,  established  pursuant to a Credit  Card  Agreement
between such  Transferor and any Person  identified by account number and by the
Receivable  balance as of the Cut-Off Date and as of each Addition  Cut-Off Date
in each  computer  file or  microfiche  list  delivered  to the  Trustee by such
Transferor  pursuant  to  Section  2.01 or 2.06 and,  without  duplication,  all
Automatic  Additional  Accounts.  The  definition  of Account shall include each
Transferred  Account.  The term "Account"  shall refer to an Additional  Account
only  from and after  the  Addition  Date  with  respect  thereto,  and the term
"Account"  shall be deemed to refer to any  Removed  Account  only  prior to the
Removal Date with respect thereto.

            "Account Information" shall have the meaning specified in
             -------------------
subsection 2.02(b).

            "Accumulation Period" shall mean, with respect to any Series, or any
             -------------------
Class within a Series, a period following the Revolving  Period,  which shall be
the accumulation or other period in which  Collections of Principal  Receivables
are accumulated in an account for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders
of such  Series,  or a Class  within such  Series,  in each case as defined with
respect to such Series in the related Supplement.

            "Addition  Cut-Off Date" shall mean,  with respect to any Additional
             ----------------------
Accounts or  Participation  Interests  to be  included in the Trust  pursuant to
subsections  2.06(a)  or (b),  the date  specified  in the  related  Assignment;
provided,  however,  that  such  date  shall be no more  than five days (or such
- --------   -------
longer period as the Trustee may approve) prior to the related Addition Date.

____________________

*    VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) are federally registered servicemarks of VISA
     U.S.A. Inc. and of MasterCard International Inc., respectively.

<PAGE>

            "Addition Date" shall mean, as to Additional Accounts,  each date as
             -------------
of  which  Additional   Accounts  will  be  included  as  Accounts  and,  as  to
Participations,  each  date  as of  which  Participations  will be  included  as
property of the Trust, in either case pursuant to Section 2.06.

            "Additional Accounts" shall have the meaning specified in
             -------------------
subsection 2.06(a).

            "Additional Transferor" shall have the meaning specified in
             ---------------------
subsection 2.06(e).

            "Affiliate"  of any Person shall mean any other Person  controlling,
             ---------
controlled by or under common control with such Person.

            "Adjusted  Investor Interest" shall have, with respect to any Series
             ---------------------------
of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related Supplement.

            "Aggregate  Investor Default Amount" shall have, with respect to any
             ----------------------------------
Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related Supplement.

            "Aggregate  Investor  Interest"  shall  mean,  as  of  any  date  of
             -----------------------------
determination,  the sum of the Investor  Interests of all Series of Certificates
issued and outstanding on such date of determination.

            "Aggregate   Investor   Percentage"   with   respect  to   Principal
             ---------------------------------
Receivables,  Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted  Accounts,
as the case may be, shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of such
Investor  Percentages of all Series of  Certificates  issued and  outstanding on
such date of  determination;  provided,  however,  that the  Aggregate  Investor
                              --------   -------
Percentage shall not exceed 100%.

            "Agreement" shall mean this Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and all
             ---------
amendments hereof and supplements hereto, including any Supplement.

            "Amortization Period" shall mean, with respect to any Series, or any
             -------------------
Class within a Series,  a period  following  the  Revolving  Period during which
principal  is  distributed  to Investor  Certificateholders,  which shall be the
controlled  amortization  period, the principal  amortization  period, the rapid
amortization  period, or other amortization period, in each case as defined with
respect to such Series in the related Supplement.

            "Annual  Membership  Fee" shall have the  meaning  specified  in the
             -----------------------
Credit Card Agreement  applicable to each Account for annual  membership fees or
similar terms.

            "Applicants" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.07.
             ----------

                                       2

<PAGE>

            "Appointment Date" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
             ----------------
9.02(a).

            "Assignment" shall have the meaning specified in
             ----------
subsection 2.06(d)(ii).

            "Authorized Newspaper" shall mean a newspaper of general circulation
             --------------------
in the  Borough  of  Manhattan,  The City of New  York  printed  in the  English
language  (and,  with  respect  to any  Series or  Class,  if and so long as the
Investor Certificates of such Series or Class are listed on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange  and such  exchange  shall so require,  in  Luxembourg,  printed in any
language satisfying the requirements of such exchange) and customarily published
on each  Business  Day,  whether or not  published  on  Saturdays,  Sundays  and
holidays.

            "Automatic Additional Account" shall mean each revolving credit card
             ----------------------------
account  established  pursuant  to a Credit  Card  Agreement,  which  account is
designated pursuant to Section 2.06(c) to be included as an Additional Account.

            "Average  Principal  Receivables"  shall mean,  for any  period,  an
             -------------------------------
amount equal to (a) the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal  Receivables at
the end of each day during such period divided by (b) the number of days in such
period.

            "Bank of America" shall mean Bank of America National Association.
             ---------------

            "Bearer Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in Section
             -------------------
6.01.

            "Bearer  Rules" shall mean the  provisions  of the Internal  Revenue
             -------------
Code,  in  effect  from  time  to  time,   governing  the  treatment  of  bearer
obligations,  including sections 163(f),  871, 881, 1441, 1442 and 4701, and any
regulations  thereunder  including,  to the  extent  applicable  to any  Series,
Proposed or Temporary Regulations.

            "Book-Entry  Certificates"  shall  mean  certificates  evidencing  a
             ------------------------
beneficial  interest in the Investor  Certificates,  ownership  and transfers of
which shall be made through  book  entries by a Clearing  Agency as described in
Section  6.10;  provided,  that after the  occurrence  of a condition  whereupon
                --------
book-entry  registration  and transfer are no longer  authorized  and Definitive
Certificates are to be issued to the Certificate Owners, such certificates shall
no longer be "Book-Entry Certificates."

            "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or
             ------------
a day on which banking institutions in St. Paul,  Minnesota or Phoenix,  Arizona
(or, with respect to any Series,  any  additional  city specified in the related
Supplement) or any other city and state in which the principal executive offices
of Bank of America or any Additional  Transferor are located,  are authorized or
obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

                                       3

<PAGE>

            "Cash Advance  Fees" shall have the meaning  specified in the Credit
             ------------------
Card  Agreement  applicable  to each  Account for cash  advance  fees or similar
terms.

            "CEDEL" shall mean Cedel Bank, societe anonyme.
             -----

            "Certificate" shall mean any one of the Investor Certificates of
             -----------
any Series or the Transferor Certificate.

            "Certificateholder"  or "Holder" shall mean the Person in whose name
             -----------------       ------
a Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register and, if applicable,  the
holder of any Bearer  Certificate  or  Coupon,  as the case may be or such other
Person deemed to be a "Certificateholder" or "Holder" in any related Supplement.

            "Certificate Interest" shall mean interest payable in respect of the
             --------------------
Investor  Certificates of any Series pursuant to Article IV of this Agreement as
such Article relates to such Series.

            "Certificate  Owner"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to  a  Book-Entry
             ------------------
Certificate,  the  Person  who  is  the  beneficial  owner  of  such  Book-Entry
Certificate,  as may be reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the
books of a Person  maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or
as an  indirect  participant,  in  accordance  with the  rules of such  Clearing
Agency) as such Article relates to such Series.

            "Certificate  Principal" shall mean principal  payable in respect of
             ----------------------
the  Investor  Certificates  of  any  Series  pursuant  to  Article  IV of  this
Agreement.

            "Certificate  Rate"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any  Series  of
             -----------------
Certificates  (or,  for any Series  with more than one Class,  for each Class of
such Series),  the  percentage (or formula on the basis of which such rate shall
be determined) stated in the related Supplement.

            "Certificate  Register" shall mean the register  maintained pursuant
             ---------------------
to  Section  6.03,  providing  for  the  registration  of the  Certificates  and
transfers and exchanges thereof.

            "Class"  shall  mean,  with  respect to any  Series,  any one of the
             -----
classes of Certificates of that Series as specified in the related Supplement.

            "Clearing  Agency"  shall  mean  an  organization  registered  as  a
             ----------------
"clearing  agency"  pursuant to Section 17A of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934, as amended.

                                       4

<PAGE>

            "Clearing Agency  Participant"  shall mean a broker,  dealer,  bank,
             ----------------------------
other  financial  institution  or  other  Person  for whom  from  time to time a
Clearing  Agency or Foreign  Clearing  Agency effects  book-entry  transfers and
pledges of securities  deposited  with the Clearing  Agency or Foreign  Clearing
Agency.

            "Closing Date" shall mean,  with respect to any Series,  the date of
             ------------
issuance of such Series of Certificates, as specified in the related Supplement.

            "Collateral  Interest"  shall have the meaning,  with respect to any
             --------------------
Series, specified in the related Supplement.

            "Collection Account" shall have the meaning specified in
             ------------------
subsection 4.02(a).

            "Collections" shall mean all payments (including Insurance Proceeds)
             -----------
received  by the  Servicer in respect of the  Receivables,  in the form of cash,
checks,  wire  transfers,  ATM  transfers or other form of payment in accordance
with the Credit Card Agreement in effect from time to time on any Receivables. A
Collection  processed  on an  Account  in  excess  of the  aggregate  amount  of
Receivables  in such  Account as of the Date of  Processing  of such  Collection
shall be deemed to be a payment  in  respect  of  Principal  Receivables  to the
extent of such  excess.  Collections  with  respect to any Monthly  Period shall
include  the  amount  of  Interchange  (if  any)  allocable  to  any  Series  of
Certificates  pursuant to any Supplement with respect to such Monthly Period (to
the extent  received by the Trust and deposited  into the Finance Charge Account
or any Series  Account as the case may be, on the Transfer Date  following  such
Monthly  Period),  to be applied as if such amount were  Collections  of Finance
Charge Receivables for all purposes.

            "Corporate  Trust  Office"  shall mean the  principal  office of the
             ------------------------
Trustee at which at any  particular  time its corporate  trust business shall be
administered,  which office at the date of the  execution  of this  Agreement is
located at 180 East Fifth Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101.

            "Corporation" shall mean BankAmerica Corporation.
             -----------

            "Coupon" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
             ------

            "Credit Adjustment" shall have the meaning specified in
             -----------------
subsection 4.03(c).

            "Credit Card  Agreement"  shall mean the agreement and Federal Truth
             ----------------------
in Lending  Statement for MasterCard  and VISA credit card accounts  between any
Obligor and Bank of America National  Association or any Additional  Transferor,
as the case may be, as such  agreements  may be amended,  modified or  otherwise
changed from time to time.

                                       5

<PAGE>

            "Credit Card Guidelines"  shall mean the  Transferor's  policies and
             ----------------------
procedures or any Additional  Transferor's policies and procedures,  as the case
may be,  relating  to the  operation  of its credit  card  business,  including,
without   limitation,   the  policies  and   procedures  for   determining   the
creditworthiness  of credit card  customers,  the  extension of credit to credit
card  customers,  and relating to the  maintenance  of credit card  accounts and
collection of credit card  receivables,  as such policies and procedures may, in
accordance with this Agreement, be amended from time to time.

            "Credit  Enhancement"  shall mean,  with respect to any Series,  the
             -------------------
subordination,  the cash collateral  guaranty or account,  collateral  interest,
letter of  credit,  surety  bond,  insurance  policy,  spread  account,  reserve
account,  cross-support  feature  or any other  contract  or  agreement  for the
benefit of the  Certificateholders  of such Series (or  Certificateholders  of a
Class within such Series) as designated in the applicable Supplement.

            "Credit  Enhancement  Provider"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any
             -----------------------------
Series, the Person, if any, designated as such in the related Supplement.

            "Cut-Off Date" shall mean May 18, 1996.
             ------------

            "Date of Processing"  shall mean,  with respect to any  transaction,
             ------------------
the date on which such transaction is first recorded on the Servicer's  computer
master file of VISA and  MasterCard  accounts  (without  regard to the effective
date of such recordation).

            "Default Amount" shall mean, with respect to any Defaulted  Account,
             --------------
the amount of Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible  Receivables) in such
Defaulted Account on the day such Account became a Defaulted Account.

            "Defaulted  Account"  shall mean each Account with respect to which,
             ------------------
in accordance  with the  applicable  Credit Card  Guidelines  or the  Servicer's
customary and usual servicing  procedures for servicing  credit card receivables
comparable to the  Receivables,  the Servicer has charged-off the Receivables in
such Account as  uncollectible;  an Account shall become a Defaulted  Account on
the day on which such  Receivables are recorded as charged off as  uncollectible
on the  Servicer's  computer  master  file  of  VISA  and  MasterCard  accounts.
Notwithstanding  any other  provision  hereof,  any  Receivables  in a Defaulted
Account  that  are  Ineligible   Receivables  shall  be  treated  as  Ineligible
Receivables rather than Receivables in Defaulted Accounts.

            "Defeasance" shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.05(a).
             ----------

                                       6

<PAGE>

            "Definitive Certificate" shall have the meaning specified in
             ----------------------
Section 6.10.

            "Depository" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.10.
             ----------

            "Depository  Agreement" shall mean, with respect to each Series, the
             ---------------------
agreement  among the  Transferors,  the Trustee and the Clearing  Agency,  or as
otherwise provided in the related Supplement.

            "Determination  Date" shall mean, unless otherwise  specified in the
             -------------------
related Series Supplement, the second Business Day prior to each Transfer Date.

            "Discounted Percentage" shall have the meaning specified in
             ---------------------
Section 2.08.

            "Discount  Option  Receivables"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any
             -----------------------------
Series, Principal Receivables designated by the Transferors that are transferred
to the Trust at a specified  discount,  which  discount is applied such that the
discounted  portion of Collections of such Principal  Receivables are treated as
Collections  of Finance  Charge  Receivables,  as specified with respect to such
Series in the related Supplement.

            "Discount  Option  Receivable  Collections"  shall have the  meaning
             -----------------------------------------
specified in Section 2.08.

            "Distribution Account" shall have the meaning specified in
             --------------------
subsection 4.02(c).

            "Distribution  Date" shall mean,  with respect to each  Series,  the
             ------------------
dates specified in the related Supplement.

            "Dollars", "$" or "U.S. $" shall mean United States dollars.
             -------    -      ------

            "Draft  Fees"  shall have the meaning  specified  in the Credit Card
             -----------
Agreement applicable to each Account for any draft fees or similar terms.

            "Eligible  Account"  shall mean,  as of the Cut-Off  Date (or,  with
             -----------------
respect to Additional  Accounts as of the relevant  Addition Cut-Off Date), each
Account owned by the Transferor:

            (a) which is in existence  and  maintained  with the Bank of America
      with respect to Accounts  designated  as of the Cut-Off Date, or with Bank
      of America or any Additional Transferor in the case of Additional Accounts
      as of the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date;

            (b)  which is payable in Dollars;

                                       7

<PAGE>

            (c) the Obligor on which has  provided,  as its most recent  billing
      address,  an  address  which  is  located  in  the  United  States  or its
      territories or possessions;

            (d) which Bank of America or the applicable  Additional  Transferor,
      as the  case may be,  has not  classified  on its  electronic  records  as
      counterfeit, cancelled, bankrupt, fraudulent, stolen or lost; and

            (e) which Bank of America or the applicable  Additional  Transferor,
      as the case may be, has not charged off in its  customary and usual manner
      for charging off such Accounts as of the Cut-Off Date (or, with respect to
      Additional Accounts, as of the relevant Addition Cut-Off Date).

            "Eligible Receivable" shall mean each Receivable:
             -------------------

            (a) which  has  arisen  under an  Eligible  Account  (in the case of
      Accounts conveyed to the Trust on the Initial Closing Date and in the case
      of Additional Accounts);

            (b) which was created in compliance,  in all material respects, with
      all Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor that transferred such
      Receivable  to the Trust and  pursuant  to a Credit Card  Agreement  which
      complies,  in  all  material  respects,   with  all  Requirements  of  Law
      applicable to such Transferor;

            (c) with  respect  to which all  consents,  licenses,  approvals  or
      authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental
      Authority  required to be  obtained,  effected or given by the  Transferor
      that  transferred  such  Receivable  to the Trust in  connection  with the
      creation of such Receivable or the execution,  delivery and performance by
      such  Transferor  of the  Credit  Card  Agreement  pursuant  to which such
      Receivable was created, have been duly obtained, effected or given and are
      in full force and effect as of such date of creation;

            (d) as to which,  at the time of and at all times after the creation
      of such Receivable, the Transferor that transferred such Receivable to the
      Trust or the Trust had good and marketable  title thereto,  free and clear
      of all  Liens  arising  under or  through  such  Transferor  or any of its
      Affiliates (other than Liens permitted pursuant to subsection 2.05(b));

            (e) which is the legal,  valid and binding payment obligation of the
      Obligor thereon,  enforceable  against such Obligor in accordance with its
      terms,  except  as  such  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  applicable
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium or other similar laws,
      now or hereafter in effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
      in  general  and except as such  enforceability  may be limited by general
      principles of equity  (whether  considered in a suit at law or in equity);
      and

                                       8

<PAGE>

            (f) which  constitutes an "account" or a "general  intangible" under
      and as defined in Article 9 of the UCC as then in effect in the applicable
      jurisdiction.

            "Eligible   Servicer"   shall  mean  the  Trustee,   a  wholly-owned
             -------------------
subsidiary of the Trustee, or an entity which, at the time of its appointment as
Servicer,  (a) is  servicing  a  portfolio  of  consumer  revolving  credit card
accounts or other consumer  revolving credit accounts,  (b) is legally qualified
and has the capacity to service the Accounts,  (c) is qualified (or licensed) to
use the  software  that the  Servicer  is then  currently  using to service  the
Accounts or obtains the right to use, or has its own, software which is adequate
to perform its duties under this Agreement,  (d) has, in the reasonable judgment
of the  Trustee,  demonstrated  the ability to  professionally  and  competently
service a portfolio of similar  accounts in accordance with customary  standards
of skill and care and (e) has a net worth of at least  $50,000,000 as of the end
of its most recent fiscal quarter.

            "Enhancement  Invested Amount" shall have the meaning,  with respect
             ----------------------------
to any Series, specified in the related Supplement.

            "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
             -----
1974, as amended from time to time.

            "Euroclear Operator" shall mean Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
             ------------------
York, Brussels, Belgium office, as operator of the Euroclear System.

            "Extended Trust  Termination  Date" shall have the meaning specified
             ---------------------------------
in subsection 12.01(a).

            "FDIC" shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
             ----

            "Fees for Documents" shall have the meaning  specified in the Credit
             ------------------
Card  Agreement  applicable  to each  Account for fees for  documents or similar
terms.

            "Finance Charge Account" shall have the meaning specified in
             ----------------------
subsection 4.02(b).

            "Finance  Charge  Receivables"  shall  mean  Receivables  created in
             ----------------------------
respect of the Periodic  Finance Charges,  Annual  Membership Fees, Cash Advance
Fees,  Overlimit Fees, Returned Check Charges and Late Fees and similar fees and
charges,  and Special Fees to the extent such Special  Fees are  categorized  as
Finance  Charge  Receivables.  Finance  Charge  Receivables  with respect to any
Monthly Period shall include the amount of Interchange (if any),  Recoveries (if
any) and Discount Option Receivables (if any) and other amounts allocable to any
Series of  Certificates  pursuant to any Supplement with respect to such Monthly
Period (to the extent  received by the Servicer  during such Monthly  Period and
available to be deposited into the Finance Charge Account or any Series Account,
as the case may be, on the Transfer Date following such Monthly Period).

                                       9

<PAGE>

            "Fitch" shall mean Fitch Investors Service, L.P.
             -----

            "Floating Principal Allocation" shall have the meaning specified
             -----------------------------
in the related Supplement.

            "Foreign Clearing Agency" shall mean CEDEL and the Euroclear
             -----------------------
Operator.

            "Global Certificate" shall have the meaning specified in Section
             ------------------
6.13.

            "Governmental  Authority"  shall mean the United  States of America,
             -----------------------
any state or other  political  subdivision  thereof  and any  entity  exercising
executive,  legislative,  judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or
pertaining to government.

            "Group" shall mean, with respect to any Series,  the group of Series
             -----
in which the related Supplement specifies that such Series shall be included.

            "Identified  Pool" shall mean with  respect to any  Transferor,  the
             ----------------
MasterCard  and VISA accounts  owned by such  Transferor  and identified by such
Transferor as the pool of MasterCard and VISA accounts of such  Transferor  from
which the Accounts will be selected.

            "Ineligible Receivable" shall have the meaning specified in
             ---------------------
subsection 2.04(d)(iii).

            "Initial Closing Date" shall mean July 19, 1996.
             --------------------

            "Initial  Investor  Interest" shall mean, with respect to any Series
             ---------------------------
of Certificates, the amount stated in the related Supplement.

            "Initial Transferor"  shall mean Bank of America.
             ------------------

            "Insolvency Event" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
             ----------------
9.01(a).

            "Insurance  Proceeds"  shall  mean  any  amounts  recovered  by  the
             -------------------
Servicer  pursuant to any credit  insurance  policies  covering any Obligor with
respect to Receivables under such Obligor's Account.

            "Interchange" shall mean interchange fees payable to any
             -----------
Transferor, in its capacity as credit card issuer, through VISA U.S.A. Inc.
and MasterCard International Inc.

                                       10

<PAGE>

            "Internal  Revenue  Code" shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
             -----------------------
1986, as amended from time to time.

            "Investment  Company Act" shall mean the  Investment  Company Act of
             -----------------------
1940, as amended from time to time.

            "Investor Account" shall mean each of the Finance Charge Account,
             ----------------
the Principal Account and the Distribution Account.

            "Investor  Certificate"  shall  mean  any  one of  the  certificates
             ---------------------
(including,   without  limitation,  the  Bearer  Certificates,   the  Registered
Certificates or the Global Certificates)  issued by the Trust,  executed by Bank
of America and authenticated by the Trustee  substantially in the form (or forms
in the case of a Series  with  multiple  classes)  of the  investor  certificate
attached to the related Supplement or such other interest in the Trust deemed to
be an "Investor Certificate" in any related Supplement.

            "Investor Certificateholder" shall mean the holder of record of
             --------------------------
an Investor Certificate.

            "Investor  Charge-Off" shall have, with respect to each Series,  the
             --------------------
meaning specified in the applicable Supplement.

            "Investor  Default Amount" shall have, with respect to any Series of
             ------------------------
Certificates, the meaning stated in the related Supplement.

            "Investor  Interest"  shall  have,  with  respect  to any  Series of
             ------------------
Certificates, the meaning stated in the related Supplement.

            "Investor   Percentage"   shall  have,  with  respect  to  Principal
             ---------------------
Receivables,  Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted  Accounts,
and any Series of Certificates, the meaning stated in the related
Supplement.

            "Late  Fees"  shall have the  meaning  specified  in the Credit Card
             ----------
Agreement applicable to each Account for late fees or similar terms.

            "Lien"   shall   mean  any   mortgage,   deed  of   trust,   pledge,
             ----
hypothecation,   assignment,   participation   or   equity   interest,   deposit
arrangement,  encumbrance,  lien (statutory or other),  preference,  priority or
other  security  agreement  or  preferential  arrangement  of any kind or nature
whatsoever,  including,  without limitation, any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement,  any financing lease having substantially the same economic
effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing  statement  under
the UCC  (other  than any  such  financing  statement  filed  for  informational
purposes  only) or  comparable  law of any  jurisdiction  to evidence any of the
foregoing; provided, however, that any assignment pursuant to Section 7.02 shall
           --------  -------
not be deemed to constitute a Lien.

                                       11

<PAGE>

            "Maximum Addition Amount" shall mean, unless otherwise provided in a
             -----------------------
Supplement, with respect to any Addition Date, the number of accounts originated
by the  Transferors  after the Cut-Off Date  designated as  Additional  Accounts
pursuant to Section 2.06(a), (b) or (c) without prior Rating Agency confirmation
of its then existing rating of any Series of Investor  Certificates  then issued
and outstanding  described under subsection  2.06(d)(vii) which would either (a)
with respect to any three consecutive Monthly Periods exceeds the product of (i)
15% and (ii) the number of  Accounts as at the end of the ninth  Monthly  Period
preceding the  commencement  of such three Monthly Periods (or the Cut-Off Date,
in the case of 1996) or (b) with respect to any twelve Monthly  Periods  exceeds
the  product of (i) 20% and (ii) the number of  Accounts  as of the first day of
such twelve Monthly Periods (or the Cut-Off Date, whichever is later); provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  that if the aggregate  principal  balance in the  Additional  Accounts
- -------
specified  in clause (a) or clause (b) above,  as the case may be,  shall exceed
either (y) the  product of (i) 15% and (ii) the  aggregate  amount of  Principal
Receivables determined as of the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period
(or in the case of any Addition  Date  occurring on or before  October 31, 1996,
the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables on the Initial Closing Date) minus
                                                                           -----
the  aggregate  amount  of  Principal  Receivables  as of  the  date  each  such
Additional  Account was added to the Trust in all of the  Accounts  owned by any
Transferor that have been designated as Additional  Accounts since the first day
of the third  preceding  Monthly Period or the Initial Closing Date, as the case
may be, or (z) the product of (i) 20% and (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables  determined  as of the first day of the calendar  year in which such
Addition Date occurs (or in the case of an Addition Date  occurring on or before
December 31, 1996, the aggregate amount of Principal  Receivables on the Initial
Closing Date) minus the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the date
              -----
each such Additional Account was added to the Trust in all of the Accounts owned
by any Transferor after the Cut-Off Date that have been designated as Additional
Accounts since the first day of such calendar year or the Initial  Closing Date,
as the case may be, the Maximum  Addition Amount shall be an amount equal to the
lesser of the  aggregate  amount of  Principal  Receivables  specified in either
clause (y) or clause (z) of this proviso.

            "Minimum  Aggregate   Principal   Receivables"  shall  mean,  unless
             --------------------------------------------
otherwise provided in a Supplement,  as of the date of determination,  an amount
equal to the sum of the  numerators  used to calculate the Investor  Percentages
with respect to the allocation of Collections of Principal  Receivables for each
Series then outstanding;  provided, that with respect to any Series in its Rapid
                          --------
Accumulation Period or such other period as designated in the related Supplement
with  an  Investor  Interest  as of  such  date of  determination  equal  to the
Principal  Funding Account  Balance  relating to such Series taking into account
any deposit to be made to the  Principal  Funding  Account on the Transfer  Date
following such date of  determination,  the numerator used in the calculation of
the Investor Percentage with respect to Principal  Receivables  relating to such
Series  shall,  solely for the purpose of the  definition  of Minimum  Aggregate
Principal Receivables, be deemed to equal zero.

                                       12

<PAGE>

            "Minimum   Transferor   Interest"  shall  mean  7%  (or  such  other
             -------------------------------
percentage  as specified  in the related  Supplement)  of the Average  Principal
Receivables;  provided,  however,  that the  Transferors  may reduce the Minimum
              --------   -------
Transferor  Interest  upon (w)  delivery to the  Trustee of a Tax  Opinion  with
respect to such reduction, (x) 30 day's prior notice to the Trustee, each Rating
Agency and any Credit  Enhancement  Provider  entitled  to receive  such  notice
pursuant to the relevant  Supplement,  (y) written confirmation from each Rating
Agency that such reduction will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of the
respective  ratings of such  Rating  Agency for any Series  outstanding  and (z)
delivery  to the  Trustee  and  each  such  Credit  Enhancement  Provider  of an
Officer's   Certificate  from  each  Transferor  stating  that  such  Transferor
reasonably  believes that such  reduction  will not, based on the facts known to
such officer at the time of such  certification,  then or thereafter cause a Pay
Out Event to occur with respect to any Series; provided further that the Minimum
                                               -------- -------
Transferor  Interest  shall  not at any  time  be less  than  2% of the  Average
Principal Receivables.

            "Monthly  Period"  shall  mean,  unless  otherwise  defined  in  any
             ---------------
Supplement,  the period from and including the first day of a calendar  month to
and including the last day of a calendar month.

            "Monthly Servicer Report" shall mean, a report  substantially in the
             -----------------------
form attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement,  with such changes as the Servicer
may  determine to be necessary or  desirable;  provided,  however,  that no such
                                               --------   -------
change  shall serve to exclude  information  required by this  Agreement  or any
Supplement.

            "Moody's" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
             -------

            "New Issuance" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
             ------------
6.09(b).

            "New Issuance Date" shall have the meaning specified in
             -----------------
subsection 6.09(b).

            "New Issuance Notice" shall have the meaning specified in
             -------------------
subsection 6.09(b).

            "Notice Date" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
             -----------
2.06(d)(i).

                                       13

<PAGE>

            "Obligor"  shall mean,  with respect to any  Account,  the Person or
             -------
Persons  obligated to make payments with respect to such Account,  including any
guarantor thereof.

            "Officer's  Certificate" shall mean a certificate signed by any Vice
             ----------------------
President or more senior  officer of a Transferor  or Servicer and  delivered to
the Trustee.

            "Opinion of Counsel"  shall mean a written  opinion of counsel,  who
             ------------------
may be counsel for or an employee of the Person  providing the opinion,  and who
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee;  provided,  however, that any Tax
                                                --------   -------
Opinion or other  opinion  relating to federal  income tax  matters  shall be an
opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel.

            "Overlimit Fees" shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card
             --------------
Agreement applicable to each Account for overlimit fees or similar terms.

            "Paired  Series"  shall mean (i) each  Series  which has been paired
             --------------
with another Series (which Series may be prefunded or partially prefunded), such
that the  reduction of the Investor  Interest or Adjusted  Investor  Interest of
such  Series  results in the  increase  of the  Investor  Interest of such other
Series, as described in the related Supplements, and (ii) such other Series.

            "Participating Transferor" shall have the meaning specified in
             ------------------------
subsection 2.06(d)(i).

            "Participations" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
             --------------
2.06(a)(ii).

            "Pay Out  Commencement  Date" shall mean,  (a) with  respect to each
             ---------------------------
Series,  the date on which a Trust Pay Out Event is deemed to occur  pursuant to
Section 9.01 and (b) with respect to any Series,  the date on which a Series Pay
Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to the Supplement for such Series.

            "Pay Out Event" shall mean, with respect to each Series, a Trust Pay
             -------------
Out Event or a Series Pay Out Event.

            "Paying  Agent"  shall mean any paying agent  appointed  pursuant to
             -------------
Section 6.06 and shall initially be the Trustee.

            "Periodic  Finance Charges" shall have the meaning  specified in the
             -------------------------
Credit Card  Agreement  applicable  to each Account for finance  charges (due to
periodic rate) or any similar term.

            "Permitted Investments" shall mean, unless otherwise provided in the
             ---------------------
Supplement with respect to any Series,  (a) book-entry  securities or negotiable
instruments  or securities  represented  by  instruments in bearer or registered
form which evidence (i) obligations of or fully  guaranteed by the United States
of America;  (ii) demand  deposits,  time deposits or certificates of deposit of
any depositary  institution or trust company  incorporated under the laws of the

                                       14

<PAGE>


United States of America or any state  thereof (or domestic  branches of foreign
depository  institutions  or trust  companies)  and subject to  supervision  and
examination by federal or state banking or depositary  institution  authorities;
provided,  however,  that at the time of the Trust's  investment or  contractual
- --------   -------
commitment to invest therein, the certificates of deposit or short-term deposits
of such depositary  institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from
Fitch (if then rated by Fitch),  Moody's and  Standard & Poor's of F-1,  P-1 and
A-1+,  respectively;  (iii)  commercial  paper,  bank  notes or any  other  debt
obligation  having,  at  the  time  of the  Trust's  investment  or  contractual
commitment  to invest  therein,  a rating  from  Fitch (if then rated by Fitch),
Moody's and Standard & Poor's of F-1, P-1 and A-1+, respectively;  (iv) bankers'
acceptances  issued by any depository  institution or trust company described in
clause (a)(ii) above; and (v) repurchase  agreements  transacted with either (A)
an entity  subject  to the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or (B) a  financial
institution insured by the FDIC or a broker-dealer with retail customers that is
under the  jurisdiction of the Securities  Investors  Protection  Corp., in each
case having a rating from Fitch (if then rated by Fitch), Moody's and Standard &
Poor's of F-1, P-1 and A-1+,  respectively;  (b) demand  deposits in the name of
the Trust or the Trustee in any depositary institution or trust company referred
to in clause  (a)(ii)  above;  (c) any other  investment  if each Rating  Agency
confirms in writing  that such  investment  will not  adversely  affect its then
current rating of the Investor Certificates,  provided that such investment will
not cause the Trust to be treated as an "investment  company" within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

            "Person"  shall mean any legal  person,  including  any  individual,
             ------
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,  governmental entity or
other entity of similar nature.

            "Pool Index File" shall mean the file on each Transferor's  computer
             ---------------
system that identifies  MasterCard and VISA accounts of such  Transferor,  which
file is designated by such Transferor as its "Pool Index File."

            "Principal Account" shall have the meaning specified in
             -----------------
subsection 4.02(b).

            "Principal Funding Account" shall have the meaning specified in
             -------------------------
the related Supplement.

            "Principal Funding Account Balance" shall have the meaning specified
             ---------------------------------
in the related Supplement.

            "Principal  Receivable"  shall mean each  Receivable  other than (i)
             ---------------------
Finance  Charge  Receivables,  and (ii)  Receivables  in Defaulted  Accounts.  A
Receivable  shall be deemed to have  been  created  at the end of the day on the
Date of Processing of such  Receivable.  In calculating the aggregate  amount of
Principal  Receivables on any day, the amount of Principal  Receivables shall be
reduced by the aggregate  amount of credit balances in the Accounts on such day.
Any Receivables  which the related  Transferor is unable to transfer as provided
in subsection  2.05(d) shall not be included in calculating the aggregate amount
of Principal Receivables.

                                       15

<PAGE>

            "Principal  Shortfalls" shall mean, with respect to a Transfer Date,
             ---------------------
the aggregate  amount for all  outstanding  Series that the related  Supplements
specify are "Principal Shortfalls" for such Transfer Date.

            "Principal Terms" shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series
             ---------------
issued pursuant to a New Issuance, specified in subsection 6.09(c).

            "Private  Holder"  shall  mean  each  holder  of a right to  receive
             ---------------
interest or principal in respect of any direct or indirect interest in the Trust
including any financial  instrument or contract the value of which is determined
in whole or in part by reference  to the Trust  (including  the Trust's  assets,
income or the Trust or distributions made by the Trust),  excluding any interest
in the Trust represented by any Series or Class of Investor  Certificates or any
other interest as to which the Transferor has provided to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel to the  effect  that such  Series,  Class or other  interest  will be
treated as debt or  otherwise  not as an equity  interest in either the Trust or
the  Receivables  for federal income tax purposes,  in each case,  provided such
interest is not convertible or exchangeable into an interest in the Trust or the
Trust's income or equivalent value.  Notwithstanding  the immediately  preceding
sentence,  "Private  Holder"  shall  also  include  any  other  Person  that the
Transferor  determines is (or may be) a "partner" within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation   section   1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii)   (including   by  reason  of  section
1.7704-1(h)(3)).  Initially,  the  Private  Holders  include  the holders of the
Transferor  Certificate or any interest therein, of any Collateral Interest,  of
any  Enhancement  Invested  Amount,  and of any similar  interests  in the Trust
represented by any other Class of any Series of Certificates,  and the Servicer.
Any Person holding more than one interest in the Trust each of which  separately
would  cause  such  Person to be a Private  Holder  shall be treated as a single
Private  Holder.  Each  holder of an  interest  in a Private  Holder  which is a
partnership,  S  corporation  or grantor  trust under the Internal  Revenue Code
shall be treated as a Private  Holder  unless  excepted  with the consent of the
Transferor  (which consent shall be based on an Opinion of Counsel  generally to
the effect that the action  taken  pursuant  to the  consent  will not cause the
Trust to become a  publicly  traded  partnership  treated as a  corporation  for
federal income tax purposes).

            "Qualified  Institution"  shall mean (i) a  depositary  institution,
             ----------------------
which may include the Trustee,  organized under the laws of the United States or
any one of the States thereof  including the District of Columbia,  the deposits
in which  are  insured  by the FDIC and  which  at all  times  has a  short-term
unsecured  debt  rating of at least A-1+ by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's
or  (ii) a  depositary  institution  acceptable  to  each  Rating  Agency,  such
acceptance to be evidenced in writing;  provided,  however,  that an institution
                                        --------   -------

                                       16

<PAGE>

which shall have  corporate  trust  powers and which  maintains  the  Collection
Account,  the Principal Account,  the Finance Charge Account, any Series Account
or any other account maintained for the benefit of Certificateholders as a fully
segregated trust account with the trust department of such institution shall not
be  required to meet the  foregoing  rating  requirements,  and need only at all
times have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least Baa3 by Moody's so long
as Moody's is a Rating Agency.

            "Rapid Accumulation Period" shall have the meaning,  with respect to
             -------------------------
any Series, specified in the Supplement relating to such Series.

            "Rating Agency" shall mean, with respect to each Series,  the rating
             -------------
agency  or  agencies,   if  any,   selected  by  the  Transferors  to  rate  the
Certificates, as specified in the related Supplement.

            "Reassignment" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
             ------------
2.07(b)(ii).

            "Reassignment Date" shall have the meaning specified in
             -----------------
subsection 2.04(e).

            "Receivable"  shall  mean any amount  owing by an  Obligor  under an
             ----------
Account including,  without  limitation,  amounts owing for the payment of goods
and services, cash advances, access checks, Annual Membership Fees, Cash Advance
Fees, Periodic Finance Charges,  Late Payment Fees and credit insurance premiums
and Special Fees, if any.

            "Record Date" shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
             -----------
last Business Day of the preceding Monthly Period.

            "Recoveries"  shall mean all amounts  received (net of out-of-pocket
             ----------
costs of collections) including Insurance Proceeds,  with respect to Receivables
in  Defaulted  Accounts  and the  proceeds  of the  transfer  of any credit card
account  that was  removed as a Zero  Balance  Account  pursuant  to  subsection
2.07(a),  provided that for so long as such amounts cannot be traced to specific
receivables,  including  the  Receivables,  Recoveries  shall  mean such  amount
allocated to the Receivables as the Servicer shall  reasonably  estimate,  on or
prior to each Determination Date.

            "Registered Certificates" shall have the meaning specified in
             -----------------------
Section 6.01.

                                       17

<PAGE>

            "Removal  Date" shall mean the date on which  Receivables in certain
             -------------
designated  Removed  Accounts  will be  reassigned by the Trustee to the related
Transferor.

            "Removal Notice Date" shall have the meaning specified in Section
             -------------------
2.07(a).

            "Removed Accounts" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
             ----------------
2.07(a).

            "Requirements  of Law" for any Person shall mean the  certificate of
             --------------------
incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other  organizational or
governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation,  or
determination  of  an  arbitrator  or  Governmental   Authority,  in  each  case
applicable  to or binding  upon such  Person or to which such Person is subject,
whether federal, state or local (including,  without limitation, usury laws, the
Federal Truth in Lending Act and  Regulation Z and  Regulation B of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

            "Responsible  Officer"  shall mean any officer  within the Corporate
             --------------------
Trust  Office  (or any  successor  group  of the  Trustee),  including  any Vice
President,  any  Assistant  Secretary  or  any  other  officer  of  the  Trustee
customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any person who at
the time  shall be an  above-designated  officer  and also,  with  respect  to a
particular  officer to whom any  corporate  trust matter is referred  because of
such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

            "Returned  Check  Charges"  shall have the meaning  specified in the
             ------------------------
Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for returned payment check fees
or similar terms.

            "Revolving  Period"  shall have,  with respect to each  Series,  the
             -----------------
meaning specified in the related Supplement.

            "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
             --------------
amended.

            "Series" shall mean any series of Investor  Certificates,  which may
             ------
include  within  any such  Series a Class or Classes  of  Investor  Certificates
subordinate to another such Class or Classes of Investor Certificates.

            "Series  Account"  shall mean any  account or  accounts  established
             ---------------
pursuant to a Supplement for the benefit of such Series.

            "Series Pay Out Event" shall have,  with respect to any Series,  the
             --------------------
meaning specified pursuant to the Supplement for the related Series.

                                       18

<PAGE>

            "Series  Servicing Fee  Percentage"  shall mean, with respect to any
             ---------------------------------
Series, the amount specified in the related Supplement.

            "Series  Termination Date" shall mean, with respect to any Series of
             ------------------------
Certificates, the date stated in the related Supplement.

            "Service  Transaction  Fees" shall have the meaning specified in the
             --------------------------
Credit Card  Agreement  applicable  to each Account for any service  transaction
fees or similar terms.

            "Servicer"   shall  mean   initially   Bank  of   America   National
             --------
Association,  and its permitted successors and assigns and thereafter any Person
appointed as successor as herein provided to service the Receivables.

            "Servicer Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section
             ----------------
10.01.

            "Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.02.
             -------------

            "Servicing  Officer" shall mean any officer of the Servicer involved
             ------------------
in, or  responsible  for, the  administration  and servicing of the  Receivables
whose name appears on a list of servicing  officers  furnished to the Trustee by
the Servicer, as such list may from time to time be amended.

            "Shared Excess Finance Charge  Collections" shall mean, with respect
             -----------------------------------------
to any Transfer Date, the aggregate  amount for all outstanding  Series that the
related  Supplements  specify are to be treated as "Shared Excess Finance Charge
Collections" for such Transfer Date.

            "Shared  Principal  Collections"  shall  mean,  with  respect to any
             ------------------------------
Transfer Date, the aggregate amount for all outstanding  Series that the related
Supplements  specify are to be treated as "Shared Excess Principal  Collections"
for such Transfer Date.

            "Special Fees" shall mean Receivables which are Draft Fees,  Service
             ------------
Transaction  Fees and any other fees which are not now but from time to time may
be assessed on the  Accounts.  On or after the date on which any of such Special
Fees begin to be assessed on the Accounts,  each  Transferor may designate in an
Officer's Certificate whether such Special Fees charged by such Transferor shall
be treated as Principal Receivables or Finance Charge Receivables.

            "Standard & Poor's" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings Services.
             -----------------

            "Successor Servicer" shall have the meaning specified in
             ------------------
subsection 10.02(a).

                                       19

<PAGE>

            "Supplement" or "Series  Supplement" shall mean, with respect to any
             ----------      ------------------
Series, a supplement to this Agreement  complying with the terms of Section 6.09
of this  Agreement,  executed in conjunction  with any issuance of any Series of
Certificates  (or, in the case of the  issuance of  Certificates  on the Initial
Closing Date,  the supplement  executed in connection  with the issuance of such
Certificates).

            "Supplemental Certificate" shall have the meaning specified in
             ------------------------
subsection 6.09(d).

            "Tax Opinion"  shall mean with respect to any action,  an Opinion of
             -----------
Counsel to the effect that,  for federal  income tax  purposes,  (a) such action
will  not  adversely  affect  the  tax  characterization  as  debt  of  Investor
Certificates  of any  outstanding  Series or Class  that  were debt for  federal
income tax purposes at the time of their issuance, (b) following such action the
Trust will not be deemed to be an association (or publicly  traded  partnership)
taxable as a  corporation  and (c) such action will not cause or  constitute  an
event in which  gain or loss  would be  recognized  by any  holder  of  Investor
Certificates  of any  outstanding  Series or Class  that  were debt for  federal
income tax purposes at the time of their issuance.

            "Termination  Notice"  shall have,  with respect to any Series,  the
             -------------------
meaning specified in subsection 10.01(d).

            "Transfer Agent and Registrar"  shall have the meaning  specified in
             ----------------------------
Section 6.03 and shall initially be the Trustee's Corporate Trust Office.

            "Transfer  Date"  shall  mean,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the
             --------------
related  Supplement,  with respect to any Series,  the Business Day  immediately
prior to each Distribution Date.

            "Transferors"  shall mean, as of any date of determination,  Bank of
             -----------
America National Association,  a national banking association and its successors
in interest and permitted assigns and each Additional Transferor,  if any, as of
such date.

            "Transferor  Certificate" shall mean  collectively,  the certificate
             -----------------------
executed by Bank of America and  authenticated by the Trustee,  substantially in
the form of Exhibit A.

            "Transferor Interest" shall mean, on any date of determination,  the
             -------------------
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and the principal amount on deposit in
any Principal  Funding  Account (as defined in any Supplement) at the end of the
day  immediately  prior  to such  date of  determination,  minus  the  Aggregate
                                                           -----
Investor  Interest  at the end of such  day,  minus  the  aggregate  Enhancement
                                              -----
Invested  Amounts,  if any, for each Series  outstanding at the end of such day,
minus the aggregate  Collateral Interests not included in the Aggregate Investor
- -----
Interests, if any, for each Series outstanding at the end of such day.

                                       20

<PAGE>

            "Transferor  Percentage"  shall mean, on any date of  determination,
             ----------------------
when used with respect to Principal Receivables,  Finance Charge Receivables and
Receivables  in  Defaulted  Accounts,  a  percentage  equal  to 100%  minus  the
                                                                      -----
Aggregate Investor Percentage with respect to such categories of Receivables.

            "Transferor Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning specified in
             ------------------------
Section 3.02.

            "Transferred  Account"  shall  mean (a) an Account  with  respect to
             --------------------
which a new credit  card  account  number has been  issued by the  Servicer or a
Transferor  under  circumstances  resulting from a lost or stolen credit card or
from the transfer from one program to another program and not requiring standard
application and credit evaluation procedures under the Credit Card Guidelines or
(b) an Eligible  Account  resulting from the conversion of an Account that was a
standard  account to a premium  account or from a premium  account to a standard
account,  and which in either case can be traced or identified in the Pool Index
File with the designation of either "I", "WG", or such other  designation as the
Transferor shall have given the Trustee notice as provided in Section 2.01, as a
Transferred  Account into which an Account has been  transferred by reference to
or by way of the computer  files or  microfiche  lists  delivered to the Trustee
pursuant  to  Section  2.01 or 2.06;  provided,  however,  that the new  account
                                      --------   -------
resulting  from the  issuance  of such new credit  card  account  number or such
conversion,  as the case  may be,  shall be a  Transferred  Account  only to the
extent that on the date such new credit card  account  number was issued or such
conversion  was  completed,  the  computer  system on which such new  account is
serviced is  compatible,  as  determined  by the  Servicer,  with the  reporting
requirements of the Trust.

            "Trust" shall mean the trust created by this  Agreement,  the corpus
             -----
of which shall consist of the Receivables now existing or hereafter  created and
arising in connection with the Accounts, the Participations,  if any, all monies
due or to become due with respect to the Receivables and the Participations, all
proceeds (as defined in Section 9-306 of the UCC as in effect in the  applicable
jurisdiction) of the Receivables,  Recoveries and Insurance Proceeds relating to
the  Receivables,  the right to  receive  certain  amounts  paid or  payable  as
Interchange (if provided for in any Supplement), such funds as from time to time
are  deposited  in the  Collection  Account,  the Finance  Charge  Account,  the
Principal  Account,  the  Distribution  Account  and any Series  Account and the
rights to any Credit Enhancement with respect to any Series.

            "Trust Extension" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
             ---------------
12.01(a).

            "Trust Pay Out Event" shall have,  with respect to each Series,  the
             -------------------
meaning specified in Section 9.01.

                                       21

<PAGE>

            "Trust  Termination  Date"  shall mean the  earliest to occur of (i)
             ------------------------
unless a Trust Extension  shall have occurred,  the first Business Day after the
Distribution Date on which the Investor Interest,  the Collateral Interest,  the
Enhancement  Invested  Amount and any other  interest  issued by the  Trust,  as
applicable,  for each  Series  is zero,  (ii) if a Trust  Extension  shall  have
occurred,  the Extended Trust Termination Date, (iii) June 30, 2026 and (iv) the
date of any termination pursuant to Section 9.02.

            "Trustee"  shall mean First Bank  National  Association,  a national
             -------
banking  association,  and its successors and any corporation  resulting from or
surviving any  consolidation  or merger to which it or its  successors  may be a
party and any successor trustee appointed as herein provided.

            "UCC" shall mean the Uniform  Commercial  Code, as amended from time
             ---
to time, as in effect in any specified jurisdiction.

            "Undivided  Interest" shall mean the undivided interest in the Trust
             -------------------
evidenced by an Investor Certificate.

            "Zero  Balance  Account"  shall  mean an Account  with a  Receivable
             ----------------------
balance of zero which the Servicer  may remove from its computer  master file of
VISA and MasterCard accounts.

            Section 1.02  Other Definitional Provisions .
                          -----------------------------

            (a) All terms defined in any Supplement or this Agreement shall have
the defined  meanings  when used in any  certificate  or other  document made or
delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

            (b) As used herein and in any  certificate or other document made or
delivered  pursuant hereto or thereto,  accounting  terms not defined in Section
1.01, and accounting  terms partially  defined in Section 1.01 to the extent not
defined,  shall  have the  respective  meanings  given to them  under  generally
accepted  accounting   principles  or  regulatory  accounting   principles,   as
applicable.  To the extent that the  definitions of accounting  terms herein are
inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting
principles or regulatory accounting principles, the definitions contained herein
shall control.

            (c)  The  agreements,  representations  and  warranties  of  Bank of
America and any Additional Transferor in this Agreement and in any Supplement in
each of its  capacities  as Transferor  and, in the case of Bank of America,  as
Servicer shall be deemed to be the agreements, representations and warranties of
Bank of America and such Additional  Transferor solely in each such capacity for
so long as Bank of America and such Additional  Transferor,  as the case may be,
acts in each such capacity under this Agreement.

                                       22

<PAGE>

            (d) The  words  "hereof,"  "herein"  and  "hereunder"  and  words of
similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to any Supplement or this
Agreement as a whole and not to any  particular  provision of this  Agreement or
any  Supplement;  and  Section,  subsection,  Schedule  and  Exhibit  references
contained  in this  Agreement  or any  Supplement  are  references  to Sections,
subsections,  Schedules and Exhibits in or to this  Agreement or any  Supplement
unless otherwise specified.  The Servicer shall, upon making such determination,
deliver to the Trustee and each Rating Agency an Officer's  Certificate to which
shall be  annexed  the form of the  related  Exhibit,  as so  changed.  Upon the
delivery of such Officer's  Certificate to the Trustee,  the related Exhibit, as
so changed,  shall for all purposes of this Agreement  constitute  such Exhibit.
The Trustee may conclusively rely upon such Officer's Certificate in determining
whether the related  Exhibit,  as changed,  conforms to the requirements of this
Agreement.


                               [End of Article I]




                                       23

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                           CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES;
                            ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES

            Section 2.01 Conveyance of Receivables . Each Transferor does hereby
                         -------------------------
irrevocably  (subject  to the terms  hereof)  transfer,  assign,  set-over,  and
otherwise convey to the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders, without
recourse,  all of its right, title and interest in and to all amounts,  contract
rights, accounts,  general intangibles,  money and other property consisting of,
arising from or related to the  Receivables  existing as of the beginning of the
day on the  Cut-Off  Date,  in the case of  Receivables  arising in the  initial
Accounts,  and as of the beginning of the day on each Addition  Cut-Off Date, in
the case of  Receivables  arising in the  Additional  Accounts  relating to such
Addition  Cut-Off Date,  and in each case  thereafter  created from time to time
until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect
to such  Receivables  (including  all Finance Charge  Receivables),  all amounts
received with respect thereto, proceeds of such Receivables,  Insurance Proceeds
relating to such Receivables and all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

            In  connection   with  such  transfer,   assignment,   set-over  and
conveyance,  each of the  Transferors  agrees  to record  and  file,  at its own
expense,  financing  statements  (including  any  continuation  statements  with
respect to such financing  statements when applicable)  meeting the requirements
of  applicable  state  law in  such  manner  and in  such  jurisdictions  as are
necessary to perfect the assignment of the Receivables and the proceeds  thereof
to the Trust, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing statements or
continuation  statements  or other  evidence  of such  filing  (which  may,  for
purposes of this Section 2.01, consist of telephone confirmation of such filing)
to the Trustee on or prior to the date of issuance of the  Certificates,  and in
the case of any continuation  statements filed pursuant to this Section 2.01, as
soon as  practicable  after  receipt  thereof by any  Transferor.  The foregoing
transfer, assignment,  set-over and conveyance to the Trust shall be made to the
Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust,  and each  reference in this Agreement to such
transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance shall be construed accordingly.

            In connection with such transfer, each of the Transferors agrees, at
its own expense,  on or prior to the Initial Closing Date (i) to indicate in the
Pool Index File  maintained in its computer  files that  Receivables  created in
connection with the Accounts have been transferred to the Trust pursuant to this
Agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders by identifying such Accounts
in the Pool  Index File with the  designation  of either "I" or "WG" and (ii) to
deliver to the Trustee a computer file or microfiche  list containing a true and
complete list of all such  Accounts,  identified  by account  number and setting
forth the Receivable  balance as of the Cut-Off Date. Such file or list shall be
marked as Schedule 1 to this Agreement, delivered to the Trustee as confidential
and  proprietary,  and is  hereby  incorporated  into  and  made a part  of this

                                       24

<PAGE>

Agreement.  The  Transferor  further  agrees  not to alter the file  designation
referenced  in clause  (i) of this  paragraph  in a way that  would  cause  such
Account not to have the  designation  of either "I" or "WG" with  respect to any
Account during the term of this Agreement  unless and until such Account becomes
a  Removed  Account  or a Zero  Balance  Account  or  unless  and  until (y) the
Transferor shall give written notice of any such alteration to the Trustee, such
written  notice to be as of the date of its receipt by the Trustee  incorporated
into and made part of this  Agreement,  and (z) the Trustee and the  Transferors
shall  execute  and  file  any UCC  financing  statement  or  amendment  thereof
necessitated by such  alteration.  The Transferors  shall hold such  information
with respect to the Accounts and Transferred Accounts, prior to delivery thereof
to the Trustee, in trust for the benefit of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust.

            If, and to the extent that, such transfer is not deemed to be a sale
or if for any reason any Receivable is held to be property of a Transferor, then
each  Transferor  shall be deemed to have hereby  granted to the Trustee a first
priority  perfected  security interest in all of such Transferor's  right, title
and  interest  whether  now  owned or  hereafter  acquired  in, to and under the
Receivables  existing as of the beginning of the day on the Cut-Off Date, in the
case of the Receivables arising in the initial Accounts, and as of the beginning
of the day on each Addition Cut-Off Date, in the case of the Receivables arising
in the Additional  Accounts  relating to such Addition Cut-Off Date, and in each
case  thereafter  created from time to time until the  termination of the Trust,
all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables  (including all
Finance Charge Receivables),  all proceeds of such Receivables and all Insurance
Proceeds  relating to such Receivables and all proceeds  thereof,  and that this
Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

            Pursuant to the request of the  Transferor,  the Trustee shall cause
Certificates in authorized  denominations  evidencing the entire interest in the
Trust  to be duly  authenticated  and  delivered  to or upon  the  order  of the
Transferor pursuant to Section 6.02.

            Section 2.02 Acceptance by Trustee .
                         ---------------------

            (a) The Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance, on behalf of the
Trust,  of all right,  title and  interest  to the  property  now  existing  and
hereafter created,  conveyed to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.01, and declares
that it shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the Trust herein set
forth,  for  the  benefit  of  all   Certificateholders.   The  Trustee  further
acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously with the execution and delivery of
this Agreement,  the  Transferors  delivered to the Trustee the computer file or
microfiche list described in the third paragraph of Section 2.01.

                                       25

<PAGE>

            (b) The Trustee  hereby  agrees not to disclose to any Person any of
the account  numbers or other  information  contained in the  computer  files or
microfiche lists delivered to the Trustee by any Transferor pursuant to Sections
2.01, 2.06 and 2.07 ("Account  Information") except as is required in connection
with the  performance of its duties  hereunder or in enforcing the rights of the
Certificateholders  or to a  Successor  Servicer  appointed  pursuant to Section
10.02, as mandated  pursuant to any Requirement of Law applicable to the Trustee
or as requested by any Person,  free of charge,  in  connection  with  financing
statements  filed with  respect to the Trust.  The  Trustee  agrees to take such
measures  as shall be  reasonably  requested  by any  Transferor  to protect and
maintain  the  security  and  confidentiality  of  such  information,   and,  in
connection  therewith,  shall allow each  Transferor  to inspect  the  Trustee's
security  and  confidentiality  arrangements  from  time to time  during  normal
business hours. In the event that the Trustee is required by law to disclose any
Account  Information,  the Trustee shall provide the related  Transferor and the
Servicer with prompt written notice, unless such notice is prohibited by law, of
any such request or requirement so that such Transferor may request a protective
order or other  appropriate  remedy.  The Trustee  shall  provide  each  related
Transferor  with written  notice no later than five days prior to any disclosure
pursuant to this subsection 2.02(b).

            (r) The  Trustee  shall  have no power to  create,  assume  or incur
indebtedness  or  other  liabilities  in the  name of the  Trust  other  than as
contemplated in this Agreement.

            Section 2.03  Representations  and  Warranties of the  Transferors .
                          ----------------------------------------------------  
Bank of America,  as a Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as
of the Initial Closing Date and each Additional Transferor hereby represents and
warrants  to the  Trust as of the date  such  Additional  Transferor  becomes  a
Transferor:

            (a)  Organization  and Good Standing.  Such Transferor is a national
                 -------------------------------
banking  association  duly organized and validly existing in good standing under
the laws of the United States and has full corporate power,  authority and legal
right to own its  properties  and conduct its  business as such  properties  are
presently  owned and such  business  is  presently  conducted,  and to  execute,
deliver and  perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement  and to execute and
deliver to the Trustee the Certificates pursuant hereto.

            (b) Due  Qualification.  Such  Transferor  is duly  qualified  to do
                ------------------
business  and is in good  standing (or is exempt from such  requirement)  in any
state required in order to conduct its business,  and has obtained all necessary
licenses and approvals  with respect to such  Transferor  required under federal
and applicable state law; provided,  however, that no representation or warranty
                          --------   -------

                                       26

<PAGE>


is made with  respect to any  qualifications,  licenses or  approvals  which the
Trustee  would have to obtain to do  business  in any state in which the Trustee
seeks to enforce any Receivable.

            (c) Due Authorization.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement
                -----------------
by such  Transferor  and,  in the case of Bank of  America,  the  execution  and
delivery  to the  Trustee  of the  Certificates  and  the  consummation  by such
Transferor of the  transactions  provided for in this  Agreement  have been duly
authorized by such Transferor by all necessary  corporate action on its part and
this Agreement will remain,  from the time of its execution,  an official record
of such Transferor.

            (d) No Conflict.  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and,
                -----------
in the  case  of Bank of  America,  the  Certificates,  the  performance  of the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement and the  fulfillment of the terms
hereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the material terms
and  provisions  of, or constitute  (with or without  notice or lapse of time or
both) a material default under, any indenture,  contract,  agreement,  mortgage,
deed of trust,  or other  instrument  to which such  Transferor is a party or by
which it or any of its properties are bound.

            (e) No Violation.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and,
                ------------
in the case of the Bank of America,  the  Certificates,  the  performance of the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement and the  fulfillment of the terms
hereof will not conflict with or violate any  Requirements  of Law applicable to
such Transferor.

            (f) No  Proceedings.  There  are no  proceedings  or  investigations
                ---------------
pending or, to the best knowledge of such  Transferor,  threatened  against such
Transferor before any court,  regulatory body,  administrative  agency, or other
tribunal or  governmental  instrumentality  (i) asserting the invalidity of this
Agreement  or the  Certificates,  (ii)  seeking to prevent  the  issuance of the
Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or the  Certificates,  (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that,
in the reasonable  judgment of such  Transferor,  would materially and adversely
affect  the  performance  by  such  Transferor  of its  obligations  under  this
Agreement,  (iv) seeking any  determination  or ruling that would materially and
adversely  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of this  Agreement  or the
Certificates or (v) seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the
Trust.

            (g)  Eligibility of Accounts.  As of the Cut-Off Date,  each Account
                 -----------------------
was an Eligible  Account and no  selection  procedures  adverse to the  Investor
Certificateholders  have been  employed  by the  Transferors  in  selecting  the
Accounts from among the Eligible Accounts in the Identified Pool.

                                       27

<PAGE>

            (h)  Transferor's Deposit Accounts.  Deposits in such
                 -----------------------------
Transferor's deposit accounts were insured by the FDIC to the limits provided
by law.

            (i) All Consents Required. All approvals, authorizations,  consents,
                ---------------------
orders or other  actions of any Person or of any  governmental  body or official
required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and, in
the  case  of  Bank  of  America  the  Certificates,   the  performance  of  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement and the  fulfillment of the terms
hereof, have been obtained.

            For the purposes of the representations and warranties  contained in
this  Section  2.03 and made by Bank of America  on the  Initial  Closing  Date,
"Certificates"  shall mean the Certificates  issued on the Initial Closing Date.
The  representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.03 shall survive
the transfer and  assignment of the  respective  Receivables  to the Trust,  and
termination of the rights and  obligations  of the Servicer  pursuant to Section
10.01. Each Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust, with respect
to any Series of Certificates,  as of its Closing Date,  unless otherwise stated
in the  related  Supplement,  that the  representations  and  warranties  of the
Transferor  set forth in Section  2.03 are true and correct as of such date (for
the purposes of such  representations and warranties,  "Certificates" shall mean
the  Certificates  issued on the related  Closing  Date).  Upon discovery by the
Transferor,  the  Servicer  or the  Trustee of a breach of any of the  foregoing
representations  and warranties,  the party  discovering  such breach shall give
prompt written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

            Section  2.04  Representations  and  Warranties  of  the  Transferor
                           -----------------------------------------------------
Relating to this Agreement and the Receivables .
- ----------------------------------------------

            (a) Binding  Obligation;  Valid  Transfer  and  Assignment.  Bank of
                ------------------------------------------------------
America hereby  represents  and warrants to the Trust as of the Initial  Closing
Date and each Additional  Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust
as of the date such Additional Transferor becomes a Transferor:

            (i) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
      of such Transferor, enforceable against such Transferor in accordance with
      its terms,  except (A) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable
      bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or other similar laws
      now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors'  rights
      in general and the rights of creditors of national  banking  associations,
      and (B) as such  enforceability  may be limited by general  principles  of
      equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

            (ii)  This  Agreement  constitutes  either  (A)  a  valid  transfer,
      assignment,  set-over and conveyance to the Trust of all right,  title and
      interest of such Transferor in and to the  Receivables  existing as of the

                                       28

<PAGE>

      beginning of the day on the Cut-Off Date,  in the case of the  Receivables
      arising in the initial  Accounts,  and as of the  beginning  of the day on
      each Addition Cut-Off Date, in the case of the Receivables  arising in the
      Additional  Accounts  relating to such Addition  Cut-Off Date, and in each
      case  thereafter  created from time to time until the  termination  of the
      Trust,  all monies due or to become due with  respect to such  Receivables
      (including  all Finance  Charge  Receivables),  all amounts  received with
      respect  thereto,  all proceeds of such  Receivables,  Insurance  Proceeds
      relating thereto and the proceeds thereof and all of such property will be
      held by the  Trust  free  and  clear of any  Lien of any  Person  claiming
      through or under such  Transferor or any of its Affiliates  except for (x)
      Liens  permitted  under  subsection  2.05(b),  (y)  the  interest  of  the
      Transferors  as Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  or any Holder of a
      Supplemental  Certificate  and (z) such  Transferor's  right,  if any,  to
      interest accruing on, and investment  earnings,  if any, in respect of the
      Finance Charge Account,  the Principal  Account or any Series Account,  as
      provided in this Agreement or the related Supplement,  or (B) a grant of a
      security  interest  (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the  applicable
      jurisdiction)  in such property to the Trust,  which is  enforceable  with
      respect to the existing  Receivables,  the proceeds  thereof and Insurance
      Proceeds  relating  thereto upon execution and delivery of this Agreement,
      and which will be enforceable with respect to such  Receivables  hereafter
      created,  the proceeds thereof and Insurance  Proceeds  relating  thereto,
      upon such creation.  If this Agreement constitutes the grant of a security
      interest to the Trust in such  property,  upon the filing of the financing
      statements  described in Section  2.01 and in the case of the  Receivables
      hereafter  created and proceeds  thereof and Insurance  Proceeds  relating
      thereto,  upon  such  creation,  the  Trust  shall  have a first  priority
      perfected  security interest in such property (subject to Section 9-306 of
      the UCC as in effect in the  applicable  jurisdiction),  except  for Liens
      permitted under subsection 2.05(b).  Neither the Transferor nor any Person
      claiming  through  or under  the  Transferor  shall  have any  claim to or
      interest  in the  Principal  Account,  the  Finance  Charge  Account,  the
      Distribution  Account or any Series Account,  except for the  Transferor's
      rights to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect
      of, the Finance Charge  Account and Principal  Account as provided in this
      Agreement  (or,  if  applicable,  any Series  Account as  provided  in any
      Supplement)  and, if this  Agreement  constitutes  the grant of a security
      interest in such property,  except for the interest of such  Transferor in
      such  property  as a debtor  for  purposes  of the UCC as in effect in the
      applicable jurisdiction.

                                       29

<PAGE>

            (b)  Eligibility of Receivables.  Bank of America hereby  represents
                 --------------------------
and warrants to the Trust as of the Initial Closing Date and as of each Addition
Date on which Bank of America is a Participating Transferor, as the case may be,
and each Additional Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as of
the date such Additional Transferor becomes a Transferor and as of each Addition
Date on which such Additional Transferor is a Participating Transferor, that:

            (i) Each  Receivable  conveyed to the Trust by such Transferor is an
      Eligible  Receivable as of the Cut-Off Date or the Addition  Cut-Off Date,
      as applicable.

            (ii) Each  Receivable  conveyed to the Trust by such Transferor then
      existing has been conveyed to the Trust by such  Transferor free and clear
      of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under such Transferor or any
      of its Affiliates  (other than Liens permitted under  subsection  2.05(b))
      and in compliance,  in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law
      applicable to such Transferor.

            (iii) With respect to each Receivable  conveyed to the Trust by such
      Transferor   then   existing,   all  consents,   licenses,   approvals  or
      authorizations  of or registrations or declarations  with any Governmental
      Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by such Transferor in
      connection  with the conveyance of such  Receivable to the Trust have been
      duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect.

            (iv) On each day on which any new  Receivable  conveyed to the Trust
      by such  Transferor  is  created,  such  Transferor  shall  be  deemed  to
      represent and warrant to the Trust that (A) each such  Receivable  created
      on such day is an Eligible Receivable, (B) each Receivable created on such
      day  has  been  conveyed  to the  Trust  in  compliance,  in all  material
      respects,  with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor,  (C)
      with respect to each such Receivable, all consents, licenses, approvals or
      authorizations of or registrations or declarations  with, any Governmental
      Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by such Transferor in
      connection  with the conveyance of such  Receivable to the Trust have been
      duly obtained,  effected or given and are in full force and effect and (D)
      the  representations  and warranties  set forth in subsection  2.04(a) are
      true and correct with respect to each Receivable created on such day as if
      made on such day.

            (v) As of the Initial  Closing Date,  Schedule 1 to this  Agreement,
      and as of the applicable Addition Date with respect to Additional Accounts
      (other than Automatic Additional Accounts), and as of the last day of each
      calendar  quarter  during which  Automatic  Additional  Accounts have been
      designated  pursuant  to Section  2.06(c),  the related  computer  file or
      microfiche  list  referred to in Section 2.06, is an accurate and complete

                                       30

<PAGE>

      listing in all  material  respects  of all the  Accounts as of the Cut-Off
      Date,  or  with  respect  to  Additional  Accounts,  as of the  applicable
      Addition  Cut-Off Date (or calendar  quarter end, as applicable),  and the
      information  contained  therein  with  respect  to the  identity  of  such
      Accounts and the  Receivables  existing  thereunder is true and correct in
      all material  respects as of the Cut-Off Date or such applicable  Addition
      Cut-Off Date. As of the Cut-Off Date, the aggregate  amount of Receivables
      in all the  Accounts  was  $4,019,715,009,  of which  $3,969,685,619  were
      Principal Receivables.

            (c) Notice of Breach. The  representations  and warranties set forth
                ----------------
in this Section 2.04 shall survive the transfer and assignment of the respective
Receivables to the Trust.  Upon  discovery by a Transferor,  the Servicer or the
Trustee of a breach of any of the  representations  and  warranties set forth in
this Section 2.04, the party  discovering  such breach shall give prompt written
notice to the other parties mentioned above. Each Transferor agrees to cooperate
with the Servicer and the Trustee in attempting to cure any such breach.

            (d)  Transfer of Ineligible Receivables.
                 ----------------------------------

            (i)  Automatic  Removal.  In the event of a breach with respect to a
                 ------------------
      Receivable of any  representations  and warranties set forth in subsection
      2.04(b)(ii),  or in the  event  that  a  Receivable  is  not  an  Eligible
      Receivable as a result of the failure to satisfy the  conditions set forth
      in clause (d) of the  definition  of Eligible  Receivable,  and any of the
      following three conditions is met: (A) as a result of such breach or event
      such Receivable is charged off as  uncollectible or the Trust's rights in,
      to or under such  Receivable  or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds
      of such  Receivable are not available for any reason to the Trust free and
      clear of any Lien; (B) the Lien upon the subject  Receivable (1) arises in
      favor of the  United  States  of  America  or any  State or any  agency or
      instrumentality thereof and involves taxes or liens arising under Title IV
      of ERISA or (2) has been consented to by the Transferor which  transferred
      such Receivable to the Trust; or (C) the unsecured  short-term debt rating
      of the Transferor which transferred such Receivable to the Trust is not at
      least P-1 by Moody's and the Lien upon the subject  Receivable ranks prior
      to the Lien created pursuant to this Agreement;  then, upon the earlier to
      occur of the  discovery of such breach or event by the  Transferor  or the
      Servicer or receipt by the Transferor which transferred such Receivable to
      the Trust of written  notice of such breach or event given by the Trustee,
      each such Receivable shall be automatically  removed from the Trust on the
      terms and conditions set forth in subsection 2.04(d)(iii).

                                       31

<PAGE>

            (ii) Removal  After Cure Period.  In the event of a breach of any of
                 --------------------------
      the  representations  and warranties set forth in subsection 2.04(b) other
      than a breach  or event as set  forth in  clause  (d)(i)  above,  and as a
      result of such breach the related Account  becomes a Defaulted  Account or
      the Trust's  rights in, to or under the  Receivable  or its  proceeds  are
      impaired or the  proceeds of such  Receivable  are not  available  for any
      reason to the Trust free and clear of any Lien,  then, upon the expiration
      of 60 days (or such  longer  period as may be agreed to by the  Trustee in
      its sole discretion, but in no event later than 120 days) from the earlier
      to occur of the discovery of any such event by either the Transferor which
      transferred  such  Receivable to the Trust or the Servicer,  or receipt by
      the Transferor  which  transferred such Receivable to the Trust of written
      notice of any such event given by the Trustee,  each such Receivable shall
      be  removed  from the  Trust on the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth in
      subsection 2.04(d)(iii);  provided, however, that no such removal shall be
                                --------  -------
      required to be made if, on any day within  such  applicable  period,  such
      representations  and warranties with respect to such Receivable shall then
      be true and correct in all  material  respects as if such  Receivable  had
      been created on such day.

            (iii)  Procedures  for Removal.  When the  provisions  of subsection
                   -----------------------
      2.04(d)(i) or (ii) above require  removal of a Receivable,  the Transferor
      which  transferred such Receivable to the Trust shall accept  reassignment
      of such Receivable (an "Ineligible  Receivable") by directing the Servicer
      to deduct the principal  balance of each such  Ineligible  Receivable from
      the  Principal  Receivables  in the Trust and to decrease  the  Transferor
      Interest  by such  amount.  On and  after the date of such  removal,  each
      Ineligible  Receivable  shall be  deducted  from the  aggregate  amount of
      Principal  Receivables used in the calculation of any Investor Percentage,
      the Transferor  Percentage or the Transferor  Interest.  In the event that
      the  exclusion of an Ineligible  Receivable  from the  calculation  of the
      Transferor  Interest  would  cause the  Transferor  Interest to be reduced
      below zero or would  otherwise  not be permitted  by law,  the  Transferor
      which  transferred such Receivable to the Trust shall  concurrently make a
      deposit  in  the  Collection   Account  (for  allocation  as  a  Principal
      Receivable)  in  immediately  available  funds prior to the Transfer  Date
      related to such Monthly  Period in which such event  occurred in an amount
      equal to the  amount by which the  Transferor  Interest  would be  reduced
      below  zero.  The  portion  of  such  deposit  allocated  to the  Investor
      Certificates   of  each  Series  shall  be  distributed  to  the  Investor
      Certificateholders  of each Series in the manner  specified in Article IV,
      if  applicable,  on  the  Distribution  Date  immediately  following  such
      Transfer Date. Upon the  reassignment  to the applicable  Transferor of an
      Ineligible  Receivable,  the Trust shall automatically and without further
      action be deemed to transfer, assign, set-over and otherwise convey to the
      applicable Transferor,  without recourse,  representation or warranty, all

                                       32

<PAGE>

      the  right,  title and  interest  of the  Trust in and to such  Ineligible
      Receivable,  all  monies  due  or to  become  due  with  respect  to  such
      Ineligible  Receivable  (including all Finance Charge Receivables) and all
      proceeds of such Ineligible  Receivable and Insurance Proceeds relating to
      such  Ineligible  Receivable  and  Interchange  (if any) allocated to such
      Ineligible   Receivable  pursuant  to  any  Supplement.   Such  reassigned
      Ineligible  Receivable  shall be treated by the Trust as collected in full
      as of the date on which it was transferred. The Trustee shall execute such
      documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take other actions
      as shall reasonably be requested by the applicable  Transferor to evidence
      the conveyance of such Ineligible  Receivable  pursuant to this subsection
      2.04(d)(iii).  The  obligation of the  applicable  Transferor set forth in
      this subsection 2.04(d)(iii),  or the automatic removal of such Receivable
      from the  Trust,  as the case may be,  shall  constitute  the sole  remedy
      respecting any breach of the  representations  and warranties set forth in
      the above-referenced subsections with respect to such Receivable available
      to Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of Certificateholders.

            (iv)  Proceeds  Held by Servicer.  For the  purposes of  subsections
                  --------------------------
      2.04(d)(i) and (ii) above, proceeds of a Receivable shall not be deemed to
      be  impaired  hereunder  solely  because  such  proceeds  are  held by the
      Servicer (if the Servicer is a  Transferor)  for more than the  applicable
      period under  Section  9-306(3) of the UCC as in effect in the  applicable
      jurisdiction.

            (e) Reassignment of Trust Portfolio. In the event of a breach of
                -------------------------------
any  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of a  Transferor  set  forth  in
subsection 2.04(a),  either the Trustee or the Holders of Investor  Certificates
evidencing  Undivided  Interests  aggregating  more  than  50% of the  Aggregate
Investor  Interest,  by notice then given in writing to such  Transferor (and to
the Trustee and the Servicer, if given by the Investor Certificateholders),  may
direct  such  Transferor  to  accept  reassignment  of an  amount  of  Principal
Receivables and Discount Option  Receivables (as specified below) within 60 days
of such  notice  (or  within  such  longer  period as may be  specified  in such
notice),  and such Transferor shall be obligated to accept  reassignment of such
Principal  Receivables  and Discount Option  Receivables on a Distribution  Date
specified by such Transferor (such Distribution  Date, the "Reassignment  Date")
occurring  within such  applicable  period on the terms and conditions set forth
below; provided, however, that no such reassignment shall be required to be made
       --------  -------
if,  at  any  time  during  such  applicable  period,  the  representations  and
warranties contained in subsection 2.04(a) shall then be true and correct in all
material  respects.  The Transferor to which the above breach of representations
and  warranties  relates  shall deposit on the Transfer Date (in next day funds)
preceding  the  Reassignment  Date an amount equal to the  reassignment  deposit

                                       33

<PAGE>

amount for such  Receivables in the Distribution  Account or Series Account,  as
provided  in  the  related   Supplement,   for   distribution  to  the  Investor
Certificateholders pursuant to Article XII. The reassignment deposit amount with
respect to each Series for such  reassignment,  unless  otherwise  stated in the
related  Supplement,  shall be equal to (i) the Investor Interest of such Series
at the  end of the day on the  last  day of the  Monthly  Period  preceding  the
Reassignment Date, less the amount, if any, previously  allocated for payment of
principal to such  Certificateholders  on the related  Distribution  Date in the
Monthly Period in which the Reassignment Date occurs,  plus (ii) an amount equal
to all interest  accrued but unpaid on the Investor  Certificates of such Series
at the applicable  Certificate  Rate through such last day, less the amount,  if
any, previously allocated for payment of interest to the  Certificateholders  of
such Series on the related  Distribution Date in the Monthly Period in which the
Reassignment  Date  occurs.  Payment of the  reassignment  deposit  amount  with
respect to each Series, and all other amounts in the Distribution Account or the
applicable Series Account in respect of the preceding  Monthly Period,  shall be
considered a prepayment in full of the  Receivables  represented by the Investor
Certificates. On the Distribution Date following the Transfer Date on which such
amount  has  been  deposited  in  full  into  the  Distribution  Account  or the
applicable  Series Account,  the Receivables and all monies due or to become due
with respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables), and
all  proceeds  of the  Receivables  and  Insurance  Proceeds  relating  to  such
Receivables and  Interchange  (if any) allocated to the Receivables  pursuant to
any  Supplement  shall be released to the  Transferor  making such  reassignment
deposit after payment of all amounts otherwise due hereunder on or prior to such
dates and the Trustee shall execute and deliver such  instruments of transfer or
assignment, in each case without recourse,  representation or warranty, as shall
be prepared by and as are  reasonably  requested by such  Transferor  to vest in
such Transferor,  or its designee or assignee,  all right, title and interest of
the  Trust in and to the  Receivables,  all  monies  due or to  become  due with
respect to such Receivables (including all Finance Charge Receivables),  and all
proceeds of the Receivables and Insurance  Proceeds relating to such Receivables
and  Interchange  (if  any)  allocated  to  the  Receivables   pursuant  to  any
Supplement.  If the  Trustee  or the  Investor  Certificateholders  give  notice
directing  such  Transferor  to  accept  reassignment  as  provided  above,  the
obligation of such Transferor to accept  reassignment of the Receivables and pay
the  reassignment  deposit  amount  pursuant to this  subsection  2.04(e)  shall
constitute  the sole  remedy  respecting  a breach  of the  representations  and
warranties   contained  in   subsection   2.04(a)   available  to  the  Investor
Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of the Investor Certificateholders.

                                       34

<PAGE>

            Section 2.05  Covenants of the Transferor . Each  Transferor  hereby
                          ---------------------------
covenants that:

            (a)  Receivables to be Accounts.  Each  Transferor  will take no
                 --------------------------
action to cause any Receivable transferred to the Trust by such Transferor to be
evidenced by any  instrument  or chattel paper (as such terms are defined in the
UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction). Each Receivable transferred to
the Trust by such Transferor  shall be payable pursuant to a contract which does
not create a Lien on any goods purchased  thereunder.  Each Transferor will take
no action to cause any Receivable transferred to the Trust by such Transferor to
be anything other than an "account" or a "general intangible" (as defined in the
UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction).

            (b) Security Interests.  Except for the conveyances hereunder,  each
                ------------------
Transferor  will not sell,  pledge,  assign or transfer to any other Person,  or
grant,  create,  incur,  assume or  suffer  to exist any Lien on any  Receivable
transferred to the Trust by such  Transferor,  whether now existing or hereafter
created,  or any interest therein;  each Transferor will immediately  notify the
Trustee of the existence of any Lien on any Receivable  transferred to the Trust
by such  Transferor;  and each  Transferor  shall  defend the  right,  title and
interest of the Trust in, to and under the Receivables  transferred to the Trust
by such  Transferor,  whether now  existing or  hereafter  created,  against all
claims of third parties  claiming  through or under such  Transferor;  provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  that nothing in this subsection  2.05(b) shall prevent or be deemed to
- -------
prohibit any  Transferor  from  suffering  to exist upon any of the  Receivables
transferred  to the Trust by such  Transferor  any Liens for  municipal or other
local  taxes if such taxes  shall not at the time be due and  payable or if such
Transferor  shall currently be contesting the validity  thereof in good faith by
appropriate  proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves
with respect thereto.

            (c) Credit Card Agreements and Account  Guidelines.  Each Transferor
                ----------------------------------------------
shall comply with and perform its  obligations  under the Credit Card Agreements
relating to the Accounts and the Credit Card Guidelines and all applicable rules
and regulations of VISA U.S.A.,  Inc. and MasterCard  International  Inc. except
insofar as any failure to comply or perform would not  materially  and adversely
affect the rights of the Trust or the Certificateholders  hereunder or under the
Certificates.  Each Transferor may change the terms and provisions of the Credit
Card Agreements or the Credit Card Guidelines in any respect (including, without
limitation,   the  reduction  of  the  required  minimum  monthly  payment,  the
calculation  of the  amount,  or the  timing,  of charge  offs and the  Periodic
Finance  Charges and other fees to be assessed  thereon) only if such change (i)
would not, in the reasonable  belief of the applicable  Transferor,  cause a Pay
Out Event to occur, and (ii) is made applicable to the comparable segment of the
revolving  credit card accounts owned and serviced by the such Transferor  which
have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, the Accounts that
are  the  subject  of  such  change,   except  as  otherwise  restricted  by  an
endorsement,  sponsorship,  or other  agreement  between such  Transferor and an
unrelated third party or by the terms of the Credit Card Agreements.

                                       35

<PAGE>

            (d)  Account Allocations.
                 -------------------

            (i) In the event  that any  Transferor  is unable  for any reason to
      transfer  Receivables  to the Trust in accordance  with the  provisions of
      this  Agreement   (including,   without  limitation,   by  reason  of  the
      application  of the  provisions of Section 9.02 or an order by any federal
      governmental  agency having  regulatory  authority over such Transferor or
      any court of competent  jurisdiction that such Transferor not transfer any
      additional  Principal  Receivables  to the Trust) then, in any such event,
      (A) such  Transferor  agrees to allocate  and pay to the Trust,  after the
      date  of  such  inability,  all  Collections  with  respect  to  Principal
      Receivables and Discount Option  Receivables,  and all amounts which would
      have  constituted  Collections  with respect to Principal  Receivables and
      Discount  Option  Receivables  but  for  such  Transferor's  inability  to
      transfer such  Receivables (up to an aggregate  amount equal to the amount
      of Principal  Receivables or Discount Option Receivables,  as the case may
      be, in the Trust on such date);  (B) such  Transferor  agrees to have such
      amounts  applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV; and (C) for
      only  so  long  as all  Collections  and  all  amounts  which  would  have
      constituted  Collections  are  allocated  and applied in  accordance  with
      clauses (A) and (B) above,  Principal  Receivables  (and all amounts which
      would  have   constituted   Principal   Receivables  or  Discount   Option
      Receivables,  as the case may be, but for such  Transferor's  inability to
      transfer  Receivables to the Trust) that are written off as  uncollectible
      in  accordance  with this  Agreement  shall  continue to be  allocated  in
      accordance  with Article IV, and all amounts  that would have  constituted
      Principal Receivables or Discount Option Receivables,  as the case may be,
      but for such Transferor's  inability to transfer  Receivables to the Trust
      shall  be  deemed  to  be  Principal   Receivables   or  Discount   Option
      Receivables,  as the case may be, for the purpose of  calculating  (i) the
      applicable  Investor  Percentage  with  respect to any Series and (ii) the
      Aggregate  Investor  Percentage  thereunder.  If any  Transferor is unable
      pursuant to any  Requirement  of Law to allocate  Collections as described
      above,  such  Transferor  agrees that it shall in any such event allocate,
      after the occurrence of such event,  payments on each Account with respect
      to the  principal  balance of such Account  first to the oldest  principal
      balance of such Account and to have such payments  applied as  Collections
      in  accordance  with  Article IV. The parties  hereto  agree that  Finance
      Charge  Receivables,  whenever  created,  accrued in respect of  Principal
      Receivables  that have been conveyed to the Trust, or that would have been

                                       36

<PAGE>

      conveyed to the Trust but for the above  described  inability  to transfer
      such Receivables, shall continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding
      any  cessation of the transfer of  additional  Principal  Receivables  and
      Discount  Option  Receivables  to the Trust and  Collections  with respect
      thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article
      IV.

            (ii)  In  the  event  that,  pursuant  to  subsection  2.04(d),  any
      Transferor accepts reassignment of an Ineligible Receivable as a result of
      a breach of the  representations  and  warranties  in  subsection  2.04(b)
      relating to such  Receivable,  then,  in any such event,  such  Transferor
      agrees to account for payments  received  with respect to such  Ineligible
      Receivable  separately  from its accounting  for  Collections on Principal
      Receivables  retained by the Trust. If payments received from or on behalf
      of an Obligor  are not  specifically  applicable  either to an  Ineligible
      Receivable  of  such  Obligor   reassigned  to  a  Transferor  or  to  the
      Receivables  of such Obligor  retained in the Trust,  then the  applicable
      Transferor agrees to allocate payments  proportionately based on the total
      amount of Principal  Receivables of such Obligor retained in the Trust and
      the total  amount  owing by such  Obligor  on any  Ineligible  Receivables
      reassigned to such Transferor,  and the portion allocable to any Principal
      Receivables  retained  in the Trust  shall be treated as  Collections  and
      deposited in accordance with the provisions of Article IV.

            (e) Conveyance of Accounts.  Each Transferor  covenants and agrees
                  ----------------------
that it will not convey, assign,  exchange or otherwise transfer the Accounts to
any Person prior to the  termination of this Agreement  pursuant to Article XII;
provided,  however,  that each  Transferor  shall not be prohibited  hereby from
- --------   -------
conveying,  assigning,  exchanging  or  otherwise  transferring  the Accounts in
connection with a transaction complying with the provisions of Section 7.02.

            Section 2.06 Addition of Accounts .
                         --------------------

            (a)(i)  If,  (A)  during any  period of 30  consecutive  days,  the
      Transferor  Interest  averaged  over that  period is less than the Minimum
      Transferor  Interest  for that  period  the  Transferors  shall  designate
      additional  eligible  MasterCard or VISA accounts from the Identified Pool
      (together  with all other  Accounts  transferred  to the Trust pursuant to
      this Section 2.06,  "Additional Accounts") to be included as Accounts in a
      sufficient  amount such that the average of the  Transferor  Interest as a
      percentage of the Average  Principal  Receivables  for such 30 day period,
      computed by assuming that the amount of the Principal  Receivables of such
      Additional  Accounts shall be deemed to be outstanding in the Trust during
      each  day  of  such  30 day  period,  is at  least  equal  to the  Minimum
      Transferor  Interest,  or (B) on any Record Date the  aggregate  amount of
      Principal  Receivables  is  less  than  the  Minimum  Aggregate  Principal

                                       37

<PAGE>

      Receivables  (as  adjusted  for any  Series  having  a  Paired  Series  as
      described  in the  Supplement  for such  Series),  the  Transferors  shall
      designate  Additional  Accounts to be included as Accounts in a sufficient
      amount such that, after giving effect to such addition and the addition of
      each other Transferor,  the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables will
      be equal to or greater than the Minimum Aggregate  Principal  Receivables.
      Receivables  from such  Additional  Accounts  shall be  transferred to the
      Trust on or before the tenth Business Day following such thirty-day period
      or Record Date, as the case may be.

            (ii) In lieu of, or in addition to, designating Additional Accounts
      pursuant  to  clause  (i)  above,  the  Transferors  may,  subject  to any
      applicable  conditions  specified  in paragraph  (d) below,  convey to the
      Trust participations  representing undivided interests in a pool of assets
      primarily  consisting of receivables  arising under revolving  credit card
      accounts  owned by a Transferor  or any  Affiliate of any  Transferor  and
      collections thereon ("Participations").  The addition of Participations in
      the Trust  pursuant to this  paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) below shall be
      effected by an amendment hereto, dated as of the applicable Addition Date,
      pursuant to Section 13.01(a).  Notwithstanding anything in this subsection
      2.06(a)(ii)  to the  contrary,  to the  extent  that  such  participations
      encompass  previously issued credit-card or other asset-backed  securities
      such securities (i) either will have been previously  registered under the
      Securities Act or will have been held for the "holding period"  prescribed
      by Rule 144(k) under the  Securities  Act and (ii) will have been acquired
      in a  bona  fide  secondary  market  transaction,  rather  than  from  any
      Transferor or any Affiliate of any  Transferor,  or such  securities  will
      have otherwise been acquired in compliance with the Securities Act.

            (b) In addition to its obligation  under  subsection  2.06(a),  each
Transferor  may,  but shall not be  obligated  to,  designate  from time to time
Additional   Accounts  of  such   Transferor  to  be  included  as  Accounts  or
Participations to be included as property of the Trust, in either case as of the
applicable Addition Date.

            (c)(i) Each  Transferor  may,  from time to time, at its sole
            discretion,  subject  to  and in  compliance  with  the  limitations
            specified  in  clause  (ii)  below  and  the  applicable  conditions
            specified  in  subsection  (d) below,  designate  that all  Eligible
            Accounts arising in the Identified Pool on or after the date of such
            designation  be  included  as Accounts  (the  "Automatic  Additional
            Accounts").  The Addition Date for any Automatic  Additional Account
            is the  date of  creation  of such  account.  For  purposes  of this
            paragraph,  Eligible  Accounts  shall  be  deemed  to  include  only
            revolving credit card accounts in the Identified Pool (A) originated
            after July 19, 1996 by a Transferor or any Affiliate of a Transferor
            and (B) of a type previously included as Accounts.

                                       38

<PAGE>

                  (ii) The  Transferors  shall  not be  permitted  to  designate
            Automatic  Additional  Accounts  pursuant  to clause  (i) above with
            respect to any of the three consecutive  Monthly Periods  commencing
            in  January,   April,  July  and  October  of  each  calendar  year,
            commencing in July 1996,  unless on or before the first Business Day
            of any of such three  consecutive  Monthly Periods,  the Transferors
            shall have requested  each Rating Agency to notify,  and each Rating
            Agency shall have notified,  the  Transferors,  the Servicer and the
            Trustee of the limitations (other than the limitations  described in
            this  Agreement),  if  any,  on  the  right  of the  Transferors  to
            designate   Automatic   Additional   Accounts   during   such  three
            consecutive  Monthly  Periods.  Following  the  addition of any such
            Automatic Additional Accounts the Servicer shall provide information
            to Fitch and Moody's  with respect to such  Additional  Accounts not
            later  than  the  last  Business  Day of  the  month  following  the
            quarterly  period in which such addition occurs in the form approved
            from time to time by Fitch  and  Moody's,  respectively,  and in any
            event, the Servicer. Unless Standard & Poor's otherwise consents, no
            Additional Accounts may be designated pursuant to subsection 2.06(b)
            or (c) if the  number  of  Automatic  Additional  Accounts  plus the
            number of  Accounts  added  pursuant  to  Section  2.06(a)  and (b),
            without  the prior  notice of Standard & Poor's as  described  under
            Section  2.06(d)(vii),  shall  exceed the Maximum  Addition  Amount;
            provided,  however,  if the Maximum Addition Amount is exceeded as a
            --------   -------
            result of additions  pursuant to Section  2.06(a),  the  Transferors
            shall have delivered written notice to Moody's of any such addition.
            Unless  Moody's   otherwise   consents,   the  number  of  Automatic
            Additional Accounts added pursuant to this Section 2.06(c), together
            with Additional  Accounts added pursuant to subsections  2.06(a) and
            (b),   without   prior   notice  of  Moody's  as   described   under
            2.06(d)(vii),  shall not at any time  exceed  the  Maximum  Addition
            Amount.

                  (iii) On or before March 31, June 30, September 30 or December
            31 of each  year  commencing  on the first  such date to follow  any
            addition  relating  to  Automatic  Additional  Accounts  (or, if the
            long-term debt rating of any  Transferor  shall not be at least BBB+
            from Standard & Poor's, then with respect to such Transferor,  on or
            before the last day of each calendar month),  the Transferors  shall
            have  delivered to the Trustee and each Rating  Agency an Opinion of
            Counsel in  accordance  with Section  13.02(d),  with respect to the
            Automatic  Additional  Accounts  included  as  Accounts  during  the

                                       39

<PAGE>

            preceding  three  Monthly   Periods   confirming  the  validity  and
            perfection of each transfer of such Automatic  Additional  Accounts.
            If such Opinion of Counsel with respect to any Automatic  Additional
            Accounts  is not so  received,  the  right  of  the  Transferors  to
            designate Automatic Additional Accounts will be suspended until such
            time as each Rating  Agency  otherwise  consents in writing.  If the
            Transferors are unable to deliver an Opinion of Counsel with respect
            to any Automatic Additional Account,  such inability shall be deemed
            to be a breach of the representation in subsection  2.04(b)(ii) with
            respect to the Receivables in such  Additional  Account for purposes
            of Section 2.04(d)(i).

            (d) Each  Transferor  agrees that any such  transfer of  Receivables
from Additional Accounts or Participations under subsections 2.06(a), (b) or (c)
shall satisfy the following conditions (to the extent provided below;  provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  that the  conditions  set forth below  (other than the  conditions  to
- -------
deliver a written  assignment  as set forth in clause (ii) and to represent  and
warrant as to the matters set forth in clauses  (iii) and (iv) below)  shall not
apply to the transferor of Automatic Additional Accounts):

            (i) on or before the fifth  Business Day prior to the Addition  Date
      with respect to additions  pursuant to subsection 2.06(a) and on or before
      the  tenth  Business  Day  prior to the  Addition  Date  with  respect  to
      additions  pursuant  to  subsection  2.06(b)  (the  "Notice  Date"),  each
      Transferor  which is transferring  any such  Participation to the Trust or
      owns any such Additional Account (each a "Participating Transferor") shall
      give the Trustee,  each Rating Agency and the Servicer written notice that
      such Additional Accounts or Participations will be included,  which notice
      shall specify the  approximate  aggregate  amount of the Receivables to be
      transferred;

            (ii)  on or  before  the  Addition  Date  (or the  date  of  initial
      designation   in  the  case  of  Automatic   Additional   Accounts)   each
      Participating  Transferor  shall have  delivered  to the Trustee a written
      assignment  (including an acceptance by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust
      for the benefit of the Investor  Certificateholders)  in substantially the
      form of Exhibit B (the "Assignment") and on or before the related Addition
      Cut-Off Date with respect to Additional  Accounts to be transferred to the
      Trust  pursuant  to  subsections  2.06(a)  or (b)  (or,  with  respect  to
      Automatic  Additional  Accounts,   on  the  date  on  which  an  Automatic
      Additional  Account is created) each  Participating  Transferor shall have
      indicated in its computer files, using the appropriate  designation as set
      forth  pursuant to Section  2.01 for such  purpose,  that the  Receivables
      created in connection with the Additional  Accounts have been  transferred
      to the Trust and, on the Addition Date with respect to Additional Accounts
      designated  pursuant to subsection 2.06(a) and (b), and on the last day of

                                       40

<PAGE>

      each calendar quarter with respect to Automatic Additional Accounts,  each
      Participating  Transferor  shall have  delivered to the Trustee a computer
      file  or  microfiche  list  containing  a true  and  complete  list of all
      Additional   Accounts  relating  to  such  Participating   Transferor  and
      identifying  each Account  relating to such  Participating  Transferor  by
      account  number  and  the  aggregate  amount  of the  Receivables  in such
      Additional Accounts relating to such Participating  Transferor,  as of the
      related  Addition  Cut-Off Date,  which  computer file or microfiche  list
      shall be, as of the date of such Assignment,  incorporated into and made a
      part of such  Assignment  and such  Assignment  shall be, as of such date,
      incorporated and made a part of this Agreement;

            (iii) Each Participating Transferor shall represent and warrant that
      (x) with respect to Additional Accounts, each Additional Account is, as of
      the  related  Addition  Cut-Off  Date,  an  Eligible  Account,   and  each
      Receivable  in such  Additional  Account  is, as of the  related  Addition
      Cut-Off Date, an Eligible Receivable, (y) no selection procedures believed
      by such Participating Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests
      of  the  Investor   Certificateholders  were  utilized  in  selecting  the
      Additional   Accounts  from  the  available  Eligible  Accounts  from  the
      Identified  Pool,  and (z) as of each of the  Addition  Date and  Addition
      Cut-Off Date, such Participating Transferor is not insolvent;

            (iv) Each Participating Transferor shall represent and warrant that,
      as of the Addition  Date, the  Assignment  constitutes  either (x) a valid
      transfer and  assignment to the Trust of all right,  title and interest of
      such Participating Transferor in and to the Receivables existing as of the
      beginning of the day on the related  Addition  Cut-Off Date and thereafter
      created  from  time to time  arising  in  connection  with the  Additional
      Accounts,  relating to such Participating Transferor, all monies due or to
      become due with respect to such Receivables  (including all Finance Charge
      Receivables),  all amounts  received  with respect  thereto and  Insurance
      Proceeds  relating to such Receivables and all proceeds (as defined in the
      UCC as in effect in the applicable  jurisdiction)  of any of the foregoing
      and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto will be held by the Trust free and
      clear  of  any  Lien  of  any  Person  claiming   through  or  under  such
      Participating  Transferor or any of its  Affiliates,  except for (i) Liens
      permitted   under   subsection   2.05(b),   (ii)  the   interest  of  such
      Participating Transferor as Holder of the Transferor Certificate and (iii)
      such Participating Transferor's right to receive interest accruing on, and
      investment  earnings  in respect of, the  Finance  Charge  Account and the
      Principal Account, or any Series Account as provided in this Agreement and
      any related  Supplement or (y) a grant of a security  interest (as defined
      in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction),  in such property

                                       41

<PAGE>

      to  the  Trust,  which  is  enforceable  with  respect  to  then  existing
      Receivables  of the Additional  Accounts,  all monies due or to become due
      with  respect  to  such   Receivables   (including   all  Finance   Charge
      Receivables),  all amounts  received  with respect  thereto and  Insurance
      Proceeds  relating to such Receivables and all proceeds (as defined in the
      UCC as in effect in the applicable  jurisdiction)  of any of the foregoing
      upon the conveyance of such  Receivables  to the Trust,  and which will be
      enforceable with respect to the Receivables  thereafter created in respect
      of Additional Accounts relating to such Participating  Transferor conveyed
      on such Addition Date, and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables
      and all  proceeds  (as  defined in the UCC as in effect in the  applicable
      jurisdiction)  of any of the foregoing upon such creation;  and (z) if the
      Assignment  constitutes  the grant of a security  interest to the Trust in
      such property, upon the filing of the financing statements as described in
      Section 2.01 with respect to such  Additional  Accounts and in the case of
      the Receivables  thereafter created in such Additional Accounts all monies
      due or to become  due with  respect  to such  Receivables  (including  all
      Finance Charge  Receivables),  all amounts  received with respect thereto,
      and Insurance  Proceeds  relating to such Receivables and all proceeds (as
      defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable  jurisdiction) of any of
      the foregoing,  upon such creation,  the Trust shall have a first priority
      perfected  security interest in such property (subject to Section 9-306 of
      the UCC as in effect in the  applicable  jurisdiction),  except  for Liens
      permitted under subsection 2.05(b);

            (v)  Each  Participating   Transferor  shall  deliver  an  Officer's
      Certificate  substantially  in the form of  Schedule 2 to Exhibit B to the
      Trustee  confirming the items set forth in paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv)
      above;

            (vi) Each  Participating  Transferor  shall  deliver  an  Opinion of
      Counsel  with  respect  to  the  Receivables  in the  Additional  Accounts
      relating to such  Participating  Transferor to the Trustee (with a copy to
      Moody's and Standard & Poor's) substantially in the form of Exhibit E;

            (vii) with  respect to accounts  designated  pursuant to  subsection
      2.06(b)  or  2.06(c)  in excess of the  Maximum  Addition  Amount and with
      respect  to  Participations,  each  Participating  Transferor  shall  have
      received  notice from  Standard & Poor's and Moody's that the inclusion of
      such   accounts  as   Additional   Accounts  or  the   inclusion  of  such
      Participations  to be included  as property of the Trust,  as the case may
      be, will not result in the  reduction or  withdrawal  of its then existing
      rating of any Series of Investor Certificates then issued and outstanding;
      and

            (e) The Initial Transferor may designate Affiliates of the Initial
Transferor to be included as Transferors  ("Additional  Transferors") under this

                                       42

<PAGE>

Agreement  in an  amendment  hereto  pursuant  to  subsection  13.01(a)  and, in
connection with such  designation,  the Initial  Transferor  shall surrender the
Transferor  Certificate to the Trustee in exchange for a newly issued Transferor
Certificate  modified to reflect such  Additional  Transferor's  interest in the
Transferor's Interest; provided, however, that prior to any such designation and
exchange  the  conditions  set  forth in  subsection  6.03(b)  shall  have  been
satisfied with respect thereto.

            Section 2.07 Removal of Accounts .
                         -------------------

            (a) Subject to the conditions set forth below,  each Transferor may,
but shall not be obligated to, designate  Receivables from Accounts  relating to
such Transferor for deletion and removal ("Removed Accounts") from the Trust. On
or before the fifth  Business Day (the "Removal  Notice Date") prior to the date
on which the  designated  Removed  Accounts will be reassigned by the Trustee to
such  Transferor  designating  such  Accounts  for deletion and removal from the
Trust (the  "Removal  Date"),  such  Transferor  shall give the  Trustee and the
Servicer  written notice that the Receivables  from such Removed Accounts are to
be reassigned to such Transferor.

            (b) Each  Transferor  shall be permitted  to  designate  and require
reassignment  to  it  of  the  Receivables   from  Removed  Accounts  only  upon
satisfaction of the following conditions:

            (i) the removal of any  Receivables  of any Removed  Accounts on any
      Removal Date shall not, in the reasonable  belief of such Transferor,  (a)
      cause a Pay Out Event to occur;  provided,  however, that for the purposes
                                       --------   -------
      of this  subsection  2.07(b)(i),  the  Receivables of each Removed Account
      shall be considered to have been removed as of the Removal Date, (b) cause
      the  Transferor  Interest  as a  percentage  of the  aggregate  amount  of
      Principal  Receivables to be less than the Minimum Transferor  Interest on
      such Removal Date, (c) cause the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
      to be less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables, or (d) result
      in the failure to make any  payment  specified  in the related  Supplement
      with respect to any Series;

            (ii) on or prior to the Removal  Date,  such  Transferor  shall have
      delivered  to  the  Trustee  for   execution  a  written   assignment   in
      substantially the form of Exhibit G (the  "Reassignment") and, within five
      Business Days (or as otherwise agreed upon between such Transferor and the
      Trustee) thereafter, such Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a
      computer  file or microfiche  list  containing a true and complete list of
      all Removed Accounts identified by account number and the aggregate amount
      of the Receivables in such Removed  Accounts as of the Removal Date, which
      computer file or  microfiche  list shall as of the Removal Date modify and
      amend and be made a part of this Agreement;

                                       43

<PAGE>

            (iii) such Transferor  shall represent and warrant that no selection
      procedures  believed by such  Transferor to be  materially  adverse to the
      interests of the Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Removed
      Accounts to be removed from the Trust;

            (iv) as of the Removal Notice Date,  either (a) the  Receivables are
      not  more  than 15%  delinquent  by  estimated  principal  amount  and the
      weighted  averaged  delinquency  of such  Receivables  is not more than 60
      days, or (b) the  Receivables are not more than 7% delinquent by estimated
      principal amount and the weighted average  delinquency of such Receivables
      is not more than 90 days;

            (v) on or before the tenth  Business Day prior to the Removal  Date,
      each Rating Agency shall have received notice of such proposed  removal of
      the Receivables of such Accounts and such  Transferor  shall have received
      written notice prior to the Removal Date from such Rating Agency that such
      proposed  removal will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then
      current rating of any outstanding Series of the Investor Certificates;

            (vi)  on any  Removal  Notice  Date,  the  amount  of the  Principal
      Receivables of the Removed Accounts to be reassigned to such Transferor on
      the  related  Removal  Date shall not equal or exceed 5% of the  aggregate
      amount of the Principal  Receivables on such Removal Date; provided,  that
                                                                 --------
      if any Series has been paid in full,  the  Principal  Receivables  in such
      Removed  Accounts may approximate the Investor  Interest of such Series as
      of the last day of the Revolving Period with respect to such Series; and

            (vii)  such  Transferor  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an
      Officer's  Certificate  confirming  the  items set  forth in  clauses  (i)
      through (vi) above.  The Trustee may  conclusively  rely on such Officer's
      Certificate,  shall  have no duty to make  inquiries  with  regard  to the
      matters set forth therein and shall incur no liability in so relying.

            Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee shall execute
and deliver the  Reassignment to such  Transferor,  and the Receivables from the
Removed Accounts shall no longer constitute a part of the Trust.

            (c) The Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to,  designate at
any time Zero Balance Accounts,  any future  receivables of which will no longer
be part of the Trust, and to remove the designation described in subsection 2.01
from  the  Pool  Index  File for such  Accounts;  provided,  that  prior to such
                                                  --------
designation  and  removal,  the  Transferor  shall have  delivered to Moody's an
Officer's  Certificate  to  the  effect  that  to  the  best  knowledge  of  the
Transferor,  such  designation  and  removal  shall not cause a Pay Out Event to
occur.

                                       44

<PAGE>

            Section 2.08 Discount Option . The Transferors may at any time, upon
                         ---------------
at least 30 days' prior written notice to the Servicer, the Trustee, each Credit
Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency,  designate a percentage,  which may
be a  fixed  percentage  or a  variable  percentage  based  on  a  formula  (the
"Discounted Percentage"),  of the amount of Principal Receivables arising in all
of  the  Additional  Accounts  designated  to  be  treated  on  and  after  such
designation,  or for the  period  specified,  as  Discount  Option  Receivables;
provided,  however,  that no such designation shall become effective on the date
- --------   -------
specified  in the  written  notice  unless the  following  conditions  have been
satisfied:

            (i) the designation of Discount Option  Receivables shall not, in
      the reasonable  belief of the Transferors,  cause a Pay Out Event to occur
      or cause an event  which  with  notice or the lapse of time or both  would
      constitute a Pay Out Event;

            (ii) on or before the date  specified  in the  written  notice,  the
      Transferors  shall have  received  written  confirmation  from each Rating
      Agency that such  designation will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal
      of  its  then  current  rating  of  any  outstanding  Series  of  Investor
      Certificates;

          (iii) the Transferors shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
      Certificate  confirming the items set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above.
      The Trustee may  conclusively  rely on such Officer's  Certificate,  shall
      have no duty to make  inquiries  with  regard  to the  matters  set  forth
      therein and shall incur no liability in so relying.

            On and after the date of  satisfaction of the above  conditions,  in
processing  Collections  of Principal  Receivables  of the Accounts the Servicer
shall deem the product of the  Discounted  Percentage  and  Collections  of such
Principal  Receivables as "Discount  Option  Receivable  Collections"  and shall
treat such Discount Option Receivable Collections for all purposes hereunder
as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables.


                             [End of Article II]


                                       45

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE III

                          ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING
                                 OF RECEIVABLES

            Section 3.01  Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters
                          -------------------------------------------
Relating to the Servicer .
- ------------------------

            (a)  Bank of  America  agrees  to act as the  Servicer  under  this
Agreement. The Investor Certificateholders of each Series by their acceptance of
the related Certificates consent to Bank of America acting as Servicer.

            (b) The Servicer shall service and  administer  the  Receivables
and shall collect  payments due under the  Receivables  in  accordance  with its
customary and usual servicing  procedures for servicing  credit card receivables
comparable to the  Receivables and in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines
and shall  have full power and  authority,  acting  alone or  through  any party
properly designated by it hereunder, to do any and all things in connection with
such  servicing  and  administration  which it may deem  necessary or desirable.
Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing and subject to Section 10.01,
the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered (i) to make withdrawals from the
Collection  Account as set forth in this  Agreement,  (ii) unless such power and
authority is revoked by the Trustee on account of the  occurrence  of a Servicer
Default  pursuant to Section 10.01, to instruct the Trustee to make  withdrawals
and payments,  from the Finance Charge  Account,  the Principal  Account and any
Series  Account,  in  accordance  with  such  instructions  as set forth in this
Agreement,  (iii)  unless such power and  authority is revoked by the Trustee on
account of the occurrence of a Servicer  Default  pursuant to Section 10.01,  to
instruct the Trustee in writing, as set forth in this Agreement, (iv) to execute
and deliver,  on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,
any and all instruments of satisfaction or  cancellation,  or of partial or full
release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments,  with respect to the
Receivables  and,  after the  delinquency  of any  Receivable  and to the extent
permitted  under and in  compliance  with  applicable  law and  regulations,  to
commence  enforcement  proceedings  with respect to such  Receivables and (v) to
make any filings,  reports,  notices,  applications,  registrations with, and to
seek any consents or authorizations  from the Securities and Exchange Commission
and any state securities authority on behalf of the Trust as may be necessary or
advisable  to  comply  with  any  federal  or  state   securities  or  reporting
requirements.  The Trustee agrees that it shall promptly follow the instructions
of the Servicer to withdraw funds from the Principal Account, the Finance Charge
Account or any Series  Account and to take any action  required under any Credit
Enhancement  at such time as required  under this  Agreement.  The Trustee shall
execute  at the  Servicer's  written  request  such  documents  prepared  by any
Transferor  and acceptable to the Servicer as may be necessary or appropriate to
enable  the  Servicer  to carry  out its  servicing  and  administrative  duties
hereunder.

                                       46

<PAGE>

            (c) In the event that any Transferor is unable for any reason to
transfer  Receivables  to the Trust in  accordance  with the  provisions of this
Agreement  (including,  without limitation,  by reason of the application of the
provisions  of  Section  9.02 or the order of any  federal  governmental  agency
having  regulatory  authority  over such  Transferor  or any court of  competent
jurisdiction  that  such  Transferor  not  transfer  any  additional   Principal
Receivables  to the Trust) then, in any such event,  (A) the Servicer  agrees to
allocate, after such date, all Collections with respect to Principal Receivables
and Discount Option  Receivables,  and all amounts which would have  constituted
Collections   with  respect  to  Principal   Receivables   and  Discount  Option
Receivables but for such Transferor's inability to transfer such Receivables (up
to an aggregate  amount equal to the aggregate  amount of Principal  Receivables
and the amount of Discount  Option  Receivables in the Trust as of such date) in
accordance  with  subsection  2.05(d);  (B) the  Servicer  agrees to apply  such
amounts as Collections  in accordance  with Article IV, and (C) for only so long
as all Collections and all amounts which would have constituted  Collections are
allocated  and applied in accordance  with clauses (A) and (B) above,  Principal
Receivables  and Discount  Option  Receivables  and all amounts which would have
constituted  Principal  Receivables or Discount Option Receivables,  as the case
may be, but for such Transferor's inability to transfer Receivables to the Trust
that are written off as  uncollectible  in accordance  with this Agreement shall
continue to be allocated  in  accordance  with Article IV and all amounts  which
would have constituted Principal Receivables but for such Transferor's inability
to transfer Receivables to the Trust shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables
for the purpose of calculating the applicable Investor Percentage thereunder. If
the Servicer is unable pursuant to any  Requirement of Law to allocate  payments
on the Accounts as  described  above,  the Servicer  agrees that it shall in any
such event  allocate,  after the  occurrence  of such  event,  payments  on each
Account  with  respect to the  principal  balance of such  Account  first to the
oldest  principal  balance of such Account and to have such payments  applied as
Collections in accordance with Article IV. The parties hereto agree that Finance
Charge   Receivables,   whenever  created,   accrued  in  respect  of  Principal
Receivables  which have been  conveyed  to the Trust,  or which  would have been
conveyed to the Trust but for the above  described  inability  to transfer  such
Receivables,  shall  continue  to be a part  of the  Trust  notwithstanding  any
cessation  of the  transfer of  additional  Principal  Receivables  and Discount
Option  Receivables  to the Trust and  Collections  with respect  thereto  shall
continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV.

            (d)  In the event  that  pursuant  to  subsection  2.04(d),  any
Transferor  accepts  reassignment  of an Ineligible  Receivable as a result of a
breach of the  representations  and warranties in subsection 2.04(b) relating to
such  Receivable,  then, in any such event,  the Servicer  agrees to account for

                                       47

<PAGE>

payments received with respect to such Ineligible Receivable separately from its
accounting for  Collections on Principal  Receivables  retained by the Trust. If
payments  received  from  or  on  behalf  of an  Obligor  are  not  specifically
applicable either to an Ineligible Receivable of such Obligor reassigned to such
Transferor or to  Receivables  of such Obligor  retained in the Trust,  then the
Servicer agrees to allocate payments  proportionately  based on the total amount
of Principal  Receivables  of such  Obligor  retained in the Trust and the total
amount owing by such Obligor on any  Ineligible  Receivables  reassigned to such
Transferor,  and the portion allocable to any Principal  Receivables retained in
the Trust shall be treated as Collections  and deposited in accordance  with the
provisions of Article IV.

            (e)  The  Servicer  shall  not  be  obligated  to  use  separate
servicing  procedures,   offices,   employees  or  accounts  for  servicing  the
Receivables  from the  procedures,  offices,  employees and accounts used by the
Servicer in connection with servicing other credit card receivables.

            (f) The Servicer  shall  maintain  fidelity bond  coverage  insuring
against losses through wrongdoing of its officers and employees who are involved
in the  servicing of credit card  receivables  covering such actions and in such
amounts as the  Servicer  believes to be  commercially  reasonable  from time to
time.

            Section 3.02 Servicing  Compensation . As full  compensation for its
                         -----------------------
servicing  activities  hereunder  and as  reimbursement  for its expenses as set
forth in the immediately following paragraph,  the Servicer shall be entitled to
receive a  servicing  fee (the  "Servicing  Fee") with  respect to each  Monthly
Period prior to the Termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01,  payable
monthly on the related  Transfer  Date, in an amount equal to one-twelfth of the
product of (a) the weighted average of the Series Servicing Fee Percentages with
respect  to each  outstanding  Series  (based  upon  the  Series  Servicing  Fee
Percentage  for each Series and the  Investor  Interest (or such other amount as
specified in the related Supplement) of such Series, in each case as of the last
day of the  prior  Monthly  Period)  and (b) the  average  amount  of  Principal
Receivables  during the prior  Monthly  Period.  The share of the  Servicing Fee
allocable to Investor  Certificates  of a particular  Series with respect to any
Monthly  Period  will  each  be  determined  in  accordance  with  the  relevant
Supplement.  The portion of the Servicing Fee with respect to any Monthly Period
not so allocated to the Investor  Certificates  of a particular  Series shall be
paid by the Holder of the Transferor  Certificate  on the related  Transfer Date
and in no event shall the Trust, the Trustee or the Investor  Certificateholders
of any Series be liable for the share of the  Servicing  Fee with respect to any
Monthly  Period to be paid by the Holders of the  Transferor  Certificates  (the
"Transferor Servicing Fee").

                                       48

<PAGE>

            The  Servicer's  expenses  include  the  amounts  due to the Trustee
pursuant  to  Section  11.05  and  the  reasonable  fees  and  disbursements  of
independent  public  accountants and all other expenses incurred by the Servicer
in connection with its activities hereunder;  provided,  that the Servicer shall
                                              --------
not be liable for any liabilities,  costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor
Certificateholders  or  the  Certificate  Owners  arising  under  any  tax  law,
including  without  limitation  any federal,  state or local income or franchise
taxes or any other tax  imposed on or  measured  by income (or any  interest  or
penalties with respect  thereto or arising from a failure to comply  therewith).
The  Servicer  shall be  required to pay such  expenses  for its own account and
shall not be entitled to any payment therefor other than the Servicing Fee.

            Section 3.03  Representations  and Warranties of the Servicer . Bank
                          -----------------------------------------------
of America, as initial Servicer, hereby makes, and any Successor Servicer by its
appointment  hereunder  shall make (with  appropriate  modifications  to Section
3.03(a)  to  reflect  the  Successor  Servicer's   organization)  the  following
representations  and warranties on which the Trustee has relied in accepting the
Receivables  in trust  and in  authenticating  the  Certificates  issued  on the
Initial Closing Date:

            (a)  Organization  and Good  Standing.  The  Servicer  is a national
                 --------------------------------
banking association duly organized,  validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the United States and has full corporate power,  authority and legal
right to own its  properties  and  conduct  its  credit  card  business  as such
properties are presently owned and as such business is presently conducted,  and
to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

            (b) Due  Qualification.  The Servicer is not required to qualify nor
                ------------------
register  as a  foreign  corporation  in any  state  in  order  to  service  the
Receivables  as required by this  Agreement  and has  obtained  all licenses and
approvals  necessary in order to so service the  Receivables  as required  under
federal and Arizona law. If the Servicer shall be required by any Requirement of
Law to so qualify or register or obtain such license or approval,  then it shall
do so.

            (c) Due Authorization.  The execution,  delivery, and performance of
                -----------------
this  Agreement  have been duly  authorized  by the  Servicer  by all  necessary
corporate  action on the part of the  Servicer and this  Agreement  will remain,
from the time of its execution, an official record of the Servicer.

            (d) Binding  Obligation.  This Agreement  constitutes a legal, valid
                -------------------
and binding  obligation of the  Servicer,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its
terms,  except  as  enforceability  may be  limited  by  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium or other similar laws now or hereinafter
in effect,  affecting the  enforcement  of creditors'  rights in general and the
rights of creditors of national banking associations.

                                       49

<PAGE>

            (e) No Violation.  The  execution and delivery of this  Agreement by
                ------------
the Servicer,  and the  performance  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement and the  fulfillment  of the terms hereof  applicable to the Servicer,
will not  conflict  with,  violate,  result in any breach of any of the material
terms and provisions of, or constitute  (with or without notice or lapse of time
or both) a default under,  any  Requirement of Law applicable to the Servicer or
any indenture,  contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument
to which the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound.

            (f) No  Proceedings.  There are no  proceedings  or  investigations
                --------------- 
pending  or, to the best  knowledge  of the  Servicer,  threatened  against  the
Servicer  before  any court,  regulatory  body,  administrative  agency or other
tribunal or governmental  instrumentality seeking to prevent the issuance of the
Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement,  seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment
of the Servicer,  would  materially and adversely  affect the performance by the
Servicer of its obligations  under this Agreement,  or seeking any determination
or  ruling  that  would   materially  and  adversely   affect  the  validity  or
enforceability of this Agreement.

            (g)  Compliance  with  Requirements  of Law. The Servicer shall duly
                 --------------------------------------
satisfy all  obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with
each  Receivable  and  the  related   Account,   will  maintain  in  effect  all
qualifications  required under  Requirements of Law in order to service properly
each Receivable and the related Account and will comply in all material respects
with all other  Requirements of Law in connection with servicing each Receivable
and the  related  Account the failure to comply with which would have a material
adverse effect on the Certificateholders or any Credit Enhancement Provider.

            Section 3.04 Reports and Records for the Trustee .
                         -----------------------------------

            (a) Daily Reports. On each Business Day, the Servicer, with prior
                -------------
notice,  shall  prepare and make  available  at the office of the  Servicer  for
inspection by the Trustee a record  setting  forth (i) the  aggregate  amount of
Collections processed by the Servicer on the preceding Business Day and (ii) the
aggregate  amount of  Receivables  as of the close of business on the  preceding
Business Day.

            (b) Monthly Servicer's  Certificate.  Unless otherwise stated in the
                -------------------------------
related  Supplement with respect to any Series, on each  Determination  Date the
Servicer shall forward, as provided in Section 13.05, to the Trustee, the Paying
Agent, any Credit Enhancement  Provider and each Rating Agency, a certificate of
a  Servicing  Officer  in the form of  Exhibit C (which  includes  the  Schedule
thereto  specified as such in each  Supplement)  setting forth (i) the aggregate
amount of Collections  processed during the preceding  Monthly Period,  (ii) the
aggregate  amount  of the  applicable  Investor  Percentage  of  Collections  of

                                       50

<PAGE>

Principal  Receivables  processed by the Servicer  pursuant to Article IV during
the preceding Monthly Period with respect to each Series then outstanding, (iii)
the aggregate  amount of the  applicable  Investor  Percentage of Collections of
Finance  Charge  Receivables  processed by the  Servicer  pursuant to Article IV
during  the  preceding   Monthly   Period  with  respect  to  each  Series  then
outstanding, (iv) the aggregate amount of Receivables processed as of the end of
the last day of the preceding Monthly Period,  (v) the balance on deposit in the
Finance Charge Account,  the Principal Account or any Series Account  applicable
to any  Series  then  outstanding  on such  Determination  Date with  respect to
Collections  processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly Period, (vi)
the aggregate  amount,  if any, of  withdrawals,  drawings or payments under any
Credit Enhancement, if any, for each Series then outstanding required to be made
with  respect  to the  previous  Monthly  Period in the manner  provided  in the
related  Supplement,  (vii)  the  sum of all  amounts  payable  to the  Investor
Certificateholders  of each Series (or for a Series of more than one Class, each
such  Class) on the  succeeding  Distribution  Date in  respect  of  Certificate
Principal and Certificate Interest with respect to such preceding Monthly Period
and (viii) such other matters as are set forth in Exhibit C.

            Section 3.05 Annual  Servicer's  Certificate . On or before March 31
                         -------------------------------
of each calendar year, beginning with March 31, 1997, the Servicer will deliver,
as provided in Section 13.05, to the Trustee,  any Credit  Enhancement  Provider
and the Rating Agency,  an Officer's  Certificate  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit D stating that (a) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the
twelve-month  period  ending on  December  31 of such year,  or for the  initial
period,  from the Closing Date until December 31, 1996,  and of its  performance
under this Agreement was made under the  supervision of the officer signing such
certificate  and (b) to the  best of such  officer's  knowledge,  based  on such
review,  the  Servicer  has  fully  performed  all its  obligations  under  this
Agreement  throughout  such  period,  or,  if there  has been a  default  in the
performance of any such  obligation,  specifying each such default known to such
officer and the nature and status  thereof.  A copy of such  certificate  may be
obtained  by any  Investor  Certificateholder  by a request  in  writing  to the
Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office.

            Section 3.06  Annual Independent Accountants' Servicing Report .
                          ------------------------------------------------

            (a) On or before  March 31 of each  calendar  year,  beginning  with
March  31,  1997,  the  Servicer  shall  cause a firm  or  firms  of  nationally
recognized  independent  certified public accountants (who may also render other
services to the Servicer or any  Transferor) to furnish,  as provided in Section
13.05, a report to the Trustee,  any Credit Enhancement  Provider and the Rating
Agencies,  to the  effect  that such firm has made a study  and  evaluation,  in
accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  of  the  Servicer's

                                       51

<PAGE>

internal  accounting  controls  relative to the servicing of Accounts under this
Agreement, and that, on the basis of such study and evaluation,  such firm is of
the opinion  (assuming the accuracy of any reports  generated by the  Servicer's
third party agents) that the system of internal accounting controls in effect on
the date set forth in such report, relating to servicing procedures performed by
the Servicer,  taken as a whole, was sufficient for the prevention and detection
of errors and  irregularities in amounts that would be material to the financial
statements  of the Servicer and that such  servicing was conducted in compliance
with the  sections of this  Agreement  during the period  covered by such report
(which shall be the period from January 1 of the preceding  calendar year to and
including December 31 of such calendar year, or for the initial period, from the
Closing Date until  December 31, 1996),  except for such  exceptions,  errors or
irregularities  as such firm shall  believe to be  immaterial  to the  financial
statements of the Servicer and such other  exceptions,  errors or irregularities
as shall be set forth in such report.  Unless otherwise provided with respect to
any Series in the related  Supplement,  a copy of such report may be obtained by
any Investor  Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee addressed
to the Corporate Trust Office.

            (b) On or before March 31, of each calendar  year,  beginning  with
March  31,  1997,  the  Servicer  shall  cause a firm  or  firms  of  nationally
recognized  independent  certified public accountants (who may also render other
services to the Servicer or any  Transferor) to furnish,  as provided in Section
13.05, a report,  prepared using generally accepted auditing  standards,  to the
Trustee  and the  Rating  Agency  to the  effect  that they  have  compared  the
mathematical  calculations of each amount set forth in the monthly  certificates
forwarded  by the  Servicer  pursuant to  subsection  3.04(b)  during the period
covered  by such  report  (which  shall  be the  period  from  January  1 of the
preceding  calendar year to and including  December 31 of such calendar year, or
for the initial period,  from the Closing Date until December 31, 1996) with the
Servicer's  computer  reports  which were the source of such amounts and that on
the basis of such comparison,  such firm is of the opinion that such amounts are
in agreement,  except for such exceptions as it believes to be immaterial to the
financial  statements of the Servicer and such other  exceptions as shall be set
forth in such  report.  A copy of such report may be  obtained  by any  Investor
Certificateholder  by a request  in  writing  to the  Trustee  addressed  to the
Corporate Trust Office.

            Section  3.07 Tax  Treatment . Except as  otherwise  specified  in a
                          --------------
Supplement with respect to a particular Series, each Transferor has entered into
this Agreement, and the Certificates will be issued, with the intention that (i)
the Investor Certificates will qualify under applicable federal, state and local
income and franchise tax law as  indebtedness  secured by the  Receivables,  and
(ii) the  Trust  shall not be  treated  as an  association  or  publicly  traded
partnership  taxable as a  corporation  for purposes of federal  income tax law.

                                       52

<PAGE>

Each Transferor,  the Servicer, each Holder of the Transferor Certificate,  each
Investor  Certificateholder,  and each  Certificate  Owner agree to treat and to
take no action inconsistent with the treatment of the Investor  Certificates (or
beneficial interest therein) as such indebtedness for purposes of federal, state
and local income and franchise taxes, and each Transferor and each Holder of the
Transferor  Certificate agree to take no action with respect to the Trust or any
interest  therein which would cause the Trust to be treated as an association or
publicly  traded  partnership  taxable as a corporation  for purposes of federal
income tax law. Each Investor Certificateholder and the Holder of the Transferor
Certificate,  by acceptance of its Certificate,  and each Certificate  Owner, by
acquisition of a beneficial interest in a Certificate,  agree to be bound by the
provisions  of this Section  3.07.  Each  Certificateholder  agrees that it will
cause any Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Certificate through it to
comply with this Agreement as to treatment as indebtedness  under applicable tax
law, as described in this Section 3.07.  Subject to Section  11.11,  the Trustee
shall treat the Trust as a security  device only, and shall not file tax returns
or obtain  an  employer  identification  number  on  behalf  of the  Trust.  The
provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be  construed  in  light of the  foregoing
intended tax treatment.

            Section 3.08 Notices to the  Transferors . At all times that Bank of
                         ---------------------------
America is acting as Servicer,  Bank of America shall deliver or make  available
to each other  Transferor  each  certificate and report required to be prepared,
forwarded or delivered  thereafter  pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.05 and 3.06. In
the event that Bank of America is no longer  acting as Servicer,  any  Successor
Servicer  appointed pursuant to Section 10.02 shall deliver or make available to
each Transferor each  certificate and report required to be prepared,  forwarded
or delivered thereafter pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.05 and 3.06.

            Section 3.09 Reports to the  Commission  . The  Servicer  shall,  on
                         --------------------------
behalf  of the  Trust,  cause  to be  filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission any periodic reports required to be filed under the provisions of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission thereunder. Each Transferor shall, at the expense of the
Servicer, cooperate in any reasonable request of the Servicer in connection with
such filings.

                              [End of Article III]


                                       53

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                 RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION
                         AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

            Section 4.01 Rights of  Certificateholders . Each Series of Investor
                         -----------------------------
Certificates  shall represent  Undivided  Interests in the Trust,  including the
benefits of any Credit  Enhancement  issued with  respect to such Series and the
right to  receive  the  Collections  and other  amounts  at the times and in the
amounts  specified in this  Article IV to be deposited in the Investor  Accounts
and any other Series  Account (if so specified in the related  Supplement) or to
be paid to the Investor  Certificateholders of such Series;  provided,  however,
                                                             --------   -------
that the aggregate interest  represented by such Certificates at any time in the
Principal  Receivables shall not exceed an amount equal to the Investor Interest
for such Series at such time. The  Transferor  Certificate  shall  represent the
remaining  undivided  interest  in the  Trust  not  allocated  to  the  Investor
Certificates and the other interests issued by the Trust, including the right to
receive  the  Collections  and other  amounts  at the  times and in the  amounts
specified  in  this  Article  IV to be  paid  to the  Holder  of the  Transferor
Certificate;  provided, however, that the aggregate interest represented by such
              --------  -------
Transferor Certificate at any time in the Principal Receivables shall not exceed
the Transferor  Interest at such time and such  Certificate  shall not represent
any interest in the Investor Accounts,  except as provided in this Agreement, or
the benefits of any Credit  Enhancement  issued with respect to any Series.  The
Certificates  do  not  represent  obligations  of,  or  any  interests  in,  the
Transferor,  the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof, and neither the Certificates
nor the Accounts or Receivables are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit
Insurance  Corporation or any other  governmental  agency.  The Certificates are
limited in right of payment to certain  Collections  respecting the Receivables,
and the other  assets of the Trust  allocable to such  Certificates  as provided
herein and in the applicable Series Supplement.

            Section 4.02 Establishment of Accounts .
                         -------------------------

            (a) The Collection Account. The Servicer, for the benefit of the
                ----------------------
Certificateholders,  shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on
behalf of the Trust, a non-interest  bearing segregated account (the "Collection
Account")  bearing a designation  clearly  indicating  that the funds  deposited
therein  are held in trust for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,  or shall
cause such Collection  Account to be established and maintained,  with an office
or branch located in the states of Minnesota or Arizona of (i) the Servicer,  or
(ii) a Qualified Institution; provided, however, that upon the insolvency of the
                              --------  -------
Servicer,  the Collection  Account shall not be permitted to be maintained  with
the  Servicer.  Pursuant  to  authority  granted to it  pursuant  to  subsection
3.01(b),  the Servicer shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the
Collection Account for the purposes of carrying out its duties hereunder.

                                       54

<PAGE>

            (b) The Finance Charge and Principal Accounts.  The Trustee, for
                -----------------------------------------
the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders,  shall establish and maintain in
the  State of  Minnesota  with the  Trustee,  or  cause  to be  established  and
maintained in the State of Minnesota with a Qualified  Institution,  in the name
of the Trust two segregated trust accounts (the "Finance Charge Account" and the
"Principal  Account,"  respectively),  bearing a designation  clearly indicating
that  the   funds   therein   are  held  for  the   benefit   of  the   Investor
Certificateholders.  The Trustee shall possess all right,  title and interest in
all funds on deposit  from time to time in the  Finance  Charge  Account and the
Principal  Account and in all proceeds  thereof.  The Finance Charge Account and
the  Principal  Account  shall be under the sole  dominion  and  control  of the
Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. If, at any time, the
institution  holding the Principal  Account or the Finance Charge Account ceases
to be a Qualified  Institution,  the Trustee  shall notify the Rating Agency and
within 10 Business  Days  establish a new  Principal  Account or Finance  Charge
Account,  as the case may be,  meeting  the  conditions  specified  above with a
Qualified  Institution,  and shall transfer any cash or any  investments to such
new Principal  Account or Finance Charge  Account,  as the case may be. From the
date such new Principal  Account or Finance Charge Account,  as the case may be,
is established, it shall be the "Principal Account" or "Finance Charge Account."
Pursuant to  authority  granted to it  hereunder,  the  Servicer  shall have the
revocable  power to  instruct  the  Trustee to  withdraw  funds from the Finance
Charge  Account  and  Principal  Account  for the  purpose of  carrying  out the
Servicer's  duties  hereunder.  The Trustee at all times shall maintain accurate
records  reflecting  each  transaction in the Principal  Account and the Finance
Charge  Account and that funds held therein  shall at all times be held in trust
for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders.

            (c) The Distribution  Account.  The Trustee,  for the benefit of the
                -------------------------
Investor Certificateholders, shall cause to be established and maintained in the
name of the Trust,  with an office or branch of a Qualified  Institution  (other
than a Transferor),  a non-interest  bearing  segregated  demand deposit account
(the "Distribution  Account") bearing a designation  clearly indicating that the
funds  deposited  therein  are held in trust  for the  benefit  of the  Investor
Certificateholders.  The Trustee shall possess all right,  title and interest in
all funds on deposit  from time to time in the  Distribution  Account and in all
proceeds thereof.  The Distribution Account shall be under the sole dominion and
control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders.

            (d) Series Accounts.  If so provided in the related Supplement,  the
                ---------------
Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor  Certificateholders,  shall cause to be
established  and  maintained  in the  name  of the  Trust,  one or  more  Series
Accounts.  Each such Series Account shall bear a designation  clearly indicating

                                       55

<PAGE>

that the  funds  deposited  therein  are held for the  benefit  of the  Investor
Certificateholders  of such  Series.  Each such Series  Account  will be a trust
account,  if so  provided  in the  related  Supplement  and will  have the other
features and be applied as set forth in the related Supplement.

            (e)  Administration  of the Finance  Charge and Principal  Accounts.
                 --------------------------------------------------------------
Funds on deposit in the Principal  Account and the Finance  Charge Account shall
at all times be invested in Permitted  Investments.  Any such  investment  shall
mature and such  funds  shall be  available  for  withdrawal  on or prior to the
Transfer Date related to the Monthly  Period in which such funds were  processed
for  collection,  or if so  specified  in the  related  Supplement,  immediately
preceding a Distribution Date. The Trustee shall maintain for the benefit of the
Investor   Certificateholders   possession  of  the  negotiable  instruments  or
securities  evidencing the Permitted  Investments described in clause (a) of the
definition  thereof from the time of purchase  thereof until the time of sale or
maturity;  provided, however, that no such investment shall be disposed of prior
to its maturity  date. At the end of each month,  all interest and earnings (net
of losses and investment  expenses) on funds on deposit in the Principal Account
and the Finance  Charge  Account shall be deposited by the Trustee in a separate
deposit account with a Qualified  Institution in the name of the Servicer,  or a
Person designated in writing by the Servicer,  which shall not constitute a part
of the Trust,  or shall  otherwise be turned over by the Trustee to the Servicer
not less frequently than monthly.  Subject to the  restrictions set forth above,
the Servicer,  or a Person  designated in writing by the Servicer,  of which the
Trustee  shall  have  received  written  notification  thereof,  shall  have the
authority to instruct the Trustee  with  respect to the  investment  of funds on
deposit in the Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account. For purposes of
determining  the  availability  of funds or the  balances in the Finance  Charge
Account and the  Principal  Account  for any reason  under this  Agreement,  all
investment  earnings  on such funds  shall be deemed not to be  available  or on
deposit.

            Section 4.03 Collections and Allocations .
                         ---------------------------

            (a)  Collections.  Except as provided below, the Servicer shall
                 -----------
deposit all Collections in the Collection  Account as promptly as possible after
the Date of  Processing  of such  Collections,  but in no event  later  than the
second  Business  Day  following  such Date of  Processing.  In the event of the
insolvency of the Servicer,  then, immediately upon the occurrence of such event
and thereafter,  the Servicer shall deposit all Collections  into the Collection
Account which shall be established and maintained  with a Qualified  Institution
other than the Servicer in accordance  with subsection  4.02(a),  and in no such
event shall the Servicer  deposit any  Collections  thereafter  into any account
established, held or maintained with the Servicer.

                                       56

<PAGE>

            The Servicer  shall allocate such amounts to each Series of Investor
Certificates and to the Holder of the Transferor  Certificate in accordance with
this  Article IV and shall  withdraw the  required  amounts from the  Collection
Account  or pay such  amounts  to the Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  in
accordance  with this  Article IV, in both cases as modified by any  Supplement.
The Servicer shall make such deposits or payments on the date indicated  therein
by wire transfer or as otherwise  provided in the  Supplement  for any Series of
Certificates with respect to such Series.

            Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the contrary,  for so
long  as,  and  only so long as,  Bank of  America  shall  remain  the  Servicer
hereunder,  and (a)(i) the  Servicer  provides to the Trustee a letter of credit
covering  collection  risk of the Servicer,  and (ii) Bank of America shall have
received a notice from each Rating Agency that such a letter of credit would not
result in the  lowering  of such  Rating  Agency's  then-existing  rating of the
Investor Certificates, or (b) the Servicer shall have and maintain a certificate
of deposit or short-term deposit rating of P-1 by Moody's and of A-1 by Standard
& Poor's and deposit  insurance  provided  by the FDIC,  the  Servicer  need not
deposit Collections from the Collection Account into the Principal Account,  the
Finance Charge Account or any Series Account, as provided in any Supplement,  or
make payments to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate, prior to the close of
business on the day any Collections  are deposited in the Collection  Account as
provided in Article IV, but may make such deposits,  payments and withdrawals on
each  Transfer  Date in an  amount  equal to the net  amount  of such  deposits,
payments and  withdrawals  which would have been made but for the  provisions of
this  paragraph.  If at any time the Servicer  shall qualify to make deposits on
the  Transfer  Date as  provided  in this  paragraph  (or  shall  cease to be so
qualified)  the Servicer  shall deliver an Officer's  Certificate to the Trustee
stating that the criteria set forth in (a)(i) and (ii) or (b) of this  paragraph
have been  satisfied (or have ceased to be  satisfied).  The Trustee may rely on
such Officer's Certificate without investigation or inquiry.

            Notwithstanding  anything  else in this  Agreement to the  contrary,
with  respect to any Monthly  Period,  whether the  Servicer is required to make
monthly or daily  deposits from the  Collection  Account into the Finance Charge
Account,  the  Principal  Account  or any Series  Account,  as  provided  in any
Supplement,  (i) the Servicer will only be required to deposit  Collections from
the Collection Account into the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account or
any  Series  Account up to the  required  amount to be  deposited  into any such
deposit account or, without duplication,  distributed on or prior to the related
Distribution Date to Investor  Certificateholders  or to any Credit  Enhancement
Provider  pursuant to the terms of any Supplement or agreement  relating to such
Credit  Enhancement and (ii) if at any time prior to such  Distribution Date the
amount of  Collections  deposited in the Collection  Account  exceeds the amount
required to be  deposited  pursuant to clause (i) above,  the  Servicer  will be
permitted to withdraw the excess from the Collection Account.

                                       57

<PAGE>

            (b) Allocations for the Transferor Certificate. Throughout the
                ------------------------------------------
existence of the Trust, unless otherwise stated in any Supplement,  the Servicer
shall  allocate to the Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate an amount equal to
the product of (A) the  Transferor  Percentage  and (B) the aggregate  amount of
such  Collections   allocated  to  Principal   Receivables  and  Finance  Charge
Receivables,  respectively,  in respect of each Monthly Period.  Notwithstanding
anything in this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  unless  otherwise  stated in any
Supplement,  the Servicer  need not deposit this amount or any other  amounts so
allocated to the  Transferor  Certificate  pursuant to any  Supplement  into the
Collection Account and shall pay, or be deemed to pay, such amounts as collected
to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate.

            (c) Adjustments for  Miscellaneous  Credits and Fraudulent  Charges.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------
The Servicer shall be obligated to reduce on a net basis each Monthly Period the
aggregate  amount of  Principal  Receivables  used to calculate  the  Transferor
Interest as provided in this  subsection  4.03(c) (a "Credit  Adjustment")  with
respect  to any  Principal  Receivable  (i)  which was  created  in  respect  of
merchandise  refused or returned by the  Obligor  thereunder  or as to which the
Obligor thereunder has asserted a counterclaim or defense, (ii) which is reduced
by the Servicer by any rebate,  refund,  charge-back  or  adjustment  (including
Servicer  errors),  (iii)  which  was  created  as a result of a  fraudulent  or
counterfeit  charge or (iv) which is  transferred  to a credit card account that
would qualify,  but for the  application of the proviso in the definition of the
term "Transferred Account" in Section 1.01, as a Transferred Account.

            In the event that the inclusion of the amount of a Credit Adjustment
in the  calculation  of the  Transferor  Interest  would  cause  the  Transferor
Interest to be an amount less than zero, the  Transferor  which owns the Account
to which such Credit Adjustment is made shall make a deposit,  no later than the
Business Day following the Date of Processing of such Credit Adjustment,  in the
Principal  Account (for  allocation  as  Collections  of  Principal  Receivables
pursuant to Article IV) in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the
amount by which such Credit Adjustment  exceeds the Transferor  Interest on such
Date of Processing.

            [THE REMAINDER OF ARTICLE IV IS RESERVED AND SHALL BE
            SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY
            SERIES]

                             [End of Article IV]


                                       58

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE V

                        [ARTICLE V IS RESERVED AND SHALL
                         BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT
                           WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]


                               [End of Article V]


                                       59

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                THE CERTIFICATES

            Section 6.01 The  Certificates  . Subject to Sections 6.10 and 6.13,
                         -----------------
the Investor  Certificates of each Series and any Class thereof may be issued in
bearer form (the "Bearer  Certificates")  with attached  interest  coupons and a
special coupon  (collectively,  the "Coupons") or in fully  registered form (the
"Registered  Certificates"),  and  shall  be  substantially  in the  form of the
exhibits with respect thereto attached to the related Supplement. The Transferor
Certificate  shall be  substantially  in the  form of  Exhibit  A. The  Investor
Certificates and the Transferor Certificate shall, upon issue pursuant hereto or
to Section 6.09 or Section 6.10, be executed and delivered by the Transferors to
the Trustee for  authentication  and redelivery as provided in Sections 2.01 and
6.02. Any Investor  Certificate  shall be issuable in a minimum  denomination of
$1,000  Undivided  Interest and integral  multiples  thereof,  unless  otherwise
specified in any Supplement.  The Transferor Certificate shall also be initially
issued as a single certificate.  Each Certificate shall be executed by manual or
facsimile  signature on behalf of the  Transferor  by its  President or any Vice
President.  Certificates  bearing  the  manual  or  facsimile  signature  of the
individual who was, at the time when such  signature was affixed,  authorized to
sign on behalf of the Transferors or the Trustee shall not be rendered  invalid,
notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to be so authorized prior to the
authentication and delivery of such Certificates or does not hold such office at
the  date  of  such  Certificates.  Unless  otherwise  provided  in the  related
Supplement,  no  Certificate  shall  be  entitled  to  any  benefit  under  this
Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there appears on such Certificate
a certificate of  authentication  substantially in the form provided for herein,
executed  by or on behalf  of the  Trustee  by the  manual  signature  of a duly
authorized  signatory,  and  such  certificate  upon  any  Certificate  shall be
conclusive evidence, and the only evidence,  that such Certificate has been duly
authenticated and delivered hereunder.  All Certificates shall be dated the date
of their  authentication  except  Bearer  Certificates  which shall be dated the
applicable Issuance Date as provided in the related Supplement.

            Section 6.02 Authentication of Certificates . Contemporaneously with
                         ------------------------------
the initial assignment and transfer of the Receivables,  whether now existing or
hereafter  created and the other  components  to the Trust,  the  Trustee  shall
authenticate and deliver the initial Series of Investor  Certificates,  upon the
written  order  of the  Transferors,  to the  underwriters  for the  sale of the
Book-Entry  Certificates  evidenced by such Investor  Certificates,  and against
payment to the Transferors of the Initial Investor Interest (net of any purchase
or underwriting discount).  Upon the receipt of such payment and the issuance of
the Investor  Certificates,  such Investor  Certificates shall be fully paid and
non-assessable.  The Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  deliver  the  Transferor

                                       60

<PAGE>

Certificate to Bank of America or its designee  simultaneously with its delivery
to the  Transferors of the initial Series of Investor  Certificates.  Upon a New
Issuance as  provided  in Section  6.09 and the  satisfaction  of certain  other
conditions  specified  therein,  the Trustee shall  authenticate and deliver the
Investor Certificates of additional Series (with the designation provided in the
related  Supplement),  upon  the  order  of  the  Transferors,  to  the  Persons
designated  in  such  Supplement.  Upon  the  order  of  the  Transferors,   the
Certificates  of any Series shall be duly  authenticated  by or on behalf of the
Trustee, in authorized denominations. If specified in the related Supplement for
any Series, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver outside the United States
the Global  Certificate that is issued upon original issuance thereof,  upon the
written  order of the  Transferors,  to the  Depository  against  payment of the
purchase price therefor.  If specified in the related Supplement for any Series,
the Trustee  shall  authenticate  Book-Entry  Certificates  that are issued upon
original  issuance  thereof,  upon the written  order of the  Transferors,  to a
Clearing  Agency or its nominee as provided in Section 6.10  against  payment of
the purchase price thereof.

            Section 6.03 Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates .
                         -----------------------------------------------------

            (a) The Trustee  shall cause to be kept at the office or agency to
be  maintained  by a  transfer  agent and  registrar  (the  "Transfer  Agent and
Registrar"), in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.16, a register (the
"Certificate  Register") in which, subject to such reasonable  regulations as it
may  prescribe,   the  Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar  shall  provide  for  the
registration  of the  Investor  Certificates  of each Series  (unless  otherwise
provided  in the related  Supplement)  and of  transfers  and  exchanges  of the
Investor  Certificates  as herein  provided.  The  Trustee  is hereby  initially
appointed  Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  for the purposes of  registering  the
Investor  Certificates and transfers and exchanges of the Investor  Certificates
as herein  provided.  If any form of Investor  Certificate is issued as a Global
Certificate,  the  Trustee  may,  or if and so long as any  Series  of  Investor
Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall
so require,  the Trustee shall appoint a co-transfer  agent and  co-registrar in
Luxembourg or another  European  city.  Any  reference in this  Agreement to the
Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar   shall  include  any   co-transfer   agent  and
co-registrar  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires.  The  Trustee  shall be
permitted to resign as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days' written notice
to the  Servicer.  In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Transfer
Agent and  Registrar,  the Trustee shall appoint a successor  Transfer Agent and
Registrar.

            Upon surrender for  registration  of transfer of any  Certificate at
any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar,  the Transferors shall
execute,  subject to the provisions of subsection 6.03(c), and the Trustee shall
authenticate  and  deliver,  in  the  name  of  the  designated   transferee  or
transferees,  one or more new  Certificates in authorized  denominations of like
aggregate Undivided Interests;  provided,  that the provisions of this paragraph
                                --------
shall not apply to Bearer Certificates.

61

<PAGE>

            At  the   option   of  an   Investor   Certificateholder,   Investor
Certificates may be exchanged for other Investor Certificates of the same Series
in  authorized  denominations  of  like  aggregate  Undivided  Interests,   upon
surrender  of the  Investor  Certificates  to be exchanged at any such office or
agency.  At the  option of any  Holder of  Registered  Certificates,  Registered
Certificates  may be exchanged  for other  Registered  Certificates  of the same
Series in authorized  denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interests in the
Trust,  upon  surrender of the  Registered  Certificates  to be exchanged at any
office  or agency  of the  Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar  maintained  for such
purpose. At the option of a Bearer Certificateholder, subject to applicable laws
and  regulations  (including  without  limitation,  the  Bearer  Rules),  Bearer
Certificates  may be  exchanged  for other  Bearer  Certificates  or  Registered
Certificates  of the same Series in authorized  denominations  of like aggregate
Undivided  Interests in the Trust, in the manner specified in the Supplement for
such Series,  upon  surrender of the Bearer  Certificates  to be exchanged at an
office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar  located outside the United
States. Each Bearer Certificate  surrendered pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall
have attached  thereto (or be accompanied  by) all unmatured  Coupons,  provided
that any Bearer  Certificate so  surrendered  after the close of business on the
Record Date  preceding the relevant  Distribution  Date after the related Series
Termination   Date  need  not  have  attached  the  Coupons   relating  to  such
Distribution Date.

            Whenever any Investor  Certificates of any Series are so surrendered
for exchange,  the Transferors shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different  than the Trustee,  in
which  case the  Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  shall)  deliver,  the  Investor
Certificates of such Series which the  Certificateholder  making the exchange is
entitled to receive.  Every Investor  Certificate  presented or surrendered  for
registration  of  transfer  or  exchange  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  written
instrument  of transfer in a form  satisfactory  to the Trustee and the Transfer
Agent and  Registrar  duly  executed  by the  Certificateholder  thereof  or his
attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

            The preceding provisions of this Section 6.03  notwithstanding,  the
Trustee or the Transfer  Agent and  Registrar,  as the case may be, shall not be
required to register the transfer of or exchange any Investor Certificate of any
Series  for a period  of 15 days  preceding  the due date for any  payment  with
respect to the Investor Certificates of such Series.

            Unless  otherwise  provided  in the related  Supplement,  no service
charge  shall  be  made  for  any   registration  of  transfer  or  exchange  of
Certificates,  but the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum
sufficient  to cover  any tax or  governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in
connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

                                       62

<PAGE>

            All Investor  Certificates  (together  with any Coupons  attached to
Bearer Certificates) surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange shall
be canceled by the  Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  and  disposed of in a manner
satisfactory  to the  Trustee.  The Trustee  shall cancel and destroy the Global
Certificates  upon its exchange in full for  Definitive  Certificates  and shall
deliver a certificate of destruction to the Transferors.  Such certificate shall
also state that a certificate or certificates of each Foreign Clearing Agency to
the effect referred to in Section 6.13 was received with respect to each portion
of the Global Certificate exchanged for Definitive Certificates.

            The  Transferors  shall  execute  and  deliver to the Trustee or the
Transfer Agent and Registrar, as applicable,  Bearer Certificates and Registered
Certificates  in such  amounts and at such times as are  necessary to enable the
Trustee  to  fulfill  its   responsibilities   under  this   Agreement  and  the
Certificates.

            (b) Except as  provided in Section  6.09 or 7.02,  in no event shall
the Transferor Certificate or any interest therein be transferred hereunder,  in
whole or in part, unless the Transferors shall have consented in writing to such
transfer and unless the Trustee shall have received (1)  confirmation in writing
from each  Rating  Agency  that such  transfer  will not result in a lowering or
withdrawal of its  then-current  rating of any Series of Investor  Certificates,
and (2) an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer  does not adversely  affect the
conclusions  reached  in  any of the  federal  income  tax  opinions  dated  the
applicable  Closing Date issued in connection with the original  issuance of any
Series of  Investor  Certificates;  provided  further,  that no  interest in the
                                    --------  -------
Transferor  Certificate  may be  transferred  unless its initial  offering price
would be at least  $20,000  and it cannot be  subdivided  for resale  into units
smaller than a unit the initial offering price of which would have been at least
$20,000, absent an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer would not
cause the Trust to be treated as a publicly traded  partnership  under the Code.
In connection  with any transfer of an interest in the  Transferor  Certificate,
the holder (including the Transferor or any subsequent transferee) thereof shall
not sell,  trade or transfer any interest  therein or cause any interest therein
to be  marketed  on or through  either (i) an  "established  securities  market"
within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, including
without limitation an interdealer  quotation system that regularly  disseminates
firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or dealers by electronic means
or otherwise or (ii) a "secondary market" within the meaning of Internal Revenue
Code section 7704(b)(2),  including a market wherein interests in the Transferor
Certificate are regularly quoted by any person making a market in such interests
and a market wherein any person  regularly  makes  available bid or offer quotes
with  respect to  interests in the  Transferor  Certificate  and stands ready to
effect buy or sell  transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of
others.

                                       63

<PAGE>

            (c)  Unless   otherwise   provided  in  the  related   Supplement,
registration of transfer of Registered Certificates containing a legend relating
to the  restrictions on transfer of such Registered  Certificates  (which legend
shall be set forth in the  Supplement  relating to such  Investor  Certificates)
shall be effected only if the  conditions  set forth in such related  Supplement
are satisfied.

            Whenever a Registered Certificate containing the legend set forth in
the related  Supplement  is presented to the Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  for
registration  of transfer,  the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall promptly seek
instructions from the Servicer  regarding such transfer.  The Transfer Agent and
Registrar  and the Trustee  shall be entitled  to receive  written  instructions
signed  by a  Servicing  Officer  prior  to  registering  any such  transfer  or
authenticating  new  Registered  Certificates,  as the case may be. The Servicer
hereby agrees to indemnify the Transfer  Agent and Registrar and the Trustee and
to hold each of them harmless  against any loss,  liability or expense  incurred
without  negligence  or bad faith on their part arising out of or in  connection
with  actions  taken  or  omitted  by  them  in  reliance  on any  such  written
instructions furnished pursuant to this subsection 6.03(c).

            (d)  The  Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  will  maintain  at its
expense in the Borough of  Manhattan,  the City of New York (and subject to this
Section 6.03, if specified in the related  Supplement for any Series,  any other
city  designated  in such  Supplement)  an  office  or  offices  or an agency or
agencies  where  Investor  Certificates  of such Series may be  surrendered  for
registration of transfer or exchange.

            Section 6.04 Mutilated,  Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates . If
                         --------------------------------------------------
(a) any mutilated  Certificate  (together,  in the case of Bearer  Certificates,
with all unmatured Coupons, if any,  appertaining thereto) is surrendered to the
Transfer  Agent and  Registrar,  or the Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  receives
evidence  to  its  satisfaction  of  the  destruction,  loss  or  theft  of  any
Certificate  and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer  Agent and Registrar and
the Trustee  such  security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each
of them  harmless,  then,  in the  absence  of notice to the  Trustee  that such
Certificate  has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser,  the Transferors  shall
execute and the Trustee shall  authenticate  and (unless the Transfer  Agent and
Registrar is different  from the Trustee,  in which case the Transfer  Agent and
Registrar shall) deliver (in compliance with applicable law), in exchange for or
in lieu of any such  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen  Certificate,  a new

                                       64

<PAGE>

Certificate of like tenor and aggregate Undivided  Interest.  In connection with
the issuance of any new Certificate  under this Section 6.04, the Trustee or the
Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  may require the payment of a sum  sufficient  to
cover any tax or other  governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in  relation
thereto and any other  expenses  (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee
and the  Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar)  connected  therewith.  Any  duplicate
Certificate  issued pursuant to this Section 6.04 shall constitute  complete and
indefeasible  evidence  of  ownership  in the Trust,  as if  originally  issued,
whether or not the lost,  stolen or destroyed  Certificate shall be found at any
time.

            Section 6.05 Persons Deemed Owners . Prior to due  presentation of a
                         ---------------------
Certificate for  registration of transfer,  the Trustee,  the Paying Agent,  the
Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar  and  any  agent  of any of  them  may  treat  a
Certificateholder  as the owner of the  related  Certificate  for the purpose of
receiving  distributions  pursuant to Article V (as described in any Supplement)
and for all other  purposes  whatsoever,  and  neither the  Trustee,  the Paying
Agent,  the Transfer  Agent and  Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be
affected by any notice to the contrary;  provided,  however, that in determining
                                         --------   -------
whether the holders of Investor Certificates  evidencing the requisite Undivided
Interests  have given any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent or waiver hereunder, Investor Certificates owned by the Transferors, the
Servicer or any  Affiliate  thereof  shall be  disregarded  and deemed not to be
outstanding,  except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected
in relying upon any such  request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent or waiver, only Investor Certificates which a Responsible Officer in the
Corporate  Trust  Office  of  the  Trustee  knows  to be so  owned  shall  be so
disregarded. Investor Certificates so owned that have been pledged in good faith
shall not be  disregarded  as  outstanding,  if the pledgee  establishes  to the
satisfaction  of the Trustee the pledgee's  right so to act with respect to such
Investor Certificates and that the pledgee is not a Transferor,  the Servicer or
an Affiliate thereof.

            In the case of a Bearer Certificate,  the Trustee, the Paying Agent,
the  Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar  and any agent of any of them may treat the
holder of a Bearer Certificate or Coupon as the owner of such Bearer Certificate
or Coupon for the purpose of receiving  distributions pursuant to Article IV and
Article XII and for all other purposes whatsoever,  and neither the Trustee, the
Paying  Agent,  the Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  nor any agent of any of them
shall be affected  by any notice to the  contrary.  Certificates  so owned which
have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded  and may be regarded as
outstanding,  if the pledgee  establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee's  right so to act with respect to such Investor  Certificates  and that
the pledgee is not a Transferor, the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof.

                                       65

<PAGE>

            Section 6.06  Appointment of Paying Agent .
                          ---------------------------

            ((C))  The  Paying  Agent  shall  make   distributions  to  Investor
Certificateholders  from the appropriate  account or accounts maintained for the
benefit of  Certificateholders  as  specified  in this  Agreement or the related
Supplement for any Series pursuant to Articles IV and V hereof. Any Paying Agent
shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from such  appropriate  account
or accounts  for the  purpose of making  distributions  referred  to above.  The
Trustee (or the  Servicer  if the  Trustee is the Paying  Agent) may revoke such
power and  remove the Paying  Agent,  if the  Trustee  (or the  Servicer  if the
Trustee is the Paying Agent)  determines in its sole  discretion that the Paying
Agent shall have failed to perform its  obligations  under this Agreement in any
material  respect or for other good cause.  The Trustee (or the  Servicer if the
Trustee is the Paying  Agent) shall notify  Moody's and Standard & Poor's of the
removal of any  Paying  Agent.  The Paying  Agent,  unless the  Supplement  with
respect to any Series states otherwise,  shall initially be the Trustee.  If any
form of Investor  Certificate  is issued as a Global  Certificate,  or if and so
long as any Series of Investor  Certificates  are listed on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange  and such  exchange  shall so  require,  the  Trustee  shall  appoint a
co-paying  agent in Luxembourg or another  European  city.  The Trustee shall be
permitted  to  resign  as  Paying  Agent  upon 30 days'  written  notice  to the
Servicer. In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the
Trustee  shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which shall be a bank
or trust company). The provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03 shall apply
to the  Trustee  also in its role as Paying  Agent,  for so long as the  Trustee
shall act as Paying Agent.  Any reference in this  Agreement to the Paying Agent
shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

            If specified in the related  Supplement  for any Series,  so long as
the Investor Certificates of such Series are outstanding,  the Transferors shall
maintain a co-paying agent in New York City (for Registered  Certificates  only)
or any other city  designated in such  Supplement  which,  if and so long as any
Series of Investor  Certificates  is listed on the Luxembourg  Stock Exchange or
other stock  exchange and such  exchange so requires,  shall be in Luxembourg or
the location required by such other stock exchange.

            ((a)) The Trustee  shall cause the Paying  Agent (other than itself)
to execute and deliver to the Trustee an  instrument  in which such Paying Agent
shall agree with the Trustee that such Paying Agent will hold all sums,  if any,
held by it for payment to the Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the
Certificateholders  entitled  thereto  until  such  sums  shall  be paid to such
Certificateholders  and shall  agree,  and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent it
hereby  agrees,  that it shall  comply  with all  requirements  of the  Internal
Revenue Code regarding the  withholding by the Trustee of payments in respect of
federal income taxes due from Certificate Owners.

                                       66

<PAGE>

            Section  6.07  Access  to  List  of  Certificateholders'  Names  and
                           -----------------------------------------------------
Addresses . The Trustee  will  furnish or cause to be  furnished by the Transfer
- ---------
Agent and  Registrar to the Servicer or the Paying  Agent,  within five Business
Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Servicer or the
Paying Agent,  respectively,  in writing, a list in such form as the Servicer or
the Paying  Agent may  reasonably  require,  of the names and  addresses  of the
Investor  Certificateholders  as of the most  recent  Record Date for payment of
distributions to Investor  Certificateholders.  Unless otherwise provided in the
related  Supplement,  holders  of  Investor  Certificates  evidencing  Undivided
Interests aggregating not less than 10% of the Investor Interest of the Investor
Certificates  of any  Series  (the  "Applicants")  may apply in  writing  to the
Trustee,   and  if  such  application  states  that  the  Applicants  desire  to
communicate with other Investor Certificateholders of any Series with respect to
their rights under this  Agreement  or under the  Investor  Certificates  and is
accompanied  by a copy of the  communication  which such  Applicants  propose to
transmit,  then the Trustee,  after having been  adequately  indemnified by such
Applicants for its costs and expenses,  shall afford or shall cause the Transfer
Agent and Registrar to afford such  Applicants  access  during  normal  business
hours to the most  recent  list of  Certificateholders  held by the  Trustee and
shall give the  Servicer  notice that such  request  has been made,  within five
Business Days after the receipt of such application.  Such list shall be as of a
date no more  than 45 days  prior to the  date of  receipt  of such  Applicants'
request. Every Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a Certificate, agrees
with the Trustee that neither the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, nor
any of their  respective  agents  shall be held  accountable  by  reason  of the
disclosure  of  any  such  information  as to the  names  and  addresses  of the
Certificateholders   hereunder,   regardless  of  the  source  from  which  such
information was obtained.

            Section 6.08  Authenticating Agent .
                          --------------------

            (a) The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating  agents with
respect to the  Certificates  which shall be  authorized to act on behalf of the
Trustee in  authenticating  the  Certificates  in connection  with the issuance,
delivery,  registration of transfer,  exchange or repayment of the Certificates.
Whenever   reference  is  made  in  this  Agreement  to  the  authentication  of
Certificates by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such
reference shall be deemed to include  authentication on behalf of the Trustee by
an authenticating  agent and a certificate of authentication  executed on behalf
of the Trustee by an  authenticating  agent. Each  authenticating  agent must be
acceptable to the Transferors.

            (b) Any institution  succeeding to the corporate agency business
of an authenticating  agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent without
the  execution  or  filing of any  paper or any  further  act on the part of the
Trustee or such authenticating agent.

                                       67

<PAGE>

            (c) An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written
notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Transferors.  The Trustee may at
any time  terminate  the agency of an  authenticating  agent by giving notice of
termination to such authenticating agent and to the Transferors.  Upon receiving
such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination,  or in case at any time
an  authenticating  agent  shall  cease to be  acceptable  to the Trustee or the
Transferors,  the Trustee promptly may appoint a successor authenticating agent.
Any successor  authenticating agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder
shall become  vested with all the rights,  powers and duties of its  predecessor
hereunder,  with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating  agent.
No successor  authenticating  agent shall be appointed unless  acceptable to the
Trustee and the Transferors.

            (d) The Trustee agrees to pay each authenticating  agent from time
to time  reasonable  compensation  for its services under this Section 6.08, and
the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed and the Servicer shall  reimburse
the  Trustee  for  such  reasonable  payments  actually  made,  subject  to  the
provisions of Section 11.05.

            (e) The  provisions  of  Sections  11.01,  11.02 and 11.03  shall be
applicable to any authenticating agent.

            (f)  Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section 6.08,
the Certificates may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee's certificate
of authentication,  an alternate  certificate of authentication in substantially
the following form:

            This  is one of  the  certificates  described  in  the  Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement.

                                    ---------------------------------
                                    as Authenticating Agent
                                      for the Trustee,

                                    By:_______________________________

                                       Authorized Officer

            Section 6.09  New Issuances .
                          -------------

            (a) Upon the  issuance of a new Series of  Investor  Certificates,
the  Trustee  shall  issue to or upon the order of the Holder of the  Transferor
Certificate  under Section 6.01, for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for
authentication   under  Section  6.02,  one  or  more  new  Series  of  Investor
Certificates. Any such Series of Investor Certificates shall be substantially in
the form specified in the related  Supplement and shall bear, upon its face, the
designation for such Series to which it belongs, as selected by the Transferors.
Except as  specified  in any  Supplement  for a  related  Series,  all  Investor
Certificates  of any Series  shall rank pari  passu and be equally  and  ratably
                                        ----  -----

                                       68

<PAGE>

entitled as  provided  herein to the  benefits  hereof  (except  that the Credit
Enhancement provided for any Series shall not be available for any other Series)
without  preference,  priority or  distinction  on account of the actual time or
times of  authentication  and  delivery,  all in  accordance  with the terms and
provisions of this Agreement and the related Supplement.

            (b) The  Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  may  permit a new
Series of Investor Certificates to be issued (a "New Issuance") by notifying the
Trustee,  in  writing  at least  three  (3) days in  advance  (an "New  Issuance
Notice") of the date upon which the New  Issuance  is to occur (a "New  Issuance
Date").  Any New Issuance  Notice shall state the designation of any Series (and
Class  thereof,  if  applicable) to be issued on the New Issuance Date and, with
respect to each such Series:  (a) its Initial  Investor  Interest (or the method
for calculating such Initial Investor Interest) (b) its Certificate Rate (or the
method for allocating  interest payments or other cash flows to such Series), if
any,  and (c) the Credit  Enhancement  Provider,  if any,  with  respect to such
Series. On the New Issuance Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any
such Series of Investor  Certificates only upon delivery to it of the following:
(a) a  Supplement  satisfying  the  criteria  set  forth in  subsection  6.09(c)
executed by the  Transferors  and specifying the Principal Terms of such Series,
(b) the  applicable  Credit  Enhancement,  if any,  (c) the  agreement,  if any,
pursuant to which the Credit  Enhancement  Provider agrees to provide the Credit
Enhancement,  if any,  (d) a Tax Opinion  with  respect to the  issuance of such
Series,  (e) written  confirmation from each Rating Agency that the New Issuance
will not result in such Rating  Agency's  reducing or withdrawing  its rating on
any  then  outstanding  Series  as to which  it is a  Rating  Agency  and (f) an
Officer's Certificate signed by a Vice President (or any more senior officer) of
the Transferors, that on the New Issuance Date (i) the Transferors, after giving
effect to the New  Issuance,  would not be required to add  Additional  Accounts
pursuant  to  subsection  2.06(a)  and  (ii)  after  giving  effect  to such New
Issuance,  the  Transferor  Interest  would  be at least  equal  to the  Minimum
Transferor  Interest.  Upon  satisfaction of such conditions,  the Trustee shall
cancel the existing Transferor  Certificate or applicable Investor Certificates,
as the case may be,  and issue,  as  provided  above,  such  Series of  Investor
Certificates  and a new  Transferor  Certificate,  dated the New Issuance  Date.
There is no limit to the number of New  Issuances  that may be  performed  under
this Agreement.

            (c) In  conjunction  with a New Issuance,  the parties  hereto shall
execute a Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to any
newly  issued  Series  of  Investor  Certificates,  which  may  include  without
limitation: (i) its name or designation,  (ii) an Initial Investor Interest or
the method of  calculating  the Initial  Investor  Interest, (iii) the method of
determining any Adjusted Investor Interest,  if applicable, (iv) the Certificate
Rate (or formula for the  determination  thereof),  (v) the Closing Date, (vi)
each rating agency rating such Series,  (vii) the name of the Clearing  Agency,

                                       69

<PAGE>

if any, (ix) the rights of the Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  that have
been  transferred  to the Holders of such Series  pursuant to such New  Issuance
(including   any  rights  to   allocations  of  Collections  of  Finance  Charge
Receivables and Principal  Receivables),  (x) the interest payment date or dates
and the date or dates from which interest shall accrue,  (xi) the periods during
which or dates on which  principal will be paid or accrued,  (xii) the method of
allocating  Collections  with respect to Principal  Receivables  for such Series
and, if  applicable,  with  respect to other  Series and the method by which the
principal amount of Investor Certificates of such
 and the method  for  allocating  Collections  with  respect  to Finance  Charge
Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts,  (xiii) any other Collections
with respect to Receivables  or other amounts  available to be paid with respect
to such  Series,  (xiv) the names of any  accounts to be used by such Series and
the terms governing the operation of any such account and use of moneys therein,
(xv) the Series Servicing Fee and the Series Servicing Fee Percentage, (xvi) the
Minimum  Transferor  Interest and, the Series Termination Date, (xvii) the terms
of  any  Credit  Enhancement  with  respect  to  such  Series,  and  the  Credit
Enhancement  Provider,  if applicable,  (xviii) the base rate applicable to such
Series,  (xix)  the  terms on  which  the  Certificates  of such  Series  may be
repurchased or remarketed to other investors,  (xx) any deposit into any account
provided  for such Series,  (xxi) the number of Classes of such  Series,  and if
more than one Class,  the  rights  and  priorities  of each such  Class,  (xxii)
whether  Interchange or other fees will be included in the funds available to be
paid for such  Series,  (xxiii) the  priority of any Series with  respect to any
other Series,  (xxiv) the Minimum  Aggregate up, (xxvi) whether such Series will
or may be a Paired  Series  and the  Series  with  which it will be  paired,  if
applicable,  and (xxvii)  any other  relevant  terms of such  Series  (including
whether or not such Series will be pledged as collateral  for an issuance of any
other  securities,  including  commercial paper) (all such terms, the "Principal
Terms" of such  Series).  The terms of such  Supplement  may modify or amend the
terms of this Agreement solely as applied to such new Series.  If on the date of
the issuance of such Series there is issued and  outstanding  one or more Series
of Investor  Certificates  and no Series of Investor  Certificates  is currently
rated by a Rating Agency,  then as a condition to such New Issuance a nationally
recognized  investment banking firm or commercial bank shall also deliver to the
Trustee an officer's  certificate  stating, in substance,  that the New Issuance
will not have an adverse  effect on the timing or  distribution  of  payments to
such other Series of Investor Certificates then issued and outstanding.

            (d) The  Transferors  may instruct the Trustee and upon receipt of
such instruction,  the Trustee shall alter the Transferor Certificate to provide
for one or more additional certificates (each a "Supplemental Certificate"), the
terms of  which  shall be  defined  in a  supplement  to this  Agreement  (which

                                       70

<PAGE>

supplement  shall be subject to  subsection  13.01(a) only to the extent that it
amends any of the terms of this Agreement), to be delivered to or upon the order
of the Transferors (or the Holder of a Supplemental Certificate,  in the case of
the transfer or exchange thereof,  as provided below),  upon satisfaction of the
following conditions:

            (i) The  Transferors  shall have given written notice to each Rating
      Agency of such Supplemental Certificate issuance;

            (ii) the Transferor Interest (excluding the interest  represented by
      any  Supplemental  Certificate)  shall  not be less  than 2% of the  total
      amount of Principal Receivables as of the date of, and after giving effect
      to, such issuance; and

            (iii) if any Series of Investor  Certificates  are outstanding  that
      were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance,  the Transferors
      shall have  delivered to the Trustee and each Rating  Agency an opinion of
      counsel, dated the date of such issuance, to the effect that such issuance
      does  not  adversely  affect  the  conclusions  reached  in any of the Tax
      Opinions  delivered  in  connection  with the  issuance of any  applicable
      Series of Certificates.

Any Supplemental  Certificate may be transferred  only upon  satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in clause (ii) above.

            (e) The Transferor  Certificate (or any interest therein) may be
transferred to a Person which is a member of the "affiliated group" of which the
Corporation is the "common parent" (as such terms are defined in Section 1504(a)
of the Code);  provided  that (i) if any  Series of  Investor  Certificates  are
outstanding that were  characterized as debt at the time of their issuance,  the
Transferors  shall have  delivered  to the Trustee and each Rating  Agency a Tax
Opinion,  dated the date of such transfer,  with respect  thereto,  and (ii) any
such  transferee  shall be deemed to be a "Transferor"  for purposes of Sections
7.04 and 9.02.

            Section 6.10 Book-Entry  Certificates . Unless otherwise provided in
                         ------------------------
any related Supplement, the Investor Certificates, upon original issuance, shall
be issued in the form of typewritten  Certificates  representing  the Book-Entry
Certificates,  to be delivered to the  depository  specified in such  Supplement
(the  "Depository")  which  shall be the  Clearing  Agency or  Foreign  Clearing
Agency, by or on behalf of such Series. The Investor Certificates of each Series
shall,  unless  otherwise  provided  in the  related  Supplement,  initially  be
registered  on the  Certificate  Register  in the  name  of the  nominee  of the
Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency.  No Certificate Owner will receive a
definitive  certificate  representing  such Certificate  Owner's interest in the
related  Series of Investor  Certificates,  except as provided in Section  6.12.
Unless and until  definitive,  fully  registered  Investor  Certificates  of any
Series  ("Definitive  Certificates")  have  been  issued to  Certificate  Owners
pursuant to Section 6.12:

                                       71

<PAGE>

            (i)  the provisions of this Section 6.10 shall be in full force
      and effect with respect to each such Series;

            (ii) the Transferors,  the Servicer,  the Paying Agent, the Transfer
      Agent and Registrar and the Trustee may deal with the Clearing  Agency and
      the Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the making of
      distributions  on the  Investor  Certificates  of each such Series) as the
      authorized representatives of the Certificate Owners;

            (iii)  to the  extent  that  the  provisions  of this  Section  6.10
      conflict with any other  provisions of this  Agreement,  the provisions of
      this Section 6.10 shall control with respect to each such Series; and

            (iv) the rights of  Certificate  Owners of each such Series shall be
      exercised only through the Clearing Agency or Foreign  Clearing Agency and
      the applicable  Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those
      established by law and agreements  between such Certificate Owners and the
      Clearing  Agency or Foreign  Clearing  Agency  and/or the Clearing  Agency
      Participants. Pursuant to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series,
      unless  and  until  Definitive  Certificates  of such  Series  are  issued
      pursuant to Section 6.12, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry
      transfers among the Clearing Agency  Participants and receive and transmit
      distributions  of principal and interest on the Investor  Certificates  to
      such Clearing Agency Participants.

            Section 6.11 Notices to Clearing  Agency . Whenever  notice or other
                         ---------------------------
communication to the Certificateholders is required under this Agreement, unless
and until Definitive  Certificates  shall have been issued to Certificate Owners
pursuant  to  Section  6.12,  the  Trustee  shall  give  all  such  notices  and
communications  specified  herein  to  be  given  to  Holders  of  the  Investor
Certificates to the Clearing Agency or Foreign  Clearing Agency for distribution
to Holders of Investor Certificates.

            Section 6.12  Definitive  Certificates . If (i) (A) the  Transferors
                          ------------------------
advise the  Trustee  in writing  that the  Clearing  Agency or Foreign  Clearing
Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge  properly its  responsibilities
under  the  applicable  Depository  Agreement,  and  (B) the  Trustee  is or the
Transferors are unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Transferors, at
their  option,  advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to  terminate  the
book-entry  system through the Clearing  Agency or Foreign  Clearing Agency with
respect  to any  Series  of  Certificates  or (iii)  after the  occurrence  of a
Servicer  Default,  Certificate  Owners  of  a  Series  representing  beneficial
interests  aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor Interest of such Series

                                       72

<PAGE>

advise the Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency
through  the  applicable  Clearing  Agency  Participants  in  writing  that  the
continuation  of a book-entry  system through the applicable  Clearing Agency or
Foreign  Clearing  Agency is no longer in the best interests of the  Certificate
Owners, the Trustee shall notify all Certificate Owners of such Series,  through
the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such event
and of the availability of Definitive Certificates to Certificate Owners of such
Series  requesting  the same.  Upon  surrender  to the  Trustee of the  Investor
Certificates  of such  Series  by the  applicable  Clearing  Agency  or  Foreign
Clearing Agency,  accompanied by registration  instructions  from the applicable
Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency for  registration,  the Trustee shall
issue the Definitive  Certificates  of such Series.  Neither the Transferors nor
the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such  instructions  and
may  conclusively   rely  on,  and  shall  be  protected  in  relying  on,  such
instructions.  Upon the issuance of Definitive  Certificates  of such Series all
references  herein  to  obligations  imposed  upon  or to be  performed  by  the
applicable  Clearing  Agency or Foreign  Clearing  Agency  shall be deemed to be
imposed upon and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect
to such Definitive Certificates,  and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of
the Definitive  Certificates of such Series as Certificateholders of such Series
hereunder.
            Section 6.13 Global Certificate; Euro-Certificate Exchange Date . If
                         --------------------------------------------------
specified in the related  Supplement for any Series,  the Investor  Certificates
may be initially  issued in the form of a single  temporary  Global  Certificate
(the "Global  Certificate")  in bearer form,  without interest  coupons,  in the
denomination  of the Initial  Investor  Interest and  substantially  in the form
attached to the related  Supplement.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related
Supplement,  the  provisions  of this  Section  6.13 shall  apply to such Global
Certificate.  The Global  Certificate  will be authenticated by the Trustee upon
the same conditions,  in substantially  the same manner and with the same effect
as the Definitive  Certificates.  The Global Certificate may be exchanged in the
manner described in the related Supplement for Registered or Bearer Certificates
in definitive form.

            Section 6.14 Meetings of Certificateholders .
                         ------------------------------

            To the extent  provided by the  Supplement  for any Series issued in
whole or in part in Bearer Certificates,  the Servicer or the Trustee may at any
time call a meeting of the Certificateholders of such Series, to be held at such
time and at such place as the Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall
determine,  for the purpose of approving a  modification  of or amendment to, or
obtaining a waiver of, any  covenant or  condition  set forth in this  Agreement
with respect to such Series or in the  Certificates  of such Series,  subject to
Section 13.01 of this Agreement.

                                       73

<PAGE>

            Section 6.15  Uncertificated  Classes . Notwithstanding  anything to
                          -----------------------
the contrary  contained in this Article VI or in Article XII,  unless  otherwise
specified in any Supplement,  any provisions contained in this Article VI and in
Article  XII  relating to the  registration,  form,  execution,  authentication,
delivery, presentation,  cancellation and surrender of Certificates shall not be
applicable to any uncertificated Certificates.


                             [End of Article VI]


                                       74

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE VII

                             OTHER MATTERS RELATING
                               TO EACH TRANSFEROR

            Section 7.01 Liability of each Transferor . Each Transferor shall be
                         ----------------------------
liable in  accordance  herewith  to the extent of the  obligations  specifically
undertaken by the Transferor.

            Section  7.02  Merger  or  Consolidation  of, or  Assumption  of the
                           -----------------------------------------------------
Obligations of, a Transferor .
- ----------------------------

            (a) A Transferor  shall not consolidate with or merge into any other
Person or convey or  transfer  its  properties  and assets  substantially  as an
entirety to any Person, unless:

            (i) the  Person  formed by such  consolidation  or into  which  such
      Transferor  is  merged or the  Person  which  acquires  by  conveyance  or
      transfer the properties and assets of such Transferor  substantially as an
      entirety  shall  be,  if  such  Transferor  is not the  surviving  entity,
      organized  and existing  under the laws of the United States of America or
      any State or the  District of  Columbia,  and shall be a national  banking
      association,  state  banking  corporation  or  other  entity  which is not
      subject to the  bankruptcy  laws of the United States of America and shall
      expressly  assume,  by an  agreement  supplemental  hereto,  executed  and
      delivered  to the  Trustee,  in  form  satisfactory  to the  Trustee,  the
      performance  of every  covenant  and  obligation  of such  Transferor,  as
      applicable  hereunder,  and shall  benefit from all the rights  granted to
      such Transferor,  as applicable  hereunder.  To the extent that any right,
      covenant or  obligation  of a  Transferor,  as  applicable  hereunder,  is
      inapplicable  to the  successor  entity,  such  successor  entity shall be
      subject to such  covenant or  obligation,  or benefit from such right,  as
      would apply,  to the extent  practicable,  to such  successor  entity.  In
      furtherance  hereof,  in applying this Section 7.02 to a successor entity,
      Section 9.02 hereof shall be applied by reference to events of involuntary
      liquidation,  receivership or conservatorship applicable to such successor
      entity as shall be set forth in the  officer's  certificate  described  in
      subsection 7.02(a) (ii);

            (ii)  such  Transferor  shall  have  delivered  to  the  Trustee  an
      Officer's  Certificate  signed  by a Vice  President  (or any more  senior
      officer)  of such  Transferor  stating  that such  consolidation,  merger,
      conveyance or transfer and such  supplemental  agreement  comply with this
      Section  7.02  and that  all  conditions  precedent  herein  provided  for
      relating to such  transaction  have been  complied  with and an Opinion of
      Counsel that such supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding; and

                                       75

<PAGE>

            (iii) such  Transferor  shall have  delivered  notice to each Rating
      Agency of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer.

            (b) The  obligations  of a  Transferor  hereunder  shall  not  be
assignable  nor shall any Person  succeed  to the  obligations  of a  Transferor
hereunder  except for  mergers,  consolidations,  assumptions  or  transfers  in
accordance with the provisions of the foregoing paragraph.

            Section  7.03  Limitation  on Liability . The  directors,  officers,
                           ------------------------
employees or agents of any  Transferor  shall not be under any  liability to the
Trust, the Trustee, the  Certificateholders,  any Credit Enhancement Provider or
any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered  hereunder,  it
being  expressly  understood  that all such  liability is  expressly  waived and
released as a condition  of, and as  consideration  for,  the  execution of this
Agreement and any  Supplement  and the issuance of the  Certificates;  provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  that  this  provision  shall  not  protect  the  officers,  directors,
- -------
employees,  or  agents of any  Transferor  against  any  liability  which  would
otherwise  be  imposed  by reason  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence in the  performance  of duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of
obligations  and duties  hereunder.  Except as  provided  in Section  7.04,  the
Transferor  shall not be under any  liability  to the Trust,  the  Trustee,  the
Certificateholders,  any Credit Enhancement Provider or any other Person for any
action taken or for refraining  from the taking of any action in its capacity as
a Transferor  pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement  whether arising from
express or implied  duties  under this  Agreement or any  Supplement;  provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  that this  provision  shall not  protect  any  Transferor  against any
- -------
liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad
faith or gross  negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless
disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. Each Transferor and any director,
officer,  employee  or agent of each  Transferor  may rely in good  faith on any
document of any kind prima facie  properly  executed and submitted by any Person
                     ----- -----
respecting any matters arising hereunder.

            Section 7.04  Liabilities  .  Notwithstanding  any provision of this
                          -----------
Agreement  (including  without  limitation  Sections 3.02,  7.03, 8.03, 8.04 and
11.11),  by  entering  into this  Agreement,  each  Transferor  agrees,  without
duplication,  to be liable, directly to the injured party, for the entire amount
of any losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by an
Investor  Certificateholder  in the  capacity  of an  investor  in the  Investor
Certificates)  arising  out of or based on each of the  arrangements  created by
this  Agreement and the actions of the Servicer  taken  pursuant  hereto (to the
extent   any   property   of  the  Trust  is   remaining   after  the   Investor
Certificateholders  and Credit Enhancement  providers have been paid in full are
insufficient to pay such losses,  claims, damages or liabilities) as though this
Agreement  created a partnership  under the New York Uniform  Partnership Act in

                                       76

<PAGE>

which each  Transferor  was a general  partner.  The rights to the injured party
provided by this Section 7.04 shall run directly to and be  enforceable  by such
party subject to the  limitations  hereof.  In the event of the appointment of a
Successor  Servicer,  the  Successor  Servicer will (from its own assets and not
from the  assets of the  Trust)  indemnify  and hold  harmless  each  Transferor
against and from any losses,  claims, damages and liabilities of such Transferor
as  described  in this  Section  arising  from the actions or  omissions of such
Successor Servicer.

                              [End Of Article VII]



                                       77

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                             OTHER MATTERS RELATING
                               TO THE SERVICER

            Section  8.01  Liability  of the  Servicer . The  Servicer  shall be
                           ---------------------------
liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by the Servicer in such capacity herein.

            Section  8.02  Merger  or  Consolidation  of, or  Assumption  of the
                           -----------------------------------------------------
Obligations of, the Servicer . The Servicer shall not consolidate  with or merge
- ----------------------------
into  any  other  Person  or  convey  or  transfer  its  properties  and  assets
substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

            (i) the  Person  formed  by such  consolidation  or into  which  the
      Servicer is merged or the Person which  acquires by conveyance or transfer
      the  properties  and assets of the Servicer  substantially  as an entirety
      shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United
      States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and shall be a
      state or national banking association or other entity which is not subject
      to the  bankruptcy  laws of the  United  States  of  America  and,  if the
      Servicer  is not the  surviving  entity,  shall  expressly  assume,  by an
      agreement  supplemental  hereto,  executed and delivered to the Trustee in
      form  satisfactory  to the Trustee,  the performance of every covenant and
      obligation  of the  Servicer  hereunder  (to the  extent  that any  right,
      covenant or  obligation  of the  Servicer,  as  applicable  hereunder,  is
      inapplicable  to the  successor  entity,  such  successor  entity shall be
      subject to such  covenant or  obligation,  or benefit from such right,  as
      would apply, to the extent practicable, to such successor entity);

            (ii) the Servicer  shall have  delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
      Certificate that such  consolidation,  merger,  conveyance or transfer and
      such  supplemental  agreement  comply with this  Section 8.02 and that all
      conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
      been  complied  with and an  Opinion  of  Counsel  that such  supplemental
      agreement is legal, valid and binding with respect to the Servicer; and

            (iii) the Servicer shall have delivered  notice to the Rating Agency
      of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer.

            Section  8.03  Limitation  on Liability of the Servicer and Others .
                           ---------------------------------------------------
The directors,  officers, employees or agents of the Servicer shall not be under
any  liability to the Trust,  the Trustee,  the  Certificateholders,  any Credit
Enhancement  Provider or any other Person  hereunder or pursuant to any document
delivered  hereunder,  it being expressly  understood that all such liability is

                                       78

<PAGE>

expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as  consideration  for, the
execution  of  this  Agreement  and  any  Supplement  and  the  issuance  of the
Certificates;  provided,  however,  that this  provision  shall not  protect the
               --------   -------
directors,  officers, employees and agents of the Servicer against any liability
which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or
gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard
of  obligations  and duties  hereunder.  Except as provided in Section 8.04 with
respect to the Trust and the Trustee,  its  officers,  directors,  employees and
agents, the Servicer shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee,
its officers,  directors,  employees and agents, the  Certificateholders  or any
other  Person  for any  action  taken or for  refraining  from the taking of any
action in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement;
provided,  however,  that this provision shall not protect the Servicer  against
- --------   -------
any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance,
bad faith or gross  negligence in the  performance of duties or by reason of its
reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and  duties  hereunder  or  under  any
Supplement.  The  Servicer  may rely in good faith on any  document  of any kind
prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters
- ----- -----
arising hereunder.  The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in,
prosecute or defend any legal action  which is not  incidental  to its duties to
service  the  Receivables  in  accordance  with  this  Agreement  which  in  its
reasonable opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

            Section 8.04 Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustee .
                         -----------------------------------------------------
The Servicer  shall  indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and the Trustee,  its
officers, directors, employees and agents, from and against any reasonable loss,
liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts
or  omissions  or alleged  acts or  omissions  of the  Servicer  with respect to
activities  of the  Trust  or the  Trustee  pursuant  to this  Agreement  or any
Supplement,  including,  but not  limited to any  judgment,  award,  settlement,
reasonable  attorneys'  fees and other costs or expenses  incurred in connection
with the  defense  of any  actual or  threatened  action,  proceeding  or claim;
provided,  however,  that the Servicer  shall not  indemnify the Trustee if such
- --------   -------
acts,  omissions or alleged acts or omissions constitute or are caused by fraud,
negligence,  or willful  misconduct by the Trustee;  provided further,  that the
Servicer shall not indemnify the Trust, the Investor  Certificateholders  or the
Certificate  Owners for any  liabilities,  costs or  expenses  of the Trust with
respect  to any action  taken by the  Trustee  at the  request  of the  Investor
Certificateholders;  provided further, that the Servicer shall not indemnify the
                     -------- -------
Trust,  the  Investor  Certificateholders  or the  Certificate  Owners as to any
losses,  claims  or  damages  incurred  by any of them in  their  capacities  as
investors, including without limitation losses incurred as a result of Defaulted
Accounts or  Receivables  which are written off as  uncollectible;  and provided
                                                                        --------
further,  that  the  Servicer  shall  not  indemnify  the  Trust,  the  Investor
- -------
Certificateholders  or the  Certificate  Owners  for any  liabilities,  costs or

                                       79

<PAGE>

expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners
arising under any tax law,  including without  limitation,  any federal,  state,
local or  foreign  income or  franchise  taxes or any other  tax  imposed  on or
measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising
from a failure  to  comply  therewith)  required  to be paid by the  Trust,  the
Investor  Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners in connection herewith to
any taxing  authority.  Any such  indemnification  shall not be payable from the
assets of the Trust.  The provisions of this indemnity shall run directly to and
be enforceable by an injured party subject to the  limitations  hereof and shall
survive  the  termination  of this Trust and the  resignation  or removal of the
Trustee.

            Section 8.05 The  Servicer  Not to Resign . The  Servicer  shall not
                         ----------------------------
resign  from the  obligations  and  duties  hereby  imposed  on it  except  upon
determination  that (i) the  performance  of its duties  hereunder  is no longer
permissible  under  applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable  action which
the  Servicer  could  take to  make  the  performance  of its  duties  hereunder
permissible  under  applicable  law.  Any  such  determination   permitting  the
resignation  of the  Servicer  shall be  evidenced  as to clause (i) above by an
Opinion of Counsel and as to clause (ii) by an  Officer's  Certificate,  each to
such effect delivered to the Trustee. No such resignation shall become effective
until  the   Trustee  or  a   Successor   Servicer   shall  have   assumed   the
responsibilities  and  obligations  of the Servicer in  accordance  with Section
10.02  hereof.  If the  Trustee  is unable  within  120 days of the date of such
determination  to appoint a  Successor  Servicer,  the  Trustee  shall  serve as
Successor Servicer hereunder.

            Section  8.06  Access  to  Certain   Documentation  and  Information
                           -----------------------------------------------------
Regarding the  Receivables . The Servicer shall provide to the Trustee access to
- --------------------------
the documentation regarding the Accounts and the Receivables in such cases where
the Trustee is required in connection  with the enforcement of the rights of the
Investor Certificateholders,  or by applicable statutes or regulations to review
such documentation,  such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon
reasonable  request,  (ii) during normal  business  hours,  (iii) subject to the
Servicer's  normal security and  confidentiality  procedures and (iv) at offices
designated by the Servicer. Nothing in this Section 8.06 shall derogate from the
obligation  of any  Transferor,  the  Trustee or the  Servicer  to  observe  any
applicable law prohibiting  disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and
the failure of the  Servicer to provide  access as provided in this Section 8.06
as a result of such  obligations  shall not  constitute a breach of this Section
8.06.

            Section  8.07  Delegation  of  Duties . In the  ordinary  course  of
                           ----------------------
business,  the  Servicer may at any time  delegate  any duties  hereunder to any
Person who agrees to conduct  such  duties in  accordance  with the Credit  Card
Guidelines. Any such delegations shall not relieve the Servicer of its liability

                                       80

<PAGE>

and  responsibility  with  respect to such  duties,  and shall not  constitute a
resignation within the meaning of Section 8.05 hereof.  Notification of any such
delegation shall be given to each Rating Agency.

            Section 8.08 Examination of Records . The Servicer shall clearly and
                         ----------------------        
unambiguously identify each Account (including any Additional Account designated
pursuant to Section  2.06) in its computer or other  records to reflect that the
Receivables  arising in such Account have been conveyed to the Trust pursuant to
this  Agreement.  The Servicer  shall,  prior to the sale or transfer to a third
party of any  receivable  held in its  custody,  examine its  computer and other
records to determine that such receivable is not a Receivable.

                            [End of Article VIII]



                                       81

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 PAY OUT EVENTS

            Section  9.01 Pay Out  Events . If any one of the  following  events
                          ---------------
(each, a "Trust Pay Out Event") shall occur:

            (a) any  Transferor or other Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate
shall consent to the  appointment  of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in
any insolvency,  readjustment of debt,  marshalling of assets and liabilities or
similar  proceedings  of or relating to such  Transferor  or other Holder of the
Transferor  Certificate or all or substantially all of its property, or a decree
or order of a court or agency or supervisory  authority  having  jurisdiction in
the premises for the  appointment  of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in
any insolvency,  readjustment of debt,  marshalling of assets and liabilities or
similar proceedings,  or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall
have been  entered  against any  Transferor  or other  Holder of the  Transferor
Certificate;  or any  Transferor or other Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate
shall admit in writing its  inability to pay its debts  generally as they become
due,  file a  petition  to  take  advantage  of  any  applicable  insolvency  or
reorganization  statute,  make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or
voluntarily  suspend payment of its obligations  (any such event, an "Insolvency
Event");

            (b)  any  Transferor  shall  become  unable  for any  reason  to
transfer  Receivables  to the Trust in  accordance  with the  provisions of this
Agreement; or

            (c) the Trust shall become subject to regulation by the Securities
and Exchange  Commission as an  "investment  company"  within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act;

then a Pay Out Event  with  respect to all Series of  Certificates  shall  occur
without any notice or other  action on the part of the  Trustee or the  Investor
Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

            Section 9.02 Additional Rights upon the Occurrence of Certain
                         ------------------------------------------------
Events. (a) If an  Insolvency  Event occurs with respect to any  Transferor or
- ------
other Holder of the Transferor Certificate, each Transferor shall on the day any
such Insolvency Event occurs (the "Appointment Date"), immediately cease to
                                   ----------------
transfer Principal Receivables and Discount Option Receivables to the Trust and
shall promptly give notice to the Trustee thereof. Notwithstanding any cessation
of the transfer to the Trust of additional Principal Receivables and Discount
Option  Receivables,  Principal  Receivables  and  Discount  Option  Receivables
transferred  to the Trust  prior to the  occurrence  of such  Insolvency  Event,
Collections  in  respect  of  such  Principal   Receivables,   Discount   Option
Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables (whenever created) accrued in respect
of such Principal  Receivables and Discount Option Receivables shall continue to
be a part of the Trust.  Upon the Appointment Date, this Agreement and the Trust

                                       82

<PAGE>

shall  terminate,  subject  to  the  liquidation,   winding-up  and  dissolution
procedures  described below. Within 15 days of the Appointment Date, the Trustee
shall (i) publish a notice in an Authorized  Newspaper that an Insolvency  Event
has  occurred,  that the Trust has  terminated  and that the Trustee  intends to
sell,  dispose  of  or  otherwise  liquidate  the  Receivables  on  commercially
reasonable terms and in a commercially reasonable manner and (ii) give notice to
Certificateholders  and other interested  persons described below describing the
provisions of this Section and requesting instructions from such Holders. Unless
the Trustee shall have received instructions within 60 days from the date notice
pursuant  to clause (i) above is first  published  from (x)  Holders of Investor
Certificates  evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate  unpaid principal amount
of each Series or, with respect to any Series with two or more Classes,  of each
Class, and (y) any Transferor  (other than the Transferor that is the subject of
such  Insolvency  Event),  and each  holder  of an  interest  in the  Transferor
Interest (including any Holder of a Supplemental Certificate) not subject to the
Insolvency  Event  (including any permitted  successor or assignee under Section
7.02) and (z) each  Person  designated  by any  Transferor  to the Trustee in an
Officer's  Certificate  or  Series  Supplement  prior to the  occurrence  of the
Insolvency Event, to the effect that such Persons  disapprove of the liquidation
of the Receivables  and wish to reconstitute  the Trust pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement (as amended in connection with such reconstitution),  the Trustee
shall  promptly  sell,  dispose of or otherwise  liquidate the  Receivables in a
commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms, which shall
include the  solicitation  of  competitive  bids. The Trustee may obtain a prior
determination from any such conservator,  receiver or liquidator of a Transferor
or other Holder of the Transferor  Certificate  that the terms and manner of any
proposed sale,  disposition  or liquidation  are  commercially  reasonable.  The
provisions  of  Sections  9.01 and  9.02  shall  not be  deemed  to be  mutually
exclusive.

            (b) The proceeds from the sale,  disposition  or liquidation of the
Receivables  and  any   Participation   Interests   pursuant  to  paragraph  (a)
("Insolvency  Proceeds")  shall  be  immediately  deposited  in  the  Collection
  --------------------
Account.  The Trustee shall determine  conclusively the amount of the Insolvency
Proceeds  which are  deemed  to be  Finance  Charge  Receivables  and  Principal
Receivables,  allocating  Insolvency  Proceeds to Finance Charge Receivables and
Principal  Receivables  in the same  proportion as the amount of Finance  Charge
Receivables  and  Principal  Receivables  bear  to  one  another  on  the  prior
Determination  Date.  The  Insolvency  Proceeds shall be allocated in accordance
with the terms of Article IV of each  Supplement  and  distributed  to  Investor
Certificateholders in accordance with the terms of each Supplement.

                                       83

<PAGE>

            (c) The  Trustee may appoint an agent or agents to assist with its
responsibilities pursuant to this Article IX with respect to competitive bids.

                             [End of Article IX]


                                       84

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE X

                              SERVICER DEFAULTS

            Section 10.01  Servicer Defaults .  If any one of the following
                           -----------------
events (a "Servicer Default") shall occur and be continuing:

            (a) any failure by the Servicer to make any  payment,  transfer or
deposit or to give  instructions or notice to the Trustee pursuant to Article IV
or to instruct the Trustee to make any required drawing,  withdrawal, or payment
under any Credit  Enhancement  on or before the date  occurring 10 Business Days
after the date such  payment,  transfer,  deposit  withdrawal or drawing or such
instruction or notice is required to be made or given, as the case may be, under
the terms of this Agreement;

            (b) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform
in any respect any other  covenants or  agreements  of the Servicer set forth in
this   Agreement,   which  has  a  material   adverse  effect  on  the  Investor
Certificateholders  of any Series and which continues unremedied for a period of
60 days after the date on which written  notice of such  failure,  requiring the
same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to
the Servicer and the Trustee by the Holders of Investor Certificates  evidencing
Undivided  Interests  aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor  Interest of
any Series  adversely  affected  thereby and continues to  materially  adversely
affect such Investor  Certificateholders  for such period; or the Servicer shall
delegate its duties under this Agreement, except as permitted by Section 8.07;

            (c)  any  representation,  warranty  or  certification  made  by the
Servicer in this  Agreement  or in any  certificate  delivered  pursuant to this
Agreement  shall prove to have been  incorrect  when made,  which has a material
adverse  effect  on the  Investor  Certificateholders  of any  Series  and which
continues to be incorrect in any material  respect for a period of 60 days after
the date on which  written  notice  of such  failure,  requiring  the same to be
remedied,  shall  have been  given to the  Servicer  by the  Trustee,  or to the
Servicer  and the  Trustee by the Holders of  Investor  Certificates  evidencing
Undivided  Interests  aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor  Interest of
any Series  adversely  affected  thereby and continues to  materially  adversely
affect such Investor Certificateholders for such period; or

            (d) the Servicer  shall consent to the  appointment of a conservator
or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency,  readjustment of debt,  marshalling
of assets and liabilities or similar  proceedings of or relating to the Servicer
or of or relating to all or  substantially  all of its property,  or a decree or
order of a court or agency or supervisory  authority having  jurisdiction in the
premises for the  appointment  of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any
insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling  of assets and  liabilities  or

                                       85

<PAGE>

similar proceedings,  or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall
have been  entered  against  the  Servicer,  and such decree or order shall have
remained  in force  undischarged  or  unstayed  for a period of 60 days;  or the
Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they
become due, file a petition to take  advantage of any  applicable  insolvency or
reorganization  statute, make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors or
voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations;

then, so long as such Servicer Default shall not have been remedied,  either the
Trustee, or the Holders of Investor Certificates  evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating  more than 50% of the Aggregate  Investor  Interest,  by notice then
given in writing to the  Servicer  (and to the Trustee if given by the  Investor
Certificateholders)  (a "Termination  Notice"),  may terminate all of the rights
and obligations of the Servicer as Servicer under this Agreement.  After receipt
by the  Servicer of such  Termination  Notice,  and on the date that a Successor
Servicer shall have been appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.02, all
authority and power of the Servicer  under this  Agreement  shall pass to and be
vested in a Successor Servicer;  and, without limitation,  the Trustee is hereby
authorized  and  empowered  (upon the failure of the Servicer to  cooperate)  to
execute  and  deliver,  on  behalf  of  the  Servicer,  as  attorney-in-fact  or
otherwise,  all documents and other instruments upon the failure of the Servicer
to execute or deliver such  documents or  instruments,  and to do and accomplish
all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such
transfer of servicing rights and  obligations.  The Servicer agrees to cooperate
with the Trustee and such Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the
responsibilities  and  rights of the  Servicer  to conduct  servicing  hereunder
including,  without  limitation,  the transfer to such Successor Servicer of all
authority  of the  Servicer to service the  Receivables  provided for under this
Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,  all authority over all Collections
which shall on the date of  transfer be held by the  Servicer  for  deposit,  or
which have been  deposited  by the  Servicer,  in the  Collection  Account,  the
Finance Charge Account,  the Principal Account, and any Series Account, or which
shall thereafter be received with respect to the  Receivables,  and in assisting
the  Successor  Servicer and in enforcing  all rights to Insurance  Proceeds and
Interchange  (if any)  applicable  to the Trust.  The  Servicer  shall  promptly
transfer its electronic  records or electronic  copies  thereof  relating to the
Receivables to the Successor  Servicer in such  electronic form as the Successor
Servicer may  reasonably  request and shall  promptly  transfer to the Successor
Servicer all other  records,  correspondence  and  documents  necessary  for the
continued  servicing of the  Receivables  in the manner and at such times as the
Successor Servicer shall reasonably  request. To the extent that compliance with
this  Section  10.01  shall  require the  Servicer to disclose to the  Successor
Servicer  information  of any kind  which the  Servicer  reasonably  deems to be
confidential,  the  Successor  Servicer  shall be  required  to enter  into such
customary  licensing and  confidentiality  agreements as the Servicer shall deem
necessary  to protect its  interests.  The  Servicer  shall,  on the date of any
servicing transfer,  transfer all of its rights and obligations under the Credit
Enhancement with respect to any Series to the Successor Servicer.

                                       86

<PAGE>

            Notwithstanding the foregoing,  a delay in or failure of performance
referred to in  subsection  10.01(a)  for a period of 10 Business  Days or under
subsection  10.01(b)  or  (c)  for a  period  of 60  Business  Days,  shall  not
constitute a Servicer Default if such delay or failure could not be prevented by
the exercise of  reasonable  diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure
was caused by an act of God or the public enemy,  acts of declared or undeclared
war,  public  disorder,  rebellion,  riot or  sabotage,  epidemics,  landslides,
lightning,  fire,  hurricanes,  tornadoes,  earthquakes,  nuclear  disasters  or
meltdowns, floods, power outages or similar causes. The preceding sentence shall
not relieve the Servicer from using its best efforts to perform its  obligations
in a timely  manner  in  accordance  with the  terms of this  Agreement  and the
Servicer  shall  provide the  Trustee,  any Credit  Enhancement  Provider,  each
Transferor  and  the  Holders  of  Investor   Certificates   with  an  Officer's
Certificate giving prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a
description  of the cause of such failure or delay and its efforts so to perform
its obligations.

            Section 10.02  Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor .
                           ----------------------------------------

            (a) On and after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice
pursuant to Section 10.01,  the Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing
functions  under this  Agreement  until the date  specified  in the  Termination
Notice or  otherwise  specified by the Trustee in writing or, if no such date is
specified in such  Termination  Notice,  or otherwise  specified by the Trustee,
until a date mutually agreed upon by the Servicer and Trustee. The Trustee shall
notify each Rating Agency of such removal of the Servicer. The Trustee shall, as
promptly  as  possible  after  the  giving  of a  Termination  Notice  appoint a
successor servicer (the "Successor Servicer"), and such Successor Servicer shall
accept its  appointment  by a written  assumption  in a form  acceptable  to the
Trustee.  The Trustee may obtain bids from any potential successor servicer.  If
the Trustee is unable to obtain any bids from any potential  successor  servicer
and the Servicer delivers an Officer's  Certificate to the effect that it cannot
in good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to a Termination Notice,
and if the  Trustee is legally  unable to act as  Successor  Servicer,  then the
Trustee  shall notify each Credit  Enhancement  Provider of the proposed sale of
the  Receivables  and shall  provide  each such Credit  Enhancement  Provider an
opportunity to bid on the  Receivables and shall offer each Transferor the right
of first refusal to acquire the  Receivables  transferred by such  Transferor on
terms equivalent to the best purchase offer as determined by the Trustee, but in
no event less than an amount  equal to the  Aggregate  Investor  Interest on the

                                       87

<PAGE>

date of such  acquisition  plus all  interest  accrued  but unpaid on all of the
                           ----
outstanding Investor Certificates at the applicable Certificate Rate through the
date of such acquisition;  provided, however, that if the short-term deposits or
                           --------  -------
long-term  unsecured  debt  obligations  of such  Transferor (or if neither such
deposits  nor such  obligations  of such  Transferor  are rated by  Moody's,  if
Moody's  is  a  Rating  Agency  with  respect  to  any  Series  of  Certificates
outstanding,  then of the  holding  company of such  Transferor  so long as such
holding company shall be BankAmerica  Corporation)  are not rated at the time of
such acquisition at least P-3 or Baa3, respectively, by Moody's, if Moody's is a
Rating Agency with respect to any Series of  Certificates  outstanding,  no such
acquisition by such Transferor  shall occur unless such Transferor shall deliver
an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that such acquisition
would not constitute a fraudulent conveyance by such Transferor. The proceeds of
such purchase or acquisition  shall be deposited in the Distribution  Account or
any Series Account, as provided in the related  Supplement,  for distribution to
the Investor  Certificateholders  of each outstanding Series pursuant to Section
12.03 of this  Agreement.  In the event that a Successor  Servicer  has not been
appointed  and has not  accepted its  appointment  at the time when the Servicer
ceases  to  act  as  Servicer,   the  Trustee   without   further  action  shall
automatically be appointed the Successor  Servicer.  Notwithstanding  the above,
the  Trustee  shall,  if it is  legally  unable so to act,  petition  a court of
competent  jurisdiction to appoint any established financial institution having,
in the  case of an  entity  that  is  subject  to  risk-based  capital  adequacy
requirements,  risk-based  capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an
entity  that is not subject to  risk-based  capital  requirements,  having a net
worth of not less than  $50,000,000  and whose  regular  business  includes  the
servicing  of  VISA or  MasterCard  credit  card  receivables  as the  Successor
Servicer hereunder.

            (b)  Upon  its  appointment,  the  Successor  Servicer  shall be the
successor in all respects to the  Servicer  with respect to servicing  functions
under this  Agreement and shall be subject to all the  responsibilities,  duties
and  liabilities  relating  thereto  placed  on the  Servicer  by the  terms and
provisions hereof, and all references in this Agreement to the Servicer shall be
deemed  to refer to the  Successor  Servicer.  Any  Successor  Servicer,  by its
acceptance of its appointment, will automatically agree to be bound by the terms
and provisions of each Credit Enhancement.

            (c) In connection with such appointment and assumption,  the Trustee
shall be entitled to such  compensation,  or may make such  arrangements for the
compensation  of the  Successor  Servicer  out of  Collections,  as it and  such
Successor  Servicer shall agree;  provided,  however,  that no such compensation
                                  --------   -------
shall be in excess of the Servicing  Fee  permitted to the Servicer  pursuant to
Section  3.02.  Each  Transferor  agrees  that  if the  Servicer  is  terminated
hereunder,  it  will  agree  to  deposit  with  the  Trustee  a  portion  of the
Collections  in respect of Finance  Charge  Receivables  that it is  entitled to
receive  pursuant  to  Article  IV to pay its share of the  compensation  of the
Successor Servicer.

                                       88

<PAGE>

            (d) All authority and power granted to the Successor  Servicer under
this Agreement shall  automatically  cease and terminate upon termination of the
Trust  pursuant  to  Section  12.01  and  shall  pass  to and be  vested  in the
Transferors and, without  limitation,  the Transferors are hereby authorized and
empowered  to execute  and  deliver,  on behalf of the  Successor  Servicer,  as
attorney-in-fact  or otherwise,  all documents and other instruments,  and to do
and accomplish  all other acts or things  necessary or appropriate to effect the
purposes of such transfer of servicing rights.  The Successor Servicer agrees to
cooperate   with  the   Transferors   in  effecting  the   termination   of  the
responsibilities  and rights of the Successor  Servicer to conduct  servicing on
the Receivables.  The Successor  Servicer shall transfer its electronic  records
relating to the  Receivables to the  Transferors in such  electronic form as the
Transferors  may  reasonably  request  and shall  transfer  all  other  records,
correspondence  and documents to the Transferors in the manner and at such times
as the Transferors shall reasonably  request. To the extent that compliance with
this  Section  10.02  shall  require the  Successor  Servicer to disclose to the
Transferors  information  of any kind which the Successor  Servicer  deems to be
confidential,  the  Transferors  shall be required to enter into such  customary
licensing and  confidentiality  agreements as the Successor  Servicer shall deem
necessary to protect its interests.

            Section  10.03  Notification  to  Certificateholders  .  Within  two
                            ------------------------------------
Business  Days after the Servicer  becomes  aware of any Servicer  Default,  the
Servicer shall give prompt  written  notice  thereof to the Trustee,  Standard &
Poor's,  Moody's and any Credit Enhancement  Provider and the Trustee shall give
notice  to  the  Investor   Certificateholders  at  their  respective  addresses
appearing in the Certificate Register.  Upon any termination or appointment of a
Successor  Servicer  pursuant to this  Article X, the Trustee  shall give prompt
written  notice  thereof  to  Investor  Certificateholders  at their  respective
addresses appearing in the Certificate Register.

            Section  10.04  Waiver of Past  Defaults . The  Holders of  Investor
                            ------------------------
Certificates  evidencing  Undivided Interests  aggregating not less than 66 % of
the Investor  Interest of each Series  adversely  affected by any default by the
Servicer or Transferor may, on behalf of all  Certificateholders of such Series,
waive any  default by the  Servicer  or  Transferor  in the  performance  of its
obligations  hereunder and its consequences,  except a default in the failure to
make any required deposits or payments of interest or principal relating to such
Series  pursuant to Article IV which default does not result from the failure of
the Paying Agent to perform its  obligations  to make any  required  deposits or
payments of interest and principal in accordance  with Article IV. Upon any such
waiver of a past  default,  such default  shall cease to exist,  and any default
arising  therefrom  shall be deemed to have been  remedied for every  purpose of

                                       89

<PAGE>

this  Agreement.  No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default
or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived.

                               [End of Article X]


                                       90

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 THE TRUSTEE

            Section 11.01 Duties of Trustee .
                          -----------------

            (a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of any Servicer Default and
after the curing of all Servicer Defaults which may have occurred, undertakes to
perform such duties and only such duties as are  specifically  set forth in this
Agreement.  If a Responsible Officer has received written notice that a Servicer
Default has  occurred  (which has not been cured or waived),  the Trustee  shall
exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this  Agreement,  and use
the same degree of care and skill in its  exercise,  as a prudent  person  would
exercise  or use under the  circumstances  in the conduct of such  person's  own
affairs.

            (b) The  Trustee,  upon receipt of all  resolutions,  certificates,
statements,  opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished
to the Trustee which are specifically  required to be furnished  pursuant to any
provision  of this  Agreement,  shall  examine  them to  determine  whether they
substantially conform to the requirements of this Agreement.

            (c) Subject to subsection  11.01(a),  no provision of this Agreement
shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from  liability  for its own negligent
action,  its  own  negligent  failure  to act or its own  misconduct;  provided,
                                                                       --------
however, that:
- -------

            (i) the  Trustee  shall  not be  personally  liable  for an error of
      judgment  made in good  faith  by a  Responsible  Officer  or  Responsible
      Officers  of the  Trustee,  unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was
      negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

            (ii) the Trustee shall not be personally  liable with respect to any
      action  taken,  suffered  or  omitted  to be taken by it in good  faith in
      accordance  with the  direction  of the Holders of  Investor  Certificates
      evidencing  Undivided Interests  aggregating more than 50% of the Investor
      Interest  of any  Series  relating  to  the  time,  method  and  place  of
      conducting  any  proceeding  for any remedy  available to the Trustee,  or
      exercising  any trust or power  conferred  upon the Trustee in relation to
      such Series, under this Agreement; and

            (iii) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any failure
      by the Servicer referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 10.01 unless
      a  Responsible  Officer of the Trustee  obtains  actual  knowledge of such
      failure or the Trustee  receives  written  notice of such failure from the
      Servicer  or any  Holders of Investor  Certificates  evidencing  Undivided
      Interests  aggregating  not less than 10% of the Investor  Interest of any
      Series adversely affected thereby.

                                       91

<PAGE>

            (d) The  Trustee  shall  not be  required  to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise  incur  financial  liability in the performance of any of its
duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is
reasonable  ground for  believing  that the  repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity  against such risk or liability is not  reasonably  assured to it, and
none of the provisions  contained in this  Agreement  shall in any event require
the Trustee to perform,  or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any
of the obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement except during such time,
if any, as the Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the rights,
duties,  powers and privileges of, the Servicer in accordance  with the terms of
this Agreement.

            (e) Except for actions expressly  authorized by this Agreement,  the
Trustee  shall take no action  reasonably  likely to impair the interests of the
Trust in any Receivable now existing or hereafter created or to impair the value
of any Receivable now existing or hereafter created.

            (f) Except as  provided  in this  subsection  11.01(f),  the Trustee
shall  have  no  power  to vary  the  corpus  of the  Trust  including,  without
limitation,  the power to (i) accept any substitute  obligation for a Receivable
initially assigned to the Trust under Section 2.01 or 2.06 hereof,  (ii) add any
other  investment,  obligation or security to the Trust,  except for an addition
permitted  under Section 2.06 or (iii) withdraw from the Trust any  Receivables,
except for a withdrawal  permitted under Sections 2.07,  9.02,  10.02,  12.01 or
12.02 or subsections 2.04(d), 2.04(e) or Article IV.

            (g)  Subject to  subsection  11.01(d)  above,  in the event that the
Paying Agent or the  Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  (if other than the Trustee)
shall fail to perform any obligation,  duty or agreement in the manner or on the
day  required to be  performed  by the Paying  Agent or the  Transfer  Agent and
Registrar,  as the case may be,  under  this  Agreement,  the  Trustee  shall be
obligated  promptly to perform such obligation,  duty or agreement in the manner
so required.

            (h) If any  Transferor has agreed to transfer any of its credit card
receivables  (other than the  Receivables) to another  Person,  upon the written
request of such  Transferor,  the  Trustee  will  enter into such  intercreditor
agreements  with  the  transferee  of  such  receivables  as are  customary  and
necessary to identify separately the rights, if any, of the Trust and such other
Person in such Transferor's  credit card receivables;  provided,  that the Trust
                                                       --------
shall not be  required  to enter into any  intercreditor  agreement  which could
adversely affect the interests of such  Certificateholders and, upon the request
of the Trustee, the Transferor will deliver an Opinion of Counsel on any matters
relating to such intercreditor agreement, reasonably requested by the Trustee.

                                       92

<PAGE>

            Section 11.02  Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee .  Except as
                           -------------------------------------
otherwise provided in Section 11.01:

            (a) the Trustee may rely on and shall be  protected in acting on, or
in  refraining  from acting in accord with,  any  assignment of  Receivables  in
Additional Accounts, the initial report, the monthly Servicer's certificate, the
annual Servicer's certificate, the monthly payment instructions and notification
to the  Trustee,  the monthly  Certificateholder's  statement,  any  resolution,
Officer's  Certificate,  certificate  of  auditors  or  any  other  certificate,
statement,   instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,  request,  consent,  order,
appraisal,  bond or other paper or document  believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or  presented  to it pursuant to this  Agreement  by the proper
party or parties;

            (b) the Trustee may consult with counsel, and any Opinion of Counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
taken or suffered  or omitted by it  hereunder  in good faith and in  accordance
with such Opinion of Counsel;

            (c) the Trustee  shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement or any Credit Enhancement, or to
institute,  conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, at
the request,  order or direction of any of the  Certificateholders or any Credit
Enhancement Provider,  pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, unless such
Certificateholders  or Credit  Enhancement  Provider  shall have  offered to the
Trustee  reasonable  security  or  indemnity  against  the costs,  expenses  and
liabilities  which may be incurred therein or thereby;  nothing contained herein
shall, however,  relieve the Trustee of the obligations,  upon the occurrence of
any Servicer Default (which has not been cured),  to exercise such of the rights
and powers vested in it by this Agreement and any Credit Enhancement, and to use
the same  degree of care and skill in its  exercise  as a prudent  person  would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

            (d) the  Trustee  shall not be  personally  liable  for any  action
taken,  suffered  or  omitted  by it in  good  faith  and  believed  by it to be
authorized  or within the  discretion or rights or powers  conferred  upon it by
this Agreement;

            (e) the Trustee  shall not be bound to make any  investigation  into
the facts of matters  stated in any  assignment  of  Receivables  in  Additional
Accounts,  the initial report,  the monthly Servicer's  certificate,  the annual
Servicer's certificate, the monthly payment instructions and notification to the
Trustee, the monthly Certificateholder's statement, any resolution, certificate,
statement,   instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,  request,  consent,  order,
approval, bond or other paper or document,  unless requested in writing so to do
by Holders of Investor  Certificates  evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating
more than 50% of the Investor Interest of any Series;

                                       93

<PAGE>

            (f) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform  any  duties  hereunder  either  directly  or by or  through  agents  or
attorneys  or a  custodian,  and the Trustee  shall not be  responsible  for any
misconduct or  negligence  on the part of any such agent,  attorney or custodian
appointed with due care by it hereunder; and

            (g) except as may be required by  subsection  11.01(a),  the Trustee
shall  not be  required  to make any  initial  or  periodic  examination  of any
documents or records  related to the Receivables or the Accounts for the purpose
of  establishing  the  presence or absence of defects,  the  compliance  by each
Transferor with its representations and warranties or for any other purpose.

            Section 11.03 Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in  Certificates . The
                          ------------------------------------------------
Trustee assumes no responsibility  for the correctness of the recitals contained
in this  Agreement  and in the  Certificates  (other  than  the  certificate  of
authentication on the  Certificates).  Except as set forth in Section 11.15, the
Trustee  makes no  representations  as to the  validity or  sufficiency  of this
Agreement or of the Certificates  (other than the certificate of  authentication
on the Certificates) or of any Receivable or related document. The Trustee shall
not be  accountable  for the use or  application by any Transferor of any of the
Certificates  or of  the  proceeds  of  such  Certificates,  or for  the  use or
application  of any  funds  paid  to any  Transferor  or to  the  holder  of the
Transferor  Certificate  in  respect  of  the  Receivables  or  deposited  in or
withdrawn  from the  Collection  Account,  the Principal  Account or the Finance
Charge Account, or any Series Account by the Servicer.

            Section  11.04  Trustee  May Own  Certificates  . The Trustee in its
                            ------------------------------
individual  or any other  capacity  may become the owner or pledgee of  Investor
Certificates or Supplemental  Certificates with the same rights as it would have
if it were not the Trustee.

            Section 11.05 The Servicer to Pay Trustee's  Fees and Expenses . The
                          ------------------------------------------------
Servicer  covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time,  and the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive,  reasonable  compensation (which shall not
be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of
an express trust) for all services  rendered by it in the execution of the Trust
hereby  created and in the  exercise  and  performance  of any of the powers and
duties hereunder of the Trustee, and, subject to Section 8.04, the Servicer will
pay or reimburse the Trustee (without  reimbursement  from any Investor Account,
any Series Account or otherwise)  upon its request for all reasonable  expenses,
disbursements  and advances  incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance  with
any of the provisions of this Agreement except any such expense, disbursement or
advance as may arise from its own negligence or bad faith and except as provided

                                       94

<PAGE>

in the  following  sentence.  If the  Trustee is  appointed  Successor  Servicer
pursuant to Section 10.02,  the provisions of this Section 11.05 shall not apply
to expenses,  disbursements  and advances made or incurred by the Trustee in its
capacity as Successor Servicer.

            The  obligations  of the  Servicer  under this  Section  11.05 shall
survive  the  termination  of the Trust and the  resignation  or  removal of the
Trustee.

            Section  11.06  Eligibility  Requirements  for Trustee . The Trustee
                            --------------------------------------
hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under
the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof  authorized  under
such laws to exercise corporate trust powers,  having a long-term unsecured debt
rating of at least Baa3 by Moody's and BBB- by Standard & Poor's having,  in the
case of an entity that is subject to risk-based  capital adequacy  requirements,
risk-based  capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is
not  subject to  risk-based  capital  adequacy  requirements,  having a combined
capital  and  surplus of at least  $50,000,000  and  subject to  supervision  or
examination by federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports
of condition at least  annually,  pursuant to law or to the  requirements of the
aforesaid  supervising  or  examining  authority,  then for the  purpose of this
Section 11.06,  the combined  capital and surplus of such  corporation  shall be
deemed to be its  combined  capital  and surplus as set forth in its most recent
report of condition so published. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to
be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.06, the Trustee
shall resign  immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section
11.07.

            Section 11.07 Resignation or Removal of Trustee .
                          ---------------------------------

            (a) The Trustee may at any time  resign and be  discharged  from the
Trust hereby  created by giving  written  notice  thereof to the Servicer.  Upon
receiving such notice of  resignation,  the Servicer  shall  promptly  appoint a
successor  trustee  by  written  instrument,  in  duplicate,  one  copy of which
instrument  shall be  delivered  to the  resigning  Trustee  and one copy to the
successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have
accepted  within 30 days after the  giving of such  notice of  resignation,  the
resigning  Trustee may  petition  any court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the
appointment of a successor trustee.

            (b) If at any  time  the  Trustee  shall  cease  to be  eligible  in
accordance  with the provisions of Section 11.06 hereof and shall fail to resign
after written request therefor by the Transferors, or if at any time the Trustee
shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or
a receiver of the Trustee or of its property  shall be appointed,  or any public
officer  shall  take  charge or control of the  Trustee  or of its  property  or
affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the

                                       95

<PAGE>

Transferors  may, but shall not be required to,  remove the Trustee and promptly
appoint a successor  trustee by written  instrument,  in duplicate,  one copy of
which  instrument  shall be  delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to
the successor trustee.

            (c) Any  resignation or removal of the Trustee and  appointment of a
successor  trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.07 shall
not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as
provided  in Section  11.08  hereof and any  liability  of the  Trustee  arising
hereunder shall survive such appointment of a successor trustee.

            Section 11.08  Successor Trustee .
                           -----------------

            (a) Any  successor  trustee  appointed as provided in Section  11.07
hereof shall  execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to the  Transferors  and to its
predecessor  Trustee an instrument  accepting such  appointment  hereunder,  and
thereupon the  resignation  or removal of the  predecessor  Trustee shall become
effective  and  such  successor  trustee,  without  any  further  act,  deed  or
conveyance,  shall become fully vested with all the rights,  powers,  duties and
obligations of its predecessor hereunder,  with the like effect as if originally
named as Trustee herein. The predecessor  Trustee shall deliver to the successor
trustee all documents and statements  held by it hereunder,  and the Transferors
and the  predecessor  Trustee shall execute and deliver such  instruments and do
such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly  vesting
and  confirming in the  successor  trustee all such rights,  powers,  duties and
obligations.

            (b) No successor  trustee  shall accept  appointment  as provided in
this Section 11.08 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor  trustee
shall be eligible  under the  provisions of Section 11.06 hereof and shall be an
Eligible  Servicer,  and, if Standard & Poor's is then a Rating  Agency,  unless
Standard & Poor's shall have consented to such appointment.

            (c)  Upon  acceptance  of  appointment  by a  successor  trustee  as
provided in this Section 11.08, such successor trustee shall mail notice of such
succession  hereunder to all  Certificateholders  at their addresses as shown in
the Certificate Register.

            Section 11.09 Merger or  Consolidation  of Trustee . Any Person into
                          ------------------------------------
which  the  Trustee  may  be  merged  or  converted  or  with  which  it  may be
consolidated,   or  any  Person   resulting  from  any  merger,   conversion  or
consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to
the  corporate  trust  business of the  Trustee,  shall be the  successor of the
Trustee  hereunder,  provided such Person shall be eligible under the provisions
of Section  11.06  hereof,  without the  execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the  parties  hereto,  anything  herein to the
contrary notwithstanding.

                                       96

<PAGE>


            Section 11.10  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee .
                           ---------------------------------------------

            (a) Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Agreement,  at any
time, for the purpose of meeting any legal  requirements of any  jurisdiction in
which any part of the Trust may at the time be located,  the Trustee  shall have
the power and may execute and  deliver  all  instruments  to appoint one or more
Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees,  or separate  trustee or separate
trustees,  of all or any  part of the  Trust,  and to vest  in  such  Person  or
Persons,  in such capacity and for the benefit of the  Certificateholders,  such
title to the trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of
this Section 11.10, such powers, duties,  obligations,  rights and trusts as the
Trustee may consider  necessary or desirable.  No co-trustee or separate trustee
hereunder  shall be  required  to meet the terms of  eligibility  as a successor
trustee  under  Section  11.06  and  no  notice  to  Certificateholders  of  the
appointment  of any  co-trustee  or separate  trustee  shall be  required  under
Section 11.08 hereof.

            (b) Every  separate  trustee  and  co-trustee  shall,  to the extent
permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following  provisions  and
conditions:

            (i) all rights,  powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
      upon the Trustee  shall be  conferred  or imposed  upon and  exercised  or
      performed by the Trustee and such separate  trustee or co-trustee  jointly
      (it being  understood  that such  separate  trustee or  co-trustee  is not
      authorized  to act  separately  without the Trustee  joining in such act),
      except to the extent that under any laws of any  jurisdiction in which any
      particular act or acts are to be performed  (whether as Trustee  hereunder
      or  as  successor  to  the  Servicer  hereunder),  the  Trustee  shall  be
      incompetent  or  unqualified  to perform such act or acts,  in which event
      such rights,  powers,  duties and  obligations  (including  the holding of
      title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction)  shall
      be exercised and performed  singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee,
      but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

            (ii)  no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason
      of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

            (iii)  the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or
      remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

            (c) Any notice,  request or other writing given to the Trustee shall
be  deemed  to have  been  given  to  each of the  then  separate  trustees  and
co-trustees,  as  effectively  as if  given to each of  them.  Every  instrument

                                       97

<PAGE>

appointing any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article XI. Each separate  trustee and  co-trustee,  upon
its  acceptance  of the trusts  conferred,  shall be vested  with the estates or
property  specified in its  instrument of  appointment,  either jointly with the
Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions
of this  Agreement,  specifically  including  every  provision of this Agreement
relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording  protection
to, the  Trustee.  Every such  instrument  shall be filed with the Trustee and a
copy thereof given to the Servicer.

            (d) Any separate  trustee or co-trustee  may at any time  constitute
the Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact  with full power and authority,  to
the extent not  prohibited  by law,  to do any lawful act under or in respect to
this  Agreement  on its  behalf  and in its name.  If any  separate  trustee  or
co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting,  resign or be removed,  all of
its  estates,  properties,  rights,  remedies  and  trusts  shall vest in and be
exercised  by  the  Trustee,  to  the  extent  permitted  by  law,  without  the
appointment of a new or successor trustee.

            Section 11.11 Tax Returns . In the event the Trust shall be required
                          -----------
to file tax returns,  the Trustee, as soon as practicable after it is made aware
of such  requirement,  shall  prepare or cause to be  prepared  any tax  returns
required to be filed by the Trust and, to the extent  possible,  shall file such
returns at least five days before such returns are due to be filed.  The Trustee
is  hereby  authorized  to sign any such  return on  behalf  of the  Trust.  The
Servicer  shall  prepare  or shall  cause  to be  prepared  all tax  information
required by law to be distributed to  Certificateholders  and shall deliver such
information  to the  Trustee at least five days prior to the date it is required
by law to be distributed to Certificateholders. The Servicer, upon request, will
furnish the Trustee  with all such  information  known to the Servicer as may be
reasonably required in connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the
Trust.  In no  event  shall  the  Trustee  or the  Servicer  be  liable  for any
liabilities,  costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or
the Certificate  Owners arising under any tax law,  including without limitation
federal, state, local or foreign income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed
on or measured by income (or any  interest or penalty  with  respect  thereto or
arising from a failure to comply therewith).

            Section  11.12  Trustee May Enforce  Claims  Without  Possession  of
                            ----------------------------------------------------
Certificates  . All  rights of action and claims  under  this  Agreement  or any
- ------------
Series of Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the
possession  of  any  of  the  Certificates  or  the  production  thereof  in any
proceeding relating thereto,  and any such proceeding  instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee.  Any  recovery  of judgment  shall,
after  provision  for the  payment  of the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses,
disbursements  and advances of the Trustee,  its agents and counsel,  be for the
ratable  benefit  of any Series of  Certificateholders  in respect of which such
judgment has been obtained.

                                       98

<PAGE>

            Section 11.13 Suits for  Enforcement  . If a Servicer  Default shall
                          ----------------------
occur and be  continuing,  the Trustee,  in its discretion  may,  subject to the
provisions of Section 10.01 and 11.14, proceed to protect and enforce its rights
and the rights of any Series of  Certificateholders  under this  Agreement  by a
suit,  action or proceeding  in equity or at law or  otherwise,  whether for the
specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or
in aid of the  execution  of any  power  granted  in this  Agreement  or for the
enforcement of any other legal,  equitable or other remedy as the Trustee, being
advised by counsel,  shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of the
rights of the Trustee or any Series of Certificateholders.

            Section  11.14  Rights of  Certificateholders  to  Direct  Trustee.
                            --------------------------------------------------
Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more
than 50% of the  Aggregate  Investor  Interest  (or, with respect to any remedy,
trust or power that does not relate to all Series, 50% of the Aggregate Investor
Interest of the Investor  Certificates of all Series to which such remedy, trust
or power relates) shall have the right to direct the time,  method, and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, however, that, subject to
                                             --------  -------
Section  11.01,  the Trustee  shall have the right to decline to follow any such
direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel  determines that the action so
directed may not lawfully be taken,  or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a
Responsible Officer or Responsible  Officers of the Trustee,  determine that the
proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal  liability or
be unduly  prejudicial to the rights of  Certificateholders  not parties to such
direction;  and provided further that nothing in this Agreement shall impair the
                -------- -------
right of the Trustee to take any action  deemed  proper by the Trustee and which
is  not   inconsistent   with  such   direction  of  such  Holders  of  Investor
Certificates.

            Section  11.15  Representations  and  Warranties  of  Trustee  . The
                            ---------------------------------------------
Trustee represents and warrants that:

            (i)  the  Trustee  is  a  national  banking  association  organized,
      existing and  authorized  to engage in the  business of banking  under the
      laws of the United States of America;

            (ii) the  Trustee has full  power,  authority  and right to execute,
      deliver and perform this Agreement,  and has taken all necessary action to
      authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement;
      and

            (iii)  this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
      Trustee.

                                       99

<PAGE>

            Section  11.16  Maintenance  of Office or Agency . The Trustee  will
                            --------------------------------
maintain  at its expense in the  Borough of  Manhattan,  the City of New York an
office or offices,  or agency or agencies,  where notices and demands to or upon
the Trustee in respect of the Certificates and this Agreement may be served. The
Trustee initially appoints First Trust of New York,  National  Association,  100
Wall  Street,  Suite  1600,  New York,  New York  10005 as its  office  for such
purposes in the Borough of  Manhattan,  the city of New York.  The Trustee  will
give prompt written notice to the Servicer and to Certificateholders  (or in the
case of  Holders  of Bearer  Certificates,  in the  manner  provided  for in the
related Supplement) of any change in the location of the Certificate Register or
any such office or agency.

                             [End of Article XI]


                                      100

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XII

                                 TERMINATION

            Section 12.01 Termination of Trust.
                          --------------------

            (a) The  respective  obligations  and  responsibilities  of each
Transferor,  the  Servicer  and the  Trustee  created  hereby  (other  than  the
obligation  of the Trustee to make payments to  Certificateholders  as hereafter
set forth)  shall  terminate,  except with  respect to the duties  described  in
Section 11.05 and  subsections  2.04(c) and 12.03(b),  on the Trust  Termination
Date;  provided,  however,  that  the  Trust  shall  not  terminate  on the date
       --------   -------
specified in clause (i) of the definition of "Trust Termination Date" if each of
the Servicer and the Holder of the Transferor  Certificate notify the Trustee in
writing, not later than five Business Days preceding such date, that they desire
that the Trust not terminate on such date,  which notice (such notice,  a "Trust
Extension")  shall  specify  the date on which the Trust shall  terminate  (such
date,  the "Extended  Trust  Termination  Date");  provided,  however,  that the
                                                   --------   -------
Extended  Trust  Termination  Date  shall be not later than June 30,  2036.  The
Servicer and the Holder of the Transferor Certificate may, on any date following
the  Trust  Extension,  so long as no  Series of  Certificates  is  outstanding,
deliver  a  notice  in  writing  to the  Trustee  changing  the  Extended  Trust
Termination Date.

            (b)  All  principal  or interest  with respect to any Series of
Investor  Certificates  shall  be due and  payable  no  later  than  the  Series
Termination  Date with respect to such Series.  Unless  otherwise  provided in a
Supplement,   in  the  event  that  the  Investor  Interest  of  any  Series  of
Certificates is greater than zero on its Series  Termination  Date (after giving
effect to all  transfers,  withdrawals,  deposits  and drawings to occur on such
date and the payment of principal  to be made on such Series on such date),  the
Trustee  will  sell or cause  to be sold,  and pay the  proceeds  first,  to all
                                                                  -----
Certificateholders  of such Series pro rata and in accordance  with the priority
for each Class  within such Series as  provided  in the related  Supplement,  in
final  payment  of all  principal  of and  accrued  interest  on such  Series of
Certificates,  and second, as provided in the related  Supplement,  an amount of
                   ------
Principal  Receivables and the related Finance Charge  Receivables (or interests
therein) up to 110% of the sum of the Investor  Interest of such Series plus the
Enhancement  Invested Amount or the Collateral  Interest (if not included in the
Investor Interest) of such Series, if any, at the close of business on such date
(but not more than the applicable Investor  Percentage of Principal  Receivables
and the related  Finance Charge  Receivables on such date for such Series).  The
Trustee  shall notify each Credit  Enhancement  Provider of the proposed sale of
such  Receivables  and  shall  provide  each  Credit  Enhancement   Provider  an
opportunity to bid on such  Receivables.  Each Transferor  shall be permitted to
acquire  such  Receivables,  to the  extent  arising in  Accounts  owned by such
Transferor  and shall have a right of first  refusal with respect  thereto.  Any

                                      101

<PAGE>

proceeds of such sale in excess of such  principal  and  interest  paid and such
other  amounts  paid  pursuant  to the related  Supplement  shall be paid to the
Holder of the Transferor  Certificate.  Upon such Series  Termination  Date with
respect to the applicable  Series of Certificates,  final payment of all amounts
allocable  to any  Investor  Certificates  of such  Series  shall be made in the
manner provided in Section 12.03.

            Section  12.02  Optional  Purchase  .  (a)  If so  provided  in  any
                            ------------------
Supplement,  the  Transferors  may, but shall not be obligated to, cause a final
distribution  to be made in respect of the related Series of  Certificates  on a
Distribution   Date  specified  in  such   Supplement  by  depositing  into  the
Distribution  Account  or the  applicable  Series  Account,  not later  than the
Transfer Date preceding such  Distribution  Date, for  application in accordance
with Section 12.03, the amount specified in such Supplement;  provided,  however
                                                              --------   -------
that if the short-term  deposits or long-term unsecured debt obligations of each
Transferor (or, if neither such deposits nor such obligations of each Transferor
are rated by Moody's,  then the short-term  deposits or long-term unsecured debt
obligations  of the holding  company of each  Transferor so long as such holding
company is BankAmerica  Corporation)  are not rated at the time of such purchase
of Certificates at least P-3 or Baa3,  respectively,  by Moody's,  no such event
shall occur unless each Transferor not satisfying the rating criteria  described
above in this subsection 12.02(a) shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee that such deposit into the Distribution Account or any
Series  Account as provided in the related  Supplement  would not  constitute  a
fraudulent conveyance of such Transferor.

            (b) The amount  deposited  pursuant to subsection  12.02(a) shall be
paid to the  Investor  Certificateholders  of the  related  Series  pursuant  to
Section  12.03  on the  related  Distribution  Date  following  the date of such
deposit.  All  Certificates  of a Series which are purchased by the  Transferors
pursuant to subsection  12.02(a) shall be delivered by the Transferors upon such
purchase  to,  and be  canceled  by, the  Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  and be
disposed of in a manner  satisfactory  to the Trustee and the  Transferors.  The
Investor Interest of each Series which is purchased by the Transferors  pursuant
to subsection  12.02(a) shall, for the purposes of the definition of "Transferor
Interest," be deemed to be equal to zero on the Distribution  Date following the
making of the deposit,  and the Transferor Interest shall thereupon be deemed to
have been increased by the Investor Interest of such Series.

            Section 12.03 Final Payment with Respect to any Series .
                          ----------------------------------------

            (a) Written notice of any  termination,  specifying the Distribution
Date upon which the  Investor  Certificateholders  of any  Series may  surrender
their  Certificates for payment of the final  distribution  with respect to such
Series and cancellation,  shall be given (subject to at least two Business Days'
prior  notice  from the  Servicer  to the  Trustee)  by the  Trustee to Investor

102

<PAGE>

Certificateholders  of such  Series  mailed  not later than the fifth day of the
month of such final  distribution  (or in the manner  provided by the Supplement
relating to such Series)  specifying (i) the  Distribution  Date (which shall be
the Distribution  Date in the month (x) in which the deposit is made pursuant to
Section 9.02 or subsection  2.04(e),  10.02(a),  or subsection  12.02(a) of this
Agreement or such other  section as may be specified in the related  Supplement,
or (y) in which the related  Series  Termination  Date  occurs) upon which final
payment  of  such  Investor  Certificates  will be made  upon  presentation  and
surrender  of such  Investor  Certificates  at the  office  or  offices  therein
designated  (which,  in the case of Bearer  Certificates,  shall be outside  the
United  States),  (ii) the amount of any such final  payment  and (iii) that the
Record Date otherwise  applicable to such  Distribution  Date is not applicable,
payments  being  made only  upon  presentation  and  surrender  of the  Investor
Certificates at the office or offices therein  specified.  The Servicer's notice
to the Trustee in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be accompanied by
an Officers' Certificate setting forth the information specified in Article V of
this Agreement covering the period during the then current calendar year through
the date of such notice and setting  forth the date of such final  distribution.
The Trustee  shall give such notice to the Transfer  Agent and Registrar and the
Paying   Agent   at  the  time   such   notice   is   given  to  such   Investor
Certificateholders.

            (b)  Notwithstanding  the  termination  of  the  Trust  pursuant  to
subsection  12.01(a)  or the  occurrence  of the  Series  Termination  Date with
respect to any Series,  all funds then on deposit in the Finance Charge Account,
the Principal Account, the Distribution Account or any Series Account applicable
to the related  Series shall continue to be held in trust for the benefit of the
Certificateholders  of the  related  Series and the Paying  Agent or the Trustee
shall  pay such  funds to the  Certificateholders  of the  related  Series  upon
surrender of their Certificates  (which surrenders and payments,  in the case of
Bearer Certificates, shall be made only outside the United States). In the event
that all of the Investor  Certificateholders  of any Series shall not  surrender
their  Certificates for cancellation  within six months after the date specified
in the  above-mentioned  written notice, the Trustee shall give a second written
notice  (or,  in the case of Bearer  Certificates,  publication  notice)  to the
remaining  Investor  Certificateholders  of  such  Series  upon  receipt  of the
appropriate  records from the Transfer  Agent and  Registrar to surrender  their
Certificates for cancellation  and receive the final  distribution  with respect
thereto.  If within one and one-half  years after the second notice with respect
to a Series,  all the Investor  Certificates  of such Series shall not have been
surrendered  for  cancellation,  the Trustee may take  appropriate  steps or may
appoint an agent to take  appropriate  steps, to contact the remaining  Investor
Certificateholders  of such Series concerning  surrender of their  Certificates,
and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds in the Distribution  Account
or any Series Account held for the benefit of such Investor  Certificateholders.

                                      103

<PAGE>

The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the  Transferors  upon request any
monies  held by them for the payment of  principal  or  interest  which  remains
unclaimed   for  two  years.   After  payment  to  the   Transferors,   Investor
Certificateholders  entitled  to the  money  must  look to the  Transferors  for
payment  as  general  creditors  unless an  applicable  abandoned  property  law
designates another Person.

            (c)  All   Certificates   surrendered   for  payment  of  the  final
distribution  with  respect  to such  Certificates  and  cancellation  shall  be
canceled  by the  Transfer  Agent and  Registrar  and be disposed of in a manner
satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transferors.

           Section 12.04 Termination Rights of Holder of Transferor Certificate.
                         ------------------------------------------------------
Upon the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01, and after payment
of all amounts due hereunder on or prior to such  termination  and the surrender
of the Transferor Certificate,  the Trustee shall execute a written reconveyance
substantially  in the form of Exhibit H pursuant  to which it shall  reconvey to
the Holder of the Transferor  Certificate  (without recourse,  representation or
warranty) all right, title and interest of the Trust in the Receivables, whether
then  existing  or  thereafter  created,  all  moneys  due or to become due with
respect to such Receivables  (including all accrued interest  theretofore posted
as Finance Charge Receivables and all other Finance Charge  Receivables) and all
proceeds of such Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables
and  Interchange  (if any)  allocable to the Trust  pursuant to any  Supplement,
except for amounts  held by the Trustee  pursuant to  subsection  12.03(b).  The
Trustee shall execute and deliver such  instruments of transfer and  assignment,
in each case without recourse, as shall be reasonably requested by the Holder of
the Transferor  Certificate to vest in such Holder all right, title and interest
which the Trust had in the Receivables.

            Section 12.05 Defeasance.
                          ----------

            Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in this  Agreement or any
Supplement:

            (a) The  Transferors  may at their option be  discharged  from their
obligations with respect to all of the Investor Certificates issued by the Trust
or any specified Series thereof on the date the applicable  conditions set forth
in Section 12.05(c) are satisfied  ("Defeasance");  provided,  however, that the
                                     ----------     --------   -------
following rights, obligations, powers, duties and immunities shall survive until
otherwise  terminated  or  discharged  hereunder:  (A) the  rights of Holders of
Investor  Certificates of the Trust or any specified  Series thereof to receive,
solely from the trust fund provided for in Section 12.05(c), payments in respect
of principal of and interest on such  Investor  Certificates  when such payments
are due;  (B) the  Transferors'  obligations  with  respect  to such  Series  of

                                      104

<PAGE>

Certificates  under  Sections  6.03,  6.04 and 12.03;  (C) the  rights,  powers,
trusts,  duties and immunities of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Transfer
Agent and Registrar hereunder; and (D) this Section 12.05.

            (b) Subject to Section  12.05(c),  the  Transferors at their option
may use  Collections  allocated to the Investor  Certificates  to be defeased to
purchase Permitted  Investments rather than additional  Receivables for transfer
to the Trust until such time as no Receivables remain in the Trust.

            (c) The  following  shall  be the  conditions  to  Defeasance  under
Section 12.05(a): (1) the Transferors irrevocably shall have deposited or caused
to be  deposited  with the  Trustee,  under  the terms of an  irrevocable  trust
agreement in form and substance  satisfactory to the Trustee,  as trust funds in
trust for making the payments  described below (A) Dollars in an amount,  or (B)
Permitted  Investments  which  through the  scheduled  payment or principal  and
interest in respect thereof will provide, not later than the due date of payment
thereon,  money  in an  amount,  or (C) a  combination  thereof,  in  each  case
sufficient to pay and  discharge,  and, which shall be applied by the Trustee to
pay and discharge,  all remaining  scheduled  interest and principal payments on
all  outstanding  Investor  Certificates  of the Trust or any  specified  Series
thereof on the dates  scheduled  for such  payments  in this  Agreement  and the
applicable  Supplements and all amounts owed to the Credit Enhancement  Provider
for any Series if so provided in the related Supplements or agreements with such
Provider;  (2) prior to its first  exercise of its right to substitute  money or
Permitted  Investments for  Receivables,  the  Transferors  shall deliver to the
Trustee  (x) an  Opinion  of  Counsel  to  the  effect  that  such  deposit  and
termination  of  obligations  will not  result in the Trust  being  required  to
register as an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company
Act of 1940,  as  amended,  and (y) an Opinion of Counsel  with  respect to such
deposit  and  termination  to the effect that it will not cause the Trust or any
portion thereof to be treated as an association or publicly  traded  partnership
taxable as a  corporation;  and (3) such deposit and  termination of obligations
will not result in a Pay Out Event for any Series.

                              [End Of Article XII]


                                      105

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

            Section 13.01 Amendment.
                          ---------

            (e) This  Agreement or any Supplement may be amended in writing from
time to time by the  Servicer,  each  Transferor  and the  Trustee,  without the
consent of any of the Certificateholders;  provided, that such action shall not,
                                           --------
as evidenced by an Officer's Certificate from Transferor addressed and delivered
to the Trustee,  adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of any
Investor Certificateholder; provided further, that each Rating Agency shall have
                            -------- -------
notified  each  Transferor,  the  Servicer  and the Trustee in writing that such
action  will not  result  in a  reduction  or  withdrawal  of the  rating of any
outstanding  Series or Class to which it is a Rating  Agency.  This Agreement or
any  Supplement may be amended in writing by the Servicer,  each  Transferor and
the Trustee, without the consent of any of the Certificateholders to provide for
additional Credit Enhancement or substitute Credit Enhancement with respect to a
Series  (so long as the amount of such  substitute  Credit  Enhancement,  unless
otherwise  provided in any related  Supplement,  is equal to the original Credit
Enhancement for such Series),  to change the definition of Eligible Account,  to
effect the  designation  of any  Additional  Transferor  or to  provide  for the
addition to the Trust of a Participation;  provided, that such action shall not,
                                           --------
in the  reasonable  belief of each  Transferor,  as  evidenced  by an  Officer's
Certificate,  adversely  affect in any  material  respect the  interests  of any
Investor  Certificateholders;  provided  further,  that each Rating Agency shall
                               --------  -------
have notified each Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such
action  will not  result  in a  reduction  or  withdrawal  of the  rating of any
outstanding Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency.

            (b) This  Agreement or any Supplement may also be amended in writing
from time to time by the  Servicer,  the  Transferors  and the Trustee  with the
consent of the Holders of Investor  Certificates  evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating  not less than 66 % of the  Investor  Interest  of each  outstanding
Series  adversely  affected  by such  amendment  for the  purpose  of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating  any of the provisions of
this  Agreement  or any  Supplement  or  modifying  in any  manner the rights of
Investor Certificateholders of any Series then issued and outstanding; provided,
                                                                       --------
however, that no such amendment shall (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or
- -------
delay the timing of, distributions which are required to be made on any Investor
Certificates   of  such   Series   without   the   consent   of  each   Investor
Certificateholders  of such Series,  (ii) change the definition of or the manner
of calculating the Investor  Interest,  the Investor  Percentage or the Investor
Default   Amount  of  such  Series   without   the  consent  of  each   Investor
Certificateholder  of such  Series  or (iii)  reduce  the  aforesaid  percentage
required to consent to any such amendment,  without the consent of each Investor

                                      106

<PAGE>

Certificateholder  of all Series adversely affected.  The Trustee may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any such  amendment  which affects the Trustee's
rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

            (c) Notwithstanding  anything in this Section 13.01 to the contrary,
the Series Supplement with respect to any Series may be amended on the terms and
in accordance with the procedures provided in such Series Supplement.

            (d) Promptly after the execution of any such  amendment  (other than
an  amendment  pursuant to  paragraph  (a) or (h)),  the Trustee  shall  furnish
notification   of  the   substance   of  such   amendment   to   each   Investor
Certificateholder  of each Series  adversely  affected and to each Rating Agency
providing a rating for such Series.

            (e)  It  shall  not  be  necessary   for  the  consent  of  Investor
Certificateholders  under this Section 13.01 to approve the  particular  form of
any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve
the substance  thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing
the authorization of the execution thereof by Investor  Certificateholders shall
be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.

            (f) Any Series Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section
6.09 and any amendments regarding the addition to or removal of Receivables from
the Trust as provided in Sections 2.06 and 2.07, executed in accordance with the
provisions hereof, shall not be considered  amendments to this Agreement for the
purpose of subsections 13.01(a), (b) or (h).

            (g)  This  Agreement  and  any  Supplement  will be  amended  by the
Servicer and the Trustee at the direction of the Transferors without the consent
of any of the  Certificateholders  or Credit  Enhancement  Providers (i) to add,
modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to
enable all or a portion of the Trust to qualify as, and to permit an election to
be made to cause the Trust to be treated as, a "financial  asset  securitization
investment  trust" as described in the  provisions  of the "Seven Year  Balanced
Budget Act of 1995," H.R. 2491, 104th Cong., 1st Sess.  (1995), or to enable the
Trust to qualify and an election  to be made for  similar  treatment  under such
comparable subsequent federal income tax provisions as may ultimately be enacted
into law, and (ii) in connection with any such election,  to modify or eliminate
existing  provisions  of this  Agreement  and  any  Supplement  relating  to the
intended  federal income tax treatment of the  Certificates and the Trust in the
absence of the election.  Any amendment under this subsection is subject only to
the requirements  that (i) each Transferor  delivers to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate to the effect that the proposed amendments meet the requirements set
forth in this  subsection  and (ii) each Rating  Agency will have  notified  the

                                      107

<PAGE>

Transferor,  the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that the amendment will not
result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any  outstanding  Series or
Class to which it is a Rating Agency.  The amendments  which the Transferors may
make without the consent of  Certificateholders  or Credit Enhancement Providers
in  connection  with any  election  described  in this  subsection  may include,
without  limitation,  the elimination of any sale of Receivables and termination
of the Trust upon the occurrence of an Insolvency Event pursuant to Section 9.02
hereof.

            (h)  This  Agreement  and  any  Supplement  will be  amended  by the
Servicer and the Trustee at the direction of the Transferors without the consent
of any of the  Certificateholders  or Credit  Enhancement  Providers (i) to add,
modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to
enable (x) the transfer to the Trust of all or any portion of the Receivables to
be derecognized under generally accepted  accounting  principals ("GAAP") by the
transferor to the Trust of such Receivables or (y) the Trust to avoid becoming a
member of any Transferor's consolidated group under GAAP, and (ii) in connection
with any such  addition,  modification  or  elimination,  without  limiting  the
generality  of  the  foregoing  clause  (i),  to  cause  the  Receivables  to be
transferred by a Transferor first to a bankruptcy  remote Affiliate and from the
Affiliate to the Trust.  Any amendment  under this subsection is subject only to
the requirements  that (i) each Transferor  delivers to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate to the effect that the proposed amendment meets the requirements set
forth in this  subsection  and (ii) each Rating  Agency will have  notified  the
Transferor,  the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that the amendment will not
result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any  outstanding  Series or
Class as to which it is a Rating Agency.

            (i) This Agreement and any Supplement may be amended by the Servicer
and the Trustee at the direction of the  Transferors  without the consent of any
of the  Certificateholders or Credit Enhancement Providers (i) to add, modify or
eliminate  such  provisions  as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable
all or portion of the Trust to qualify as a partnership  for federal  income tax
purposes  under  applicable  regulations  on the  classification  of entities as
partnerships  or corporations  under the Internal  Revenue Code adopted as final
regulations after the date hereof,  and (ii) to the extent that such regulations
eliminate  or  modify  the  need  therefor,  to  modify  or  eliminate  existing
provisions  of  this  Agreement  and any  Supplement  relating  to the  intended
availability  of  partnership  treatment  of the Trust for  federal  income  tax
purposes,  including, without limitation,  eliminating the provisions of Section
9.02 relating to the sale of the  Receivables  and termination of the Trust upon
the  occurrence of an Insolvency  and the provisions of Section 7.04 relating to
the liability of the Transferor as a general  partner.  Any amendment under this
subsection is subject only to the requirements that (i) each Transferor delivers
to the  trustee  and  Officer's  Certificate  to the  effect  that the  proposed
amendments  meet the  requirements  set forth in this  subsection  and (ii) each
Rating Agency will have notified the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in
writing  that the  amendment  will not  result in a  reduction  to which it is a
Rating Agency.

                                      108

<PAGE>

            Section 13.02  Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust.
                           ------------------------------------------------

            (a) The Servicer shall cause this Agreement,  all amendments  hereto
and/or  all  financing  statements  and  continuation  statements  and any other
necessary  documents  covering the  Certificateholders  and the Trustee's right,
title and interest to the Trust to be promptly  recorded,  registered and filed,
and at all times to be kept recorded,  registered and filed,  all in such manner
and in such places as may be  required by law fully to preserve  and protect the
right, title and interest of the  Certificateholders or the Trustee, as the case
may be,  hereunder  to all property  comprising  the Trust.  The Servicer  shall
deliver to the  Trustee  file-stamped  copies of, or filing  receipts  for,  any
document  recorded,  registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available
following  such  recording,   registration  or  filing.  The  Transferors  shall
cooperate  fully with the Servicer in connection  with the obligations set forth
above and will execute any and all documents  reasonably required to fulfill the
intent of this subsection 13.02(a).

            (b)  Within 30 days  after any  Transferor  makes any  change in its
name,  identity or corporate  structure which would make any financing statement
or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously
misleading within the meaning of Section 9-402(7) of the UCC as in effect in the
applicable  jurisdiction,  such Transferor  shall give the Trustee notice of any
such change and shall file such  financing  statements  or  amendments as may be
necessary to continue the  perfection  of the Trust's  security  interest in the
Receivables and the proceeds thereof.

            (c) Each  Transferor  and the Servicer will give the Trustee  prompt
written  notice  of  any  relocation  of  any  office  from  which  it  services
Receivables  or keeps records  concerning  the  Receivables  or of its principal
executive  office and whether,  as a result of such  relocation,  the applicable
provisions of the UCC as in effect in the applicable  jurisdiction would require
the filing of any amendment of any previously  filed  financing or  continuation
statement  or of any new  financing  statement  and shall  file  such  financing
statements or  amendments as may be necessary to continue the  perfection of the
Trust's  security  interest in the  Receivables and the proceeds  thereof.  Each
Transferor and the Servicer will at all times maintain each office from which it
services Receivables and its principal executive office within the United States
of America.
            (d) The  Servicer  will  deliver to the Trustee and with  respect to
clause (i) to Standard & Poor's (i) upon each date that any Additional  Accounts
(other than  Automatic  Additional  Accounts) are to be included in the Accounts
pursuant to Section  2.06,  an Opinion of Counsel  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit E (ii) on each date specified in subsection  2.06(c) with respect to the
inclusion of Automatic  Additional  Accounts as Accounts,  an Opinion of Counsel
substantially  in the form of Exhibit E; and (iii) on or before March 31 of each
year, beginning with March 31, 1997, an Opinion of Counsel, substantially in the
form of Exhibit F.

                                      109

<PAGE>

            Section 13.03 Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders.
                          ------------------------------------------

            (a) The  death or  incapacity  of any  Certificateholder  shall  not
operate  to  terminate  this  Agreement  or the  Trust,  nor shall such death or
incapacity entitle such  Certificateholder's  legal  representatives or heirs to
claim an  accounting  or to take any action or commence  any  proceeding  in any
court for a  partition  or  winding up of the Trust,  nor  otherwise  affect the
rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.

            (b) No  Certificateholder  shall have any right to vote (except with
respect to the Investor  Certificateholders as provided in Section 13.01 hereof)
or in any manner otherwise control the operation and management of the Trust, or
the obligations of the parties  hereto,  nor shall anything herein set forth, or
contained in the terms of the Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the
Certificateholders  from time to time as partners or members of an  association;
nor shall any  Certificateholder  be under any  liability to any third person by
reason of any action  taken by the  parties to this  Agreement  pursuant  to any
provision hereof.

            (c) No  Certificateholder  shall  have any  right by  virtue  of any
provisions  of this  Agreement to institute  any suit,  action or  proceeding in
equity or at law upon or under or with  respect to this  Agreement,  unless such
Certificateholder previously shall have given written notice to the Trustee, and
unless the Holders of Certificates  evidencing  Undivided Interests  aggregating
more than 50% of the  Investor  Interest  of any Series  which may be  adversely
affected but for the institution of such suit, action or proceeding,  shall have
made  written  request  upon the  Trustee  to  institute  such  action,  suit or
proceeding  in its own name as Trustee  hereunder  and shall have offered to the
Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs,  expenses
and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby,  and the Trustee, for 60 days
after its receipt of such  notice,  request and offer of  indemnity,  shall have
neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding;  it being
understood   and   intended,    and   being   expressly   covenanted   by   each
Certificateholder  with every other  Certificateholder  and the Trustee, that no
one or more  Certificateholders  shall have the right in any manner  whatever by
virtue or by availing  itself or themselves of any  provisions of this Agreement
to affect,  disturb or  prejudice  the rights of the  Certificateholders  of any

                                      110

<PAGE>

other of the  Certificates,  or to  obtain or seek to  obtain  priority  over or
preference  to any other such  Certificateholder,  or to enforce any right under
this Agreement,  except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable
and common benefit of all Certificateholders. For the protection and enforcement
of the provisions of this Section 13.03,  each and every  Certificateholder  and
the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in
equity.

            Section 13.04  Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                           -------------
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE  STATE OF NEW  YORK  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

            Section  13.05  Notices . All  demands,  notices and  communications
                            -------
hereunder  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given if
personally  delivered  at, sent by facsimile to, sent by courier at or mailed by
registered mail, return receipt requested, to (a) in the case of Bank of America
as a Transferor and the Servicer, to Bank of America National Association,  1825
E. Buckeye Road, Financial Management 3719, Phoenix,  Arizona 85034,  Attention:
Chief Financial Officer,  (b) in the case of the Trustee, to the Corporate Trust
Office,  (c) in the case of the Credit  Enhancement  Provider  for a  particular
Series,  the  address,  if any,  specified  in the  Supplement  relating to such
Series,  (d) in the  case of any  Additional  Transferor,  the  address,  if any
specified in the amendment to this Agreement  pursuant to which such  Additional
Transferor  became a Transferor  and (e) in the case of the Rating  Agency for a
particular Series, the address,  if any, specified in the Supplement relating to
such Series;  or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated
by such party in a written notice to each other party. Unless otherwise provided
with  respect to any Series in the  related  Supplement  any notice  required or
permitted  to be mailed  to a  Certificateholder  shall be given by first  class
mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such  Certificateholder as shown in the
Certificate  Register, or with respect to any notice required or permitted to be
made to the  Holders  of  Bearer  Certificates,  by  publication  in the  manner
provided  in the  related  Supplement.  If and so long as any Series or Class is
listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such Exchange shall so require,  any
notice  to  Investor  Certificateholders  shall be  published  in an  authorized
newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg within the time period prescribed
in this  Agreement.  Any  notice so mailed  within the time  prescribed  in this
Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not
the Certificateholder receives such notice.

            Section 13.06 Severability of Provisions . If any one or more of the
                          --------------------------
covenants,  agreements,  provisions  or terms of this  Agreement  shall  for any
reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants,  agreements,  provisions
or terms shall be deemed  severable  from the remaining  covenants,  agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability  of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates
or rights of the Certificateholders thereof.

                                      111

<PAGE>

            Section 13.07 Assignment . Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
                          ----------
contained herein,  except as provided in Section 8.02, this Agreement may not be
assigned  by the  Servicer  without  the prior  consent of  Holders of  Investor
Certificates  evidencing  Undivided Interests  aggregating not less than 66 % of
the Investor Interest of each Series on a Series by Series basis.

            Section 13.08 Certificates Non-Assessable and Fully Paid . It is the
                          ------------------------------------------
intention of the parties to this Agreement that the Certificateholders shall not
be personally liable for obligations of the Trust, that the Undivided  Interests
represented  by the  Certificates  shall be  non-assessable  for any  losses  or
expenses of the Trust or for any reason  whatsoever,  and that Certificates upon
authentication thereof by the Trustee pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 6.02 are and
shall be deemed fully paid.

            Section 13.09 Further  Assurances . Each Transferor and the Servicer
                          -------------------
agree to do and perform,  from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any
and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Trustee more
fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement,  including,  without limitation,
the execution of any financing statements or continuation statements relating to
the  Receivables  for filing under the provisions of the UCC as in effect in any
applicable jurisdiction.

            Section  13.10  No  Waiver;  Cumulative  Remedies  . No  failure  to
                            ---------------------------------
exercise  and no delay in  exercising,  on the part of the  Trustee,  any Credit
Enhancement  Provider or the  Investor  Certificateholders,  any right,  remedy,
power or privilege  hereunder,  shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right,  remedy,  power or privilege  hereunder
preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof or the  exercise  of any other
right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights,  remedies,  powers and privileges
herein  provided are  cumulative  and not  exhaustive  of any rights,  remedies,
powers and privileges provided by law.

            Section 13.11  Counterparts  . This Agreement may be executed in two
                           ------------
or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate  counterparts),  each
of which shall be an original,  but all of which together  shall  constitute one
and the same instrument.

            Section 13.12 Third-Party  Beneficiaries . This Agreement will inure
                          --------------------------
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, the Certificateholders
and, to the extent provided in the related Supplement, to the Credit Enhancement
Provider named therein,  and their respective  successors and permitted assigns.
Except as otherwise  provided in this  Article XIII and Section 7.04 hereof,  no
other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

                                      112

<PAGE>

            Section 13.13 Actions by Certificateholders.
                          -----------------------------

            (a)  Wherever in this  Agreement a provision  is made that an action
may  be  taken  or  a  notice,   demand  or   instruction   given  by   Investor
Certificateholders,  such action, notice or instruction may be taken or given by
any  Investor  Certificateholder,  unless  such  provision  requires  a specific
percentage of Investor Certificateholders.

            (b) Any request, demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other act by a Certificateholder shall bind such Certificateholder and
every  subsequent  holder of such  Certificate  issued upon the  registration of
transfer  thereof  or in  exchange  therefor  or in lieu  thereof  in respect of
anything  done or omitted to be done by the Trustee or the  Servicer in reliance
thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Certificate.

            Section  13.14  Rule  144A  Information  . For so long as any of the
                            -----------------------
Investor  Certificates  of any Series or any Class are  "restricted  securities"
within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, each  Transferor,
the Servicer,  the Trustee and the Credit  Enhancement  Provider for such Series
agree to cooperate with each other to provide to any Investor Certificateholders
of such  Series  or  Class  and to any  prospective  purchaser  of  Certificates
designated  by such an  Investor  Certificateholder  upon  the  request  of such
Investor Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, any information required to
be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the condition set
forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

            Section 13.15 Merger and Integration . Except as specifically stated
                          ----------------------
otherwise  herein,  this  Agreement sets forth the entire  understanding  of the
parties  relating to the subject  matter hereof,  and all prior  understandings,
written or oral,  are  superseded by this  Agreement.  This Agreement may not be
modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.

            Section  13.16  Headings . The  headings  herein are for purposes of
                            --------
reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or  interpretation  of
any provision hereof.

                            [End of Article XIII]


                                      113

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Transferor,  the Servicer and the Trustee
have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their  respective  officers as
of the day and year first above written.


                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                        TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER


                                        By: /s/ MARGARET A. SPRUDE
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Name:  Margaret A. Sprude
                                           Title: Senior Vice President



                                        FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, TRUSTEE


                                        By: /s/ LYNN M. STEINER
                                            ------------------------------
                                            Name:  Lynn M. Steiner
                                            Title: Assistant Vice President



<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                       ---------


                             TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
                             ----------------------

                                                                        One Unit


                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST
                            ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

THIS CERTIFICATE WAS ISSUED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT), AND MAY BE SOLD ONLY PURSUANT TO A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  EFFECTIVE  UNDER  THE  ACT  OR AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  THE
PROVISIONS  OF  SECTION  5 OF  THE  ACT.  IN  ADDITION,  THE  TRANSFER  OF  THIS
CERTIFICATE  IS SUBJECT TO  RESTRICTIONS  SET FORTH IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. A COPY OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT WILL
BE  FURNISHED  TO THE HOLDER OF THIS  CERTIFICATE  BY THE TRUSTEE  UPON  WRITTEN
REQUEST.

                         This Certificate represents an
                         ------------------------------
                          Undivided Interest in the
                          -------------------------
                         BA Master Credit Card Trust
                         ---------------------------

Evidencing an Undivided  Interest in a trust,  the corpus of which consists of a
portfolio of  MasterCard(R)  and VISA(R)* credit card  receivables  generated oR
acquired by Bank of America National  Association and other assets and interests
constituting  the Trust  under the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  described
below.

                   (Not an interest in or an obligation of
                      Bank of America National Association
                           or any Affiliate thereof.)

            This  certifies  that  BANK OF  AMERICA  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  (the
"Holder")  is the  registered  owner of an  undivided  interest  in a trust (the
"Trust"),  the corpus of which  consists  of a  portfolio  of  receivables  (the
"Receivables")  now existing or hereafter  created under selected  MasterCard(R)
and VISA(R) credit card accounts (the  "Accounts")  of Bank of America  National
Association (the  "Transferor") a national banking  association  organized under
the laws of the United States, all monies due or to become due in payment of the
Receivables  (including  all Finance Charge  Receivables),  all proceeds of such
Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating to the Receivables, the other assets
and  interests  constituting  the Trust and the proceeds  thereof  pursuant to a
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  dated as of July 19, 1996, as  supplemented by
any Supplement  relating to a Series of Investor  Certificates (the "Pooling and

- --------------------
* MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) are federally registered servicemarks of MasterCard
  International Inc. and of VISA U.S.A. Inc., respectively.

<PAGE>

Servicing Agreement"),  by and between Bank of America National Association,  as
Transferor and Servicer,  and First Bank National  Association,  as Trustee (the
"Trustee"),  a summary of certain of the  pertinent  provisions  of which is set
forth hereinbelow.

            To the extent not defined herein,  the capitalized terms used herein
have the meanings assigned to them in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  This
Certificate  is  issued  under  and is  subject  to the  terms,  provisions  and
conditions  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  to  which  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement,  as amended from time to time, the Holder by virtue of the
acceptance hereof assents and by which the Holder is bound.

            This  Certificate  has not been  registered  or qualified  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  or any state  securities  law.  No sale,
transfer or other  disposition of this Certificate shall be permitted other than
in accordance  with the provisions of Section 6.03,  6.09 or 7.02 of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.

            The  Receivables  consist  of  Principal   Receivables  which  arise
generally  from the purchase of goods and  services  and of amounts  advanced to
cardholders as cash  advances,  and of Finance  Charge  Receivables  which arise
generally  from  Periodic  Finance  Charges and other fees and charges,  as more
fully specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

            This Certificate is the Transferor  Certificate (the "Certificate"),
which  represents  an Undivided  Interest in the Trust,  including  the right to
receive  the  Collections  and other  amounts  at the  times and in the  amounts
specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be paid to the Holder of the
Transferor  Certificate.  The aggregate interest represented by this Certificate
in the  Principal  Receivables  in the Trust  shall not at any time  exceed  the
Transferor  Interest at such time.  In addition to this  Certificate,  Series of
Investor  Certificates  will be issued to investors  pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement,  each of which will represent an Undivided Interest in the
Trust.  This  Certificate  shall not  represent  any  interest  in the  Investor
Accounts,  any Series Accounts or any Credit  Enhancement,  except to the extent
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  The Transferor Interest on any
date of  determination  will be an  amount  equal  to the  aggregate  amount  of
Principal  Receivables  and the  principal  amount on deposit  in any  Principal
Funding Account (as defined in any Supplement) at the end of the day immediately
prior to such date of  determination,  minus the Aggregate  Investor Interest at
the end of such day, minus the aggregate  Enhancement  Invested Amounts, if any,
for  each  Series  outstanding  at the  end of such  day,  minus  the  aggregate
Collateral  Interests not included in the Aggregate Investor Interests,  if any,
for each Series outstanding at the end of such day.

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

            The Servicer shall deposit all Collections in the Collection Account
as promptly as possible after the Date of Processing of such Collections, but in
no event later than the second  Business Day  following  such Date of Processing
(except  as  provided  below and except as  provided  in any  Supplement  to the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement).  Unless  otherwise  stated in any Supplement,
throughout the existence of the Trust, the Servicer shall allocate to the Holder
of the  Certificate  an  amount  equal  to the  product  of (A)  the  Transferor
Percentage  and (B)  the  aggregate  amount  of such  Collections  allocated  to
Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables,  respectively,  in respect
of each Monthly  Period.  Notwithstanding  the first sentence of this paragraph,
the Servicer  need not deposit this amount or any other  amounts so allocated to
the  Certificate  pursuant  to the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  into the
Collection Account and shall pay, or be deemed to pay, such amounts as collected
to the Holder of the Certificate.

            Bank of America National  Association,  as Servicer,  is entitled to
receive as servicing  compensation  a monthly  servicing fee. The portion of the
servicing fee which will be allocable to the Holder of the Certificate  pursuant
to the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  will be payable by the Holder of the
Certificate   and   neither   the  Trust  nor  the   Trustee  or  the   Investor
Certificateholders  will  have  any  obligations  to  pay  such  portion  of the
servicing fee.

            This  Certificate  does  not  represent  an  obligation  of,  or any
interest in, the Transferor or the Servicer,  and neither the  Certificates  nor
the Accounts or  Receivables  are insured or guaranteed  by the Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation or any other  governmental  agency.  This  Certificate is
limited in right of payment to certain  Collections  respecting the Receivables,
all as more  specifically set forth hereinabove and in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

            Upon the  termination  of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01 of the
Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Trustee  shall  assign and convey to the
Holder of the Certificate  (without  recourse,  representation  or warranty) all
right, title and interest of the Trust in the Receivables, whether then existing
or  thereafter  created,  all monies due or to become due with  respect  thereto
(including   all  accrued   interest   theretofore   posted  as  Finance  Charge
Receivables)  and all proceeds thereof and Insurance  Proceeds  relating thereto
and Interchange  allocable to the Trust pursuant to any  Supplement,  except for
amounts  held by the  Trustee  pursuant  to Section  12.03(b) of the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement.  The Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of
transfer and assignment,  in each case without recourse,  as shall be reasonably
requested  by the Holder of the  Certificate  to vest in such  Holder all right,
title and interest which the Trustee had in the Receivables.

                                      A-3

<PAGE>

            Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature,  this Certificate shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  or be valid
for any purpose.


                                      A-4

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF Bank of America  National  Association has caused
this Certificate to be duly executed.


                                    By:_________________________
                                       Authorized Officer





Date:


                                      A-5

<PAGE>


                   Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
                   ---------------------------------------

                        CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
                        -----------------------------


            This   is   the   Transferor   Certificate   referred   to  in   the
within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


                                    FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                      as Trustee


                                    By:___________________________
                                       Authorized Officer


                                      A-6

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                       ---------


           FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS
           --------------------------------------------------------


            ASSIGNMENT No. ____ OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS,  dated as
of   __________   ____,   ____   by  and   between   [____________________],   a
[___________________]  organized under the laws of [__________________]  ("[Name
of Transferor]"),  to [Trustee],  a banking  corporation  organized and existing
under  the  laws  of the  State  of  [Trustee's  State  of  Incorporation]  (the
"Trustee") pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              - - - - - - - - - -

            WHEREAS,  [Name of  Transferor]  and the  Trustee are parties to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of __________ __, 199_ (hereinafter as
such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified, the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement");

            WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  [Name of
Transferor] wishes to designate  Additional  Accounts of [Name of Transferor] to
be  included  as  Accounts  and to convey  the  Receivables  of such  Additional
Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, to the Trust as part of the
corpus of the Trust (as each such term is defined in the Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement); and

            WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to accept such designation and
conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof;

            NOW, THEREFORE, [Name of Transferor] and the Trustee hereby agree as
follows:

                  1.    DEFINED TERMS.  ALL TERMS DEFINED IN THE POOLING AND
                        -------------
      SERVICING AGREEMENT AND USED HEREIN SHALL HAVE SUCH DEFINED MEANINGS
      WHEN USED HEREIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED HEREIN.

                  "Addition  Cut-Off  Date"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to the
                   -----------------------
      Additional Accounts transferred hereby, __________ __, ____.

                  "Addition  Date" shall mean,  with  respect to the  Additional
                   --------------
      Accounts transferred hereby, __________, ____.

                  "Notice  Date"  shall  mean,  with  respect to the  Additional
                   ------------
      Accounts designated hereby, __________,  ____ (which shall be a date on or
      prior to the fifth Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect to
      additions  pursuant to  subsection  2.06(a) of the  Pooling and  Servicing
      Agreement  and the  tenth  Business  Day prior to the  Addition  Date with
      respect to  additions  pursuant to  subsection  2.06(b) of the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement).

<PAGE>

                  2.  DESIGNATION OF ADDITIONAL  ACCOUNTS.  [NAME OF TRANSFEROR]
                      -----------------------------------
      DOES HEREBY DELIVER  HEREWITH TO THE TRUSTEE A COMPUTER FILE OR MICROFICHE
      LIST  CONTAINING  A TRUE AND  COMPLETE  LIST OF EACH  MASTERCARD  AND VISA
      ACCOUNT  WHICH  WERE  DESIGNATED  ON THE  ADDITION  CUT-OFF  DATE TO BE AN
      ADDITIONAL  ACCOUNT  (THE  "ADDITIONAL  ACCOUNTS"),  SUCH  ACCOUNTS  BEING
      IDENTIFIED  BY ACCOUNT  NUMBER AND BY THE  AMOUNT OF  RECEIVABLES  IN SUCH
      ACCOUNTS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE DAY ON THE ADDITION  CUT-OFF  DATE.  SUCH
      LIST  SHALL BE MARKED AS  SCHEDULE  1 TO THIS  ASSIGNMENT  AND,  AS OF THE
      ADDITION  DATE,  SHALL  BE  INCORPORATED  INTO  AND  MADE A PART  OF  THIS
      ASSIGNMENT.

                  3.    CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.
                        -------------------------

                  (a)  [Name  of  Transferor]  does  hereby  transfer,   assign,
      set-over  and  otherwise  convey  to the  Trust  for  the  benefit  of the
      Certificateholders,  without  recourse on and after the Addition Date, all
      right,  title  and  interest  of  [Name  of  Transferor]  in  and  to  the
      Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Additional  Accounts
      designated  hereby,  all monies due or to become due with respect  thereto
      (including  all  Finance  Charge  Receivables)  and all  proceeds  of such
      Receivables,  Insurance  Proceeds  relating  to such  Receivables  and the
      proceeds thereof.

                  (b) In connection  with such  transfer,  [Name of  Transferor]
      agrees to record and file, at its own expense,  financing  statements with
      respect to the  Receivables  now  existing  and  hereafter  created in the
      Additional  Accounts  designated  hereby (which may be a single  financing
      statement  with  respect to each  location  for filing with respect to all
      such Receivables) for the transfer of accounts as defined in Section 9-106
      of the  UCC  as in  effect  in the  applicable  jurisdiction  meeting  the
      requirements of applicable state law in such manner and such jurisdictions
      as are  necessary to perfect the  assignment  of such  Receivables  to the
      Trust, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing  statements or
      other  evidence of such filing (which may, for purposes of this Section 3,
      consist of  telephone  confirmation  of such  filing) to the Trustee on or
      prior to the date of this Agreement.

                  (c) In connection  with such  transfer,  [Name of  Transferor]
      further  agrees,  at its own  expense,  on or  prior  to the  date of this
      Assignment to indicate in its computer files that  Receivables  created in
      connection  with the  Additional  Accounts  designated  hereby  have  been
      transferred  to the Trust  pursuant to this  Assignment for the benefit of
      the Certificateholders.

                                      B-2

<PAGE>

                  (d) If, and to the extent that, the transfer  provided  hereby
      is not deemed to be a sale or if for any reason any  Receivable is held to
      be property of a Transferor,  then [Name of  Transferor]  hereby grants to
      the Trustee a first priority  perfected  security interest in all of [Name
      of Transferor]'s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter
      acquired,  in, to and under the  Receivables  now existing  and  hereafter
      created in the Additional  Accounts,  all monies due or to become due with
      respect to such  Receivables  (including all Finance Charge  Receivables),
      all proceeds of such  Receivables and all Insurance  Proceeds  relating to
      such  Receivables,  and all proceeds of any of the foregoing  and, in such
      case,  this  Agreement  shall   constitute  a  security   agreement  under
      applicable law.

                  4. ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE.  THE TRUSTEE HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES ITS
                     ---------------------
      ACCEPTANCE   ON   BEHALF   OF  THE   TRUST   FOR   THE   BENEFIT   OF  THE
      CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  OF ALL RIGHT,  TITLE AND INTEREST  PREVIOUSLY  HELD BY
      [NAME OF TRANSFEROR] IN AND TO THE  RECEIVABLES NOW EXISTING AND HEREAFTER
      CREATED,  AND  DECLARES  THAT IT SHALL  MAINTAIN  SUCH  RIGHT,  TITLE  AND
      INTEREST,  UPON  THE  TRUST  HEREIN  SET  FORTH,  FOR THE  BENEFIT  OF ALL
      CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.

                  5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF [NAME OF TRANSFEROR].
                     ------------------------------------------------------   
      [NAME OF TRANSFEROR] HEREBY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS TO THE TRUST AS OF THE
      ADDITION DATE:

                        (a) Legal Valid and Binding Obligation.  This Assignment
                            ----------------------------------
            constitutes  a  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of [Name of
            Transferor]  enforceable  against [Name of Transferor] in accordance
            with its  terms,  except as such  enforceability  may be  limited by
            applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or
            other  similar  laws  now  or  hereafter  in  effect  affecting  the
            enforcement  of  creditors'  rights  in  general  and the  rights of
            creditors  of  national  banking  associations  and  except  as such
            enforceability  may be  limited  by  general  principles  of  equity
            (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

                        (b)  Eligibility  of  Accounts  and  Receivables.   Each
                             -------------------------------------------
            Additional  Account  designated  hereby is an Eligible Account as of
            the Addition  Cut-Off Date, and each  Receivable in such  Additional
            Account is an Eligible Receivable as of the Addition Cut-Off Date.

                        (c)  Selection   Procedures.   No  selection  procedures
                             ----------------------
            believed by [Name of  Transferor]  to be  materially  adverse to the
            interests  of  the  Investor  Certificateholders  were  utilized  in
            selecting  the  Additional   Accounts  designated  hereby  from  the
            available Eligible Accounts in the Identified Pool.

                                      B-3

<PAGE>

                        (d)   Insolvency.  [Name of Transferor] is not
                              ----------
            insolvent and, after giving effect to the conveyance set forth in
            Section 3 of this Assignment, will not be insolvent.

                        (e)  Security  Interest.   This  Assignment  constitutes
                             ------------------
            either:  (i) a valid  transfer  and  assignment  to the Trust of all
            right,  title  and  interest  of  [Name  of  Transferor]  in  and to
            Receivables  existing as of the beginning of the day on the Addition
            Cut-Off  Date,  and  hereafter  created from time to time arising in
            connection  with the  Additional  Accounts  designated  hereby,  all
            monies  due or to  become  due  with  respect  to  such  Receivables
            (including all Finance  Charge  Receivables),  all amounts  received
            with  respect  thereto  and  Insurance  Proceeds  relating  to  such
            Receivables  and all proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in
            the applicable  jurisdiction)  of any of the foregoing and Insurance
            Proceeds  relating  thereto will be held by the Trust free and clear
            of any  Lien of any  Person  claiming  through  or  under  [Name  of
            Transferor] or any of its Affiliates, except for (i) Liens permitted
            under  subsection  2.05(b) of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,
            (ii)  the  interest  of  [Name  of  Transferor]  as  Holder  of  the
            Transferor  Certificate  and (iii) [Name of  Transferor]'s  right to
            receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of,
            the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account,  or any Series
            Account as provided in the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement and any
            related  Supplement  or  (ii) a grant  of a  security  interest  (as
            defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction),  in
            such  property to the Trust,  which is  enforceable  with respect to
            then existing Receivables of the Additional Accounts, all monies due
            or to become due with  respect to such  Receivables  (including  all
            Finance  Charge  Receivables),  all amounts  received  with  respect
            thereto and Insurance  Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all
            proceeds  (as  defined  in the UCC as in  effect  in the  applicable
            jurisdiction)  of any of the foregoing  upon the  conveyance of such
            Receivables to the Trust, and which will be enforceable with respect
            to the  Receivables  thereafter  created in  respect  of  Additional
            Accounts  relating  to  [Name  of  Transferor]  conveyed  designated
            hereby,  and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables and all
            proceeds  (as  defined  in the UCC as in  effect  in the  applicable
            jurisdiction) of any of the foregoing upon such creation;  and (iii)
            if the Assignment  constitutes  the grant of a security  interest to
            the  Trust  in such  property,  upon  the  filing  of the  financing
            statements as described in Section 3 of this Assignment with respect
            to such Additional Accounts designated hereby and in the case of the
            Receivables in such  Additional  Accounts  thereafter  created,  all
            monies  due or to  become  due  with  respect  to  such  Receivables

                                      B-4

<PAGE>

            (including all Finance  Charge  Receivables),  all amounts  received
            with  respect  thereto,  and  Insurance  Proceeds  relating  to such
            Receivables  and all proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in
            the  applicable  jurisdiction)  of any of the  foregoing,  upon such
            creation,  the Trust shall have a first priority  perfected security
            interest in such property (subject to Section 9-306 of the UCC as in
            effect in the applicable  jurisdiction),  except for Liens permitted
            under subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement

                  6.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  THE ACCEPTANCE BY THE TRUSTEE
                        --------------------
      SET FORTH IN SECTION 4 AND THE AMENDMENT OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING
      AGREEMENT SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 ARE SUBJECT TO THE SATISFACTION, ON OR
      PRIOR TO THE ADDITION DATE, OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS PRECEDENT:

                        (a) Officer's  Certificate.  [Name of Transferor]  shall
                            ----------------------
            have  delivered to the Trustee a certificate  of a Vice President or
            more senior officer  substantially in the form of Schedule 2 hereto,
            certifying  that (i) all  requirements  set forth in Section 2.06 of
            the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  for  designating  Additional
            Accounts and conveying the  Principal  Receivables  of such Account,
            whether now existing or hereafter  created,  have been satisfied and
            (ii) each of the  representations  and  warranties  made by [Name of
            Transferor]  in  Section 5 is true and  correct  as of the  Addition
            Date.   The  Trustee  may   conclusively   rely  on  such  Officer's
            Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the
            matters  set forth  therein,  and  shall  incur no  liability  in so
            relying.

                        (b) Opinion of Counsel.  [Name of Transferor] shall have
                            ------------------
            delivered  to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel  with respect to the
            Additional Accounts  designated hereby  substantially in the form of
            Exhibit E to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                        (c)   Additional Information.  [Name of Transferor]
                              ----------------------
            shall have delivered to the Trustee such information as was
            reasonably requested by the Trustee to satisfy itself as to the
            accuracy of the representation and warranty set forth in
            subsection 5(d) to this Agreement.

                  7.  AMENDMENT  OF THE POOLING  AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT.  THE
                      ----------------------------------------------------
      POOLING AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT  IS HEREBY  AMENDED TO PROVIDE  THAT ALL
      REFERENCES  THEREIN TO THE "POOLING  AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT,"  TO "THIS
      AGREEMENT"  AND "HEREIN"  SHALL BE DEEMED FROM AND AFTER THE ADDITION DATE
      TO  BE A  DUAL  REFERENCE  TO  THE  POOLING  AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT  AS
      SUPPLEMENTED BY THIS ASSIGNMENT.  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY AMENDED HEREBY,  ALL
      OF THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, TERMS, COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS TO THE

                                      B-5

<PAGE>

      POOLING AND SERVICING  AGREEMENT SHALL REMAIN UNAMENDED AND SHALL CONTINUE
      TO BE, AND SHALL REMAIN,  IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT IN ACCORDANCE  WITH ITS
      TERMS AND EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY  PROVIDED  HEREIN SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE OR BE
      DEEMED  TO  CONSTITUTE  A  WAIVER  OF  COMPLIANCE  WITH  OR A  CONSENT  TO
      NONCOMPLIANCE  WITH ANY TERM OR  PROVISIONS  OF THE POOLING AND  SERVICING
      AGREEMENT.

                  8.    COUNTERPARTS.  THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY BE EXECUTED IN TWO
                        ------------
      OR MORE COUNTERPARTS (AND BY DIFFERENT PARTIES ON SEPARATE
      COUNTERPARTS), EACH OF WHICH SHALL BE AN ORIGINAL, BUT ALL OF WHICH
      TOGETHER SHALL CONSTITUTE ONE AND THE SAME INSTRUMENT.

                  9.    GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
                        -------------
      AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
      WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS.


                                      B-6

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned have caused this Assignment of
Receivables  in  Additional  Accounts to be duly executed and delivered by their
respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

                                    [Name of Transferor]
                                     Association


                                    By: ________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:


                                    [Trustee]
                                      as Trustee


                                    By: ________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:


                                      B-7

<PAGE>


                                                                      Schedule 1
                                                                to Assignment of
                                                                  Receivables in
                                                             Additional Accounts
                                                             -------------------


                             ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS
                             -------------------




                                      B-8

<PAGE>

                                                                      Schedule 2
                                                                to Assignment of
                                                                  Receivables in
                                                             Additional Accounts
                                                             -------------------


                              [Name of Transferor]
                         BA Master Credit Card Trust
                            Officer's Certificate


            ____________________,   a  duly  authorized   officer  of  [Name  of
Transferor], a [____________________] ("[Name of Transferor]"), hereby certifies
and  acknowledges on behalf of Bank of America that to the best of his knowledge
the following  statements are true on __________,  ____, (the "Addition  Date"),
and  acknowledges  on  behalf  of  [Name  of  Transferor]  that  this  Officer's
Certificate  will be relied upon by [Trustee] as Trustee (the  "Trustee") of the
BA Master  Credit  Card  Trust in  connection  with the  Trustee  entering  into
Assignment  No. ____ of  Receivables  in  Additional  Accounts,  dated as of the
Addition Date (the  "Assignment"),  by and between [Name of Transferor]  and the
Trustee,  in connection  with the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  dated as of
__________  __, 199_, as heretofore  supplemented  and amended (the "Pooling and
Servicing Agreement") pursuant to which [Name of Transferor],  as Transferor and
Servicer,  and the Trustee are parties.  The  undersigned  hereby  certifies and
acknowledges on behalf of [Name of Transferor] that:

            (a) On or prior to the  Addition  Date,  [Name  of  Transferor]  has
delivered to the Trustee the Assignment  (including an acceptance by the Trustee
on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Investor  Certificateholders)  and
[Name of Transferor]  and a computer file or microfiche  list  containing a true
and complete list of all  Additional  Accounts  identified by account number and
the aggregate  amount of the Receivables in such  Additional  Accounts as of the
Addition Cut-Off Date, which computer file or microfiche list shall be as of the
date of such  Assignment,  incorporated  into and made a part of such Assignment
and the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and has indicated in its computer files
that the  Receivables  created in connection  with the Additional  Accounts have
been transferred to the Trust.

            (b) Legal, Valid and Binding Obligation.  The Assignment constitutes
                -----------------------------------
a legal,  valid and  binding  obligation  of [Name of  Transferor],  enforceable
against  [Name of  Transferor]  in  accordance  with its  terms,  except as such
enforceability   may  be   limited   by   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar  laws now or  hereafter in effect
affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights in general and the rights of
creditors of national banking associations and except as such enforceability may
be limited by general principles of equity (whether  considered in a suit at law
or in equity).

                                      B-9

<PAGE>

            (c)  Eligibility of Accounts.  As of the Addition  Cut-Off Date each
                 -----------------------
Additional Account designated  pursuant to the Assignment is an Eligible Account
and each Receivable in such Additional Account is an Eligible Receivable.

            (d) Selection Procedures.  No selection procedures believed by [Name
                --------------------
of  Transferor]  to be  materially  adverse  to the  interests  of the  Investor
Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts designated
hereby from the available Eligible Accounts in the Identified Pool.

            (e)  Insolvency.  As of each of the  Addition  Cut-Off  Date and the
                 ----------
Addition  Date,  [Name of  Transferor]  was not and is not insolvent  and, after
giving effect to the conveyance set forth in Section 3 of the  Assignment,  will
not be insolvent.

            (f) Security  Interest.  The Assignment  constitutes  either:  (i) a
                ------------------
valid transfer and  assignment to the Trust of all right,  title and interest of
[Name of Transferor] in and to Receivables now existing and hereafter created in
the Additional Accounts designated pursuant to the Assignment,  and all proceeds
(as  defined  in the UCC as in effect in the  applicable  jurisdiction)  of such
Receivables and Insurance  Proceeds relating  thereto,  and such Receivables and
any proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto will be held by the
Trust  free and clear of any Lien of any  Person  claiming  through or under the
Transferor  or any of its  Affiliates  except  for  (x)  Liens  permitted  under
subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  (y) the interest of
[Name of Transferor] as holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  and (z) [Name of
Transferor]'s  right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in
respect of, the Finance Charge Account and the Principal  Account as provided in
the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement and any  Supplement;  or (ii) a grant of a
security  interest  (as  defined  in the  UCC  as in  effect  in the  applicable
jurisdiction)  in such property to the Trust,  which is enforceable with respect
to the existing  Receivables of the Additional  Accounts  designated pursuant to
the  Assignment,  the  proceeds  (as  defined  in the  UCC as in  effect  in the
applicable  jurisdiction)  thereof and Insurance  Proceeds relating thereto upon
the conveyance of such  Receivables to the Trust,  and which will be enforceable
with  respect to the  Receivables  thereafter  created in respect of  Additional
Accounts designated pursuant to the Assignment,  the proceeds (as defined in the
UCC as in effect in the applicable  jurisdiction) thereof and Insurance Proceeds
relating thereto,  upon such creation;  and (iii) if the Assignment  constitutes
the grant of a security interest to the Trust in such property,  upon the filing
of the  financing  statements  described  in  Section 3 of the  Assignment  with
respect to the Additional  Accounts designated pursuant to the Assignment and in
the case of the Receivables of such Additional  Accounts  thereafter created and
the proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction)
thereof,  and  Insurance  Proceeds  relating  to  such  Receivables,  upon  such
creation,  the Trust shall have a first priority  perfected security interest in
such  property  (subject  to  Section  9-306  of  the  UCC as in  effect  in the
applicable  jurisdiction) except for Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b) of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                      B-10

<PAGE>

            (g)   Requirements   of  Pooling  and   Servicing   Agreement.   All
                  -------------------------------------------------------
requirements  set forth in Section 2.06 of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement
for designating  Additional Accounts and conveying the Principal  Receivables of
such Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, have been satisfied.

            Initially  capitalized  terms used herein and not otherwise  defined
are used as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ____ day of
- ----------, ----.

                                    [Name of Transferor]



                                    By: ________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:


                                      B-11

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                                                       ---------


                     FORM OF MONTHLY SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE
                     --------------------------------------

                      Bank of America National Association

                   ----------------------------------------

                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST

                   ----------------------------------------


                  1.  CAPITALIZED  TERMS  USED IN THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE THEIR
      RESPECTIVE  MEANINGS  SET FORTH IN THE  POOLING AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT;
      PROVIDED,  THAT THE  "PRECEDING  MONTHLY  PERIOD"  SHALL MEAN THE  MONTHLY
      --------
      PERIOD IMMEDIATELY  PRECEDING THE CALENDAR MONTH IN WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE
      IS DELIVERED. THIS CERTIFICATE IS DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 3.04(B)
      OF THE  POOLING  AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT.  REFERENCES  HEREIN TO CERTAIN
      SECTIONS AND  SUBSECTIONS  ARE REFERENCES TO THE  RESPECTIVE  SECTIONS AND
      SUBSECTIONS OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

                  2.  BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION IS SERVICER UNDER THE
      POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

                  3.  THE UNDERSIGNED IS A SERVICING OFFICER.

                  4.  THE DATE OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS A DETERMINATION DATE UNDER
      THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

                  5.  THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF COLLECTIONS           $__________
      PROCESSED DURING THE PRECEDING MONTHLY PERIOD WAS EQUAL
      TO (EXCLUDING ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP FEES AND INTERCHANGE).

                  6.   THE AGGREGATE INVESTOR PERCENTAGE OF         $__________
      RECEIVABLES PROCESSED BY THE SERVICER DURING THE
      PRECEDING MONTHLY PERIOD WAS EQUAL TO

                  7.   THE AGGREGATE INVESTOR PERCENTAGE            $__________
      OF COLLECTIONS OF FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES
      PROCESSED BY THE SERVICER DURING THE PRECEDING
      MONTHLY PERIOD WAS EQUAL TO (EXCLUDING ANNUAL
      MEMBERSHIP FEES AND INTERCHANGE)

                  8.  THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF                       $__________
      RECEIVABLES PROCESSED BY THE SERVICER AS OF THE END
      OF THE LAST DAY OF THE PRECEDING MONTHLY PERIOD

<PAGE>

                  9. OF THE BALANCE ON DEPOSIT IN THE               $__________
      FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT, THE AMOUNT ATTRIBUTABLE TO
      THE AGGREGATE INVESTOR PERCENTAGE OF COLLECTIONS
      PROCESSED BY THE SERVICER DURING THE PRECEDING
      MONTHLY PERIOD

                  10.  OF THE BALANCE ON DEPOSIT IN THE             $__________
      PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT, THE AMOUNT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE
      AGGREGATE INVESTOR PERCENTAGE OF COLLECTIONS
      PROCESSED BY THE SERVICER DURING THE PRECEDING
      MONTHLY PERIOD

                  11.  THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT, IF ANY, OF             $__________
      WITHDRAWALS, DRAWINGS OR PAYMENTS UNDER ANY CREDIT
      ENHANCEMENT, IF ANY, REQUIRED TO BE MADE WITH
      RESPECT TO ANY SERIES OUTSTANDING FOR THE PRECEDING
      MONTHLY PERIOD

                  12.   THE AGGREGATE INVESTOR PERCENTAGE           $__________
      OF COLLECTIONS OF PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES PROCESSED
      BY THE SERVICER DURING THE CURRENT MONTH IS EQUAL
      TO

                  13.   THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE AGGREGATE           $__________
      INVESTOR  PERCENTAGE OF ANNUAL  MEMBERSHIP  FEES  
      DEPOSITED TO THE FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT OR ANY SERIES
      ACCOUNT ON OR BEFORE THE TRANSFER DATE DURING THE
      CURRENT MONTH IS EQUAL TO

                  14.   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF                     $__________
      INTERCHANGE TO BE DEPOSITED IN THE FINANCE CHARGE
      ACCOUNT ON THE TRANSFER DATE OF THE CURRENT MONTH
      IS EQUAL TO

                  15.  THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF ALL SUMS             $__________
      PAYABLE TO THE INVESTOR CERTIFICATEHOLDER OF EACH
      SERIES ON THE SUCCEEDING DISTRIBUTION DATE WITH
      RESPECT TO CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL

                  16.  THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF ALL SUMS             $__________
      PAYABLE TO THE INVESTOR CERTIFICATEHOLDER OF EACH
      SERIES ON THE SUCCEEDING DISTRIBUTION DATE WITH
      RESPECT TO CERTIFICATE INTEREST

                  17.   TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE
      UNDERSIGNED, THERE ARE NO LIENS ON ANY RECEIVABLES
      IN THE TRUST EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED BELOW:

                       [If applicable, insert "None."]

                                      C-2

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has duly executed and delivered
this certificate this ____ day of __________, ____.

                                    Bank of America National
                                      Association


                                    By: ________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:


                                      C-3

<PAGE>

                                                             Schedule to Monthly
                                                         Servicer's Certificate*
                                                         ----------------------

                      Bank of America National Association

                   ----------------------------------------

                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST

                   ----------------------------------------


      *     A  separate  schedule  is to  be  attached  for  each  Series,  with
            appropriate  changes and  additions to reflect the  specifics of the
            related Series Supplement.


                                      C-4

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D
                                                                       ---------


                    FORM OF ANNUAL SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE
                    -------------------------------------

                      Bank of America National Association

                   ----------------------------------------

                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST

                   ----------------------------------------


            The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of Bank of America
National  Association  ("Bank of America"),  as Servicer pursuant to the Pooling
and  Servicing  Agreement  dated as of  __________  __, 199_ (the  "Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement")  by and  between  Bank of America and the  [Trustee],  as
trustee (the "Trustee") does hereby certify that:

                  1.  BANK OF AMERICA IS SERVICER UNDER THE POOLING AND
      SERVICING AGREEMENT.

                  2. THE UNDERSIGNED IS DULY AUTHORIZED PURSUANT TO THE POOLING
      AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT TO EXECUTE AND DELIVER THIS  CERTIFICATE  TO THE
      TRUSTEE.

                  3.  THIS CERTIFICATE IS DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3.05
      OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

                  4. A REVIEW OF THE  ACTIVITIES  OF THE  SERVICER  DURING [THE
      PERIOD  FROM THE  CLOSING  DATE UNTIL]  [THE  TWELVE-MONTH  PERIOD  ENDED]
      __________ ____ WAS CONDUCTED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

                  5. BASED ON SUCH REVIEW, THE SERVICER HAS, TO THE BEST OF THE
      KNOWLEDGE OF THE  UNDERSIGNED,  FULLY PERFORMED ALL ITS OBLIGATIONS  UNDER
      THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT  THROUGHOUT SUCH PERIOD AND NO DEFAULT
      IN THE  PERFORMANCE  OF SUCH  OBLIGATIONS  HAS  OCCURRED OR IS  CONTINUING
      EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 6 BELOW.

                  6. THE  FOLLOWING  IS A  DESCRIPTION  OF EACH  DEFAULT IN THE
      PERFORMANCE  OF THE  SERVICER'S  OBLIGATIONS  UNDER THE  PROVISIONS OF THE
      POOLING AND SERVICING  AGREEMENT,  INCLUDING ANY SUPPLEMENT,  KNOWN TO THE
      UNDERSIGNED  TO HAVE BEEN MADE  DURING  SUCH  PERIOD  WHICH  SETS FORTH IN
      DETAIL (I) THE NATURE OF EACH SUCH  DEFAULT,  (II) THE ACTION TAKEN BY THE
      SERVICER, IF ANY, TO REMEDY EACH SUCH DEFAULT AND (III) THE CURRENT STATUS
      OF EACH SUCH DEFAULT:

                       [If applicable, insert "None."]

<PAGE>

            IN  WITNESS   WHEREOF,   the  undersigned  has  duly  executed  this
certificate this ____ day of __________, ____.



                                    ------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Title:


                                      D-2

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT E
                                                                       ---------


           FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL REGARDING ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS
           --------------------------------------------------------

                           FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL
                 TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(d)(vi)
                     OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
                     --------------------------------------


            [To be delivered in a form substantially as attached hereto or as
otherwise acceptable to the Trustee]



<PAGE>

                [Appropriate changes to this form of opinion may
               be based on the facts and circumstances applicable
                      at the time the opinion is required]


                                     [Date]


[Addressees]


            Re:   BA Master Credit Card Trust, Series 1996-A
                  ------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

            We have  acted  as  special  counsel  for Bank of  America  National
Association,  a national banking  association (the "Bank"), in connection with a
                                                    ----
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  between the Bank, as Transferor  and Servicer,
and First Bank  National  Association,  as Trustee of the BA Master  Credit Card
Trust (the  "Trust"),  dated as of July 19,  1996 (the  "Pooling  and  Servicing
             -----                                       -----------------------
Agreement") and the Series 1996-A  Supplement  among the Bank, as Transferor and
- ---------
Servicer, and First Bank National Association,  as Trustee, dated as of July 19,
1996  (the  "Series  1996-A  Supplement,"  and  together  with the  Pooling  and
             --------------------------
Servicing Agreement,  the "Agreement").  The Bank proposes to cause the Trust to
                           ---------
issue the Class A Floating  Rate Asset Backed  Certificates,  Series  1996-A and
Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed  Certificates,  Series 1996-A (together,  the
"Certificates")  pursuant to the Agreement.  First Bank National  Association as
 ------------
Trustee  pursuant  to the  Agreement  for  the  benefit  of the  holders  of the
Certificates  is  referred  to herein as the  "Trustee."  Capitalized  terms not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

            In subsection 2.04(b)(i) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement each
Transferor  represents and warrants with respect to the Receivables  transferred
by the  Transferor  that each such  Receivable  is an  Eligible  Receivable.  In
addition,  in  subsection  2.05(a) of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  each
Transferor  covenants  that,  except  in  connection  with  the  enforcement  or
collection of a  Receivable,  such  Transferor  will take no action to cause any
Receivable  transferred  by it to the Trust to be evidenced by any instrument or
chattel paper (as defined in the UCC).

                                      E-2

<PAGE>

[Addressees]
[Date]
Page 3


            You have requested our opinion as to the security  interest  granted
by the  Bank to the  Trustee  pursuant  to the  Agreement  in  Receivables  (the
"Receivables")  arising in  Accounts  owned by the Bank.  This  opinion is based
 -----------
solely upon our review of the Agreement and our  examination  of such matters of
law as we have deemed  relevant.  In  rendering  this  opinion,  we have assumed
without investigation that (a) the Agreement has been duly authorized,  executed
and delivered by each of the parties thereto,  constitutes the legal,  valid and
binding  obligation  of the parties  thereto  and is  enforceable  against  such
parties  in  accordance  with the  terms  thereof,  and (b) all  signatures  are
genuine, all natural persons have legal capacity,  all documents submitted to us
as originals are authentic,  all documents  submitted to us as copies conform to
the originals, and the originals of such copies are authentic.

            Based upon and subject to the foregoing,  as well as the limitations
set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

            1.  THE  AGREEMENT  CREATES  IN FAVOR  OF THE  TRUSTEE  A  SECURITY
INTEREST  IN THE  RIGHTS OF THE BANK IN SUCH OF THE  RECEIVABLES  AS  CONSTITUTE
ACCOUNTS.  TO THE EXTENT  THAT SUCH  SECURITY  INTEREST  IS NOT AN INTEREST OF A
BUYER OF ACCOUNTS, THEN THE AGREEMENT CREATES IN FAVOR OF THE TRUSTEE A SECURITY
INTEREST IN THE RIGHTS OF THE BANK IN THE PROCEEDS OF SUCH RECEIVABLES.

            2. TO THE EXTENT THAT TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE AGREEMENT DO
NOT  CONSTITUTE A SALE BY THE BANK TO THE TRUSTEE OF SUCH OF THE  RECEIVABLES AS
CONSTITUTE GENERAL INTANGIBLES OR THE PROCEEDS THEREOF, THE AGREEMENT CREATES IN
FAVOR OF THE  TRUSTEE A SECURITY  INTEREST  IN THE RIGHTS OF THE BANK IN SUCH OF
THE RECEIVABLES AS CONSTITUTE GENERAL INTANGIBLES AND THE PROCEEDS THEREOF.

            3. UNDER SECTION 9-103 OF THE NEW YORK UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE (THE
"NYUCC"),  IF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE  OFFICE OF THE BANK IS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF
 -----
ARIZONA,  THEN THE LAW  (INCLUDING  THE  CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES) OF THE STATE OF
ARIZONA GOVERNS THE PERFECTION AND EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR NON-PERFECTION OF THE
SECURITY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPHS 1 AND 2 ABOVE.

            We note that Article 9 of the NYUCC  applies to sales of  "accounts"
and "chattel  paper," as well as an assignment of "accounts" or "chattel  paper"
as security for an obligation.  Comment 2 to Section 9-102 explains that "a sale
of [accounts or chattel paper is] covered by subsection  (1)(b) whether intended
for security or not. . . . The buyer then is treated as a secured party, and his
interest as a security interest." Accordingly,  the term "security interest," as
defined in Section 1-201(37) of the NYUCC,  includes "any interest of a buyer of
accounts or chattel paper which is subject to Article 9" of the NYUCC.  The term
"debtor," as defined in Section  9-105(d),  includes  "the seller of accounts or
chattel  paper."  The term  "secured  party," as  defined  in Section  9-105(m),
includes a "person to whom accounts or chattel paper have been sold."

<PAGE>

[Addressees]
[Date]
Page 4


            We express no opinion  herein as to (a) any  Receivable  or proceeds
thereof in which the Bank does not have rights,  (b) any  Receivable or proceeds
thereof that is of a type described in Section  9-401(1)(a) or (b) of the NYUCC,
(c) whether the Agreement  reasonably  identifies the  Receivables  and proceeds
thereof  for  purposes  of  Sections  9-110  and  9-203  of the  NYUCC,  (d) any
Receivable in any Additional  Account or the proceeds thereof,  (e) any proceeds
other than money or instruments that are identifiable cash proceeds and that are
located at all times in the State of Arizona,  (f) the perfection or priority of
any security interest, or (g) any matters governed by any law other than Article
9 of the  NYUCC,  and  therefore  these  opinions  do not  address  (I)  laws of
jurisdictions  other than New York, and of New York, except for Article 9 of the
NYUCC and (II) collateral of a type not subject to Article 9 of the NYUCC.

            This opinion  letter  addresses the legal  consequences  of only the
facts existing or assumed as of the date hereof.  The opinions  expressed herein
are based on an analysis of existing laws and court  decisions and cover certain
matters  not  directly  addressed  by such  authorities.  Such  opinions  may be
affected  by  actions  taken or  omitted,  events  occurring,  or changes in the
relevant facts,  after the date hereof. We have not undertaken to determine,  or
to inform any person of, the occurrence or  non-occurrence  of any such actions,
events or changes.  This opinion is solely for your benefit in  connection  with
the  transaction  covered by the first  paragraph  of this letter and may not be
relied upon or used by, circulated, quoted or referred to, nor may copies hereof
be  delivered  to, any other  person  without  our prior  written  approval.  We
disclaim any  obligation to update this opinion  letter for events  occurring or
coming to our attention after the date hereof.


                                    Very truly yours,





                                      E-4

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT F
                                                                       ---------


                      FORM OF ANNUAL OPINION OF COUNSEL
                      ---------------------------------

            [To be delivered in a form substantially as attached hereto or as
otherwise acceptable to the Trustee]



<PAGE>

               [Appropriate changes to this form of opinion may
              be based on the facts and circumstances applicable
                      at the time the opinion is required]


                                     [Date]



[Addressees]




            Re:   BA Master Credit Card Trust, Series 1996-A
                  ------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

            We have  acted  as  special  counsel  for Bank of  America  National
Association,  a national banking  association (the "Bank"), in connection with a
                                                    ----
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  between the Bank, as Transferor  and Servicer,
and First Bank  National  Association,  as Trustee of the BA Master  Credit Card
Trust (the  "Trust"),  dated as of July 19,  1996 (the  "Pooling  and  Servicing
             -----                                       -----------------------
Agreement") and the Series 1996-A  Supplement  among the Bank, as Transferor and
- ---------
Servicer, and First Bank National Association,  as Trustee, dated as of July 19,
1996  (the  "Series  1996-A  Supplement,"  and  together  with the  Pooling  and
             --------------------------
Servicing Agreement,  the "Agreement").  The Bank proposes to cause the Trust to
                           ---------
issue the Class A Floating  Rate Asset Backed  Certificates,  Series  1996-A and
Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed  Certificates,  Series 1996-A (together,  the
"Certificates")  pursuant to the Agreement.  First Bank National  Association as
 ------------
Trustee  pursuant  to the  Agreement  for  the  benefit  of the  holders  of the
Certificates  is  referred  to herein as the  "Trustee."  Capitalized  terms not
                                               -------
otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

            In subsection 2.04(b)(i) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement each
Transferor  represents and warrants with respect to the Receivables  transferred
by the  Transferor  that each such  Receivable  is an  Eligible  Receivable.  In
addition,  in  subsection  2.05(a) of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  each
Transferor  covenants  that,  except  in  connection  with  the  enforcement  or
collection of a  Receivable,  such  Transferor  will take no action to cause any
Receivable  transferred  by it to the Trust to be evidenced by any instrument or
chattel paper (as defined in the UCC).



                                      F-2

<PAGE>

[Addressees]
[Date]
Page 3


            You have requested our opinion as to the security  interest  granted
by the  Bank to the  Trustee  pursuant  to the  Agreement  in  Receivables  (the
"Receivables")  arising in  Accounts  owned by the Bank.  This  opinion is based
 -----------
solely upon our review of the Agreement and our  examination  of such matters of
law as we have deemed  relevant.  In  rendering  this  opinion,  we have assumed
without investigation that (a) the Agreement has been duly authorized,  executed
and delivered by each of the parties thereto,  constitutes the legal,  valid and
binding  obligation  of the parties  thereto  and is  enforceable  against  such
parties  in  accordance  with the  terms  thereof,  and (b) all  signatures  are
genuine, all natural persons have legal capacity,  all documents submitted to us
as originals are authentic,  all documents  submitted to us as copies conform to
the originals, and the originals of such copies are authentic.

            Based upon and subject to the foregoing,  as well as the limitations
set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

            1.  THE  AGREEMENT  CREATES  IN FAVOR  OF THE  TRUSTEE  A  SECURITY
INTEREST  IN THE  RIGHTS OF THE BANK IN SUCH OF THE  RECEIVABLES  AS  CONSTITUTE
ACCOUNTS.  TO THE EXTENT  THAT SUCH  SECURITY  INTEREST  IS NOT AN INTEREST OF A
BUYER OF ACCOUNTS, THEN THE AGREEMENT CREATES IN FAVOR OF THE TRUSTEE A SECURITY
INTEREST IN THE RIGHTS OF THE BANK IN THE PROCEEDS OF SUCH RECEIVABLES.

            2. TO THE EXTENT THAT TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE AGREEMENT DO
NOT  CONSTITUTE A SALE BY THE BANK TO THE TRUSTEE OF SUCH OF THE  RECEIVABLES AS
CONSTITUTE GENERAL INTANGIBLES OR THE PROCEEDS THEREOF, THE AGREEMENT CREATES IN
FAVOR OF THE  TRUSTEE A SECURITY  INTEREST  IN THE RIGHTS OF THE BANK IN SUCH OF
THE RECEIVABLES AS CONSTITUTE GENERAL INTANGIBLES AND THE PROCEEDS THEREOF.

            3. UNDER SECTION 9-103 OF THE NEW YORK UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE (THE
"NYUCC"),  IF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE  OFFICE OF THE BANK IS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF
 -----
ARIZONA,  THEN THE LAW  (INCLUDING  THE  CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES) OF THE STATE OF
ARIZONA GOVERNS THE PERFECTION AND EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR NON-PERFECTION OF THE
SECURITY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPHS 1 AND 2 ABOVE.

            We note that Article 9 of the NYUCC  applies to sales of  "accounts"
and "chattel  paper," as well as an assignment of "accounts" or "chattel  paper"
as security for an obligation.  Comment 2 to Section 9-102 explains that "a sale
of [accounts or chattel paper is] covered by subsection  (1)(b) whether intended
for security or not. . . . The buyer then is treated as a secured party, and his
interest as a security interest." Accordingly,  the term "security interest," as
defined in Section 1-201(37) of the NYUCC,  includes "any interest of a buyer of
accounts or chattel paper which is subject to Article 9" of the NYUCC.  The term
"debtor," as defined in Section  9-105(d),  includes  "the seller of accounts or
chattel  paper."  The term  "secured  party," as  defined  in Section  9-105(m),
includes a "person to whom accounts or chattel paper have been sold."

<PAGE>

[Addressees]
[Date]
Page 4

            We express no opinion  herein as to (a) any  Receivable  or proceeds
thereof in which the Bank does not have rights,  (b) any  Receivable or proceeds
thereof that is of a type described in Section  9-401(1)(a) or (b) of the NYUCC,
(c) whether the Agreement  reasonably  identifies the  Receivables  and proceeds
thereof  for  purposes  of  Sections  9-110  and  9-203  of the  NYUCC,  (d) any
Receivable in any Additional  Account or the proceeds thereof,  (e) any proceeds
other than money or instruments that are identifiable cash proceeds and that are
located at all times in the State of Arizona,  (f) the perfection or priority of
any security interest, or (g) any matters governed by any law other than Article
9 of the  NYUCC,  and  therefore  these  opinions  do not  address  (I)  laws of
jurisdictions  other than New York, and of New York, except for Article 9 of the
NYUCC and (II) collateral of a type not subject to Article 9 of the NYUCC.

            This opinion  letter  addresses the legal  consequences  of only the
facts existing or assumed as of the date hereof.  The opinions  expressed herein
are based on an analysis of existing laws and court  decisions and cover certain
matters  not  directly  addressed  by such  authorities.  Such  opinions  may be
affected  by  actions  taken or  omitted,  events  occurring,  or changes in the
relevant facts,  after the date hereof. We have not undertaken to determine,  or
to inform any person of, the occurrence or  non-occurrence  of any such actions,
events or changes.  This opinion is solely for your benefit in  connection  with
the  transaction  covered by the first  paragraph  of this letter and may not be
relied upon or used by, circulated, quoted or referred to, nor may copies hereof
be  delivered  to, any other  person  without  our prior  written  approval.  We
disclaim any  obligation to update this opinion  letter for events  occurring or
coming to our attention after the date hereof.


                                    Very truly yours,






                                      F-4

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                       ---------


                     FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
                     -----------------------------------

            REASSIGNMENT  NO. ____ OF RECEIVABLES,  dated as of __________ ____,
____,  by and between  [______________],  a  [______________________]  organized
under  the  laws  of  [__________]  (the  "Bank"),  and  [Trustee],   a  banking
corporation  organized  under  the  laws of the  State  of  [Trustee's  State of
Incorporation]  (the "Trustee")  pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
referred to below.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              - - - - - - - - - -

            WHEREAS,  the Bank and the  Trustee  are  parties to the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement,  dated as of  __________  __,  199_  (hereinafter  as such
agreement may have been, or may from time to time be,  amended,  supplemented or
otherwise modified, the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement");

            WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  the Bank
wishes remove all Receivables from certain designated  Accounts of the Bank (the
"Removed Accounts") and to cause the Trustee to reconvey the Receivables of such
Removed Accounts,  whether now existing or hereafter created,  from the Trust to
the Bank (as each such term is defined in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement);
and

            WHEREAS,  the Trustee is willing to accept such  designation  and to
reconvey  the  Receivables  in the  Removed  Accounts  subject  to the terms and
conditions hereof;

            NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:

                  1.   DEFINED TERMS.  ALL TERMS DEFINED IN THE POOLING AND
                       -------------
      SERVICING AGREEMENT AND USED HEREIN SHALL HAVE SUCH DEFINED MEANINGS
      WHEN USED HEREIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED HEREIN.

                  "Removal  Date"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to  the  Removed
                   -------------
      Accounts designated hereby, __________, ____.

                  "Removal  Notice Date" shall mean, with respect to the Removed
                   --------------------
      Accounts designated hereby, __________,  ____ (which shall be a date on or
      prior to the fifth Business Day prior to the Removal Date).

                  2. DESIGNATION OF REMOVED ACCOUNTS. THE BANK SHALL DELIVER TO
                     -------------------------------
      THE  TRUSTEE,  NOT LATER THAN __ BUSINESS  DAYS AFTER THE REMOVAL  DATE, A
      COMPUTER  FILE OR MICROFICHE  LIST  CONTAINING A TRUE AND COMPLETE LIST OF
      EACH  MASTERCARD  AND VISA  ACCOUNT  WHICH AS OF THE REMOVAL DATE SHALL BE
      DEEMED TO BE A REMOVED ACCOUNT,  SUCH ACCOUNTS BEING IDENTIFIED BY ACCOUNT
      NUMBER AND BY THE AGGREGATE  AMOUNT OF  RECEIVABLES IN SUCH ACCOUNTS AS OF
      THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE  REMOVAL  DATE.  SUCH LIST SHALL BE MARKED AS
      SCHEDULE 1 TO THIS  REASSIGNMENT AND SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO AND MADE A
      PART OF THIS REASSIGNMENT AS OF THE REMOVAL DATE.

<PAGE>

                  3.   CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.
                       -------------------------

                  (a) The  Trust  does  hereby  reconvey  to the  Bank,  without
      recourse on and after the Removal Date,  all right,  title and interest of
      the Trust in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter  created in
      the Removed Accounts  designated  hereby,  all monies due or to become due
      with respect  thereto  (including  all Finance  Charge  Receivables),  all
      proceeds (as defined in Section 9-306 of the UCC as in effect in the [name
      of applicable  jurisdiction(s)])  of such Receivables,  Insurance Proceeds
      relating to such Receivables and the proceeds thereof.

                  (b) In connection  with such  transfer,  the Trustee agrees to
      execute  and  deliver  to the  Bank  on or  prior  to  the  date  of  this
      Reassignment,  a termination statement with respect to the Receivables now
      existing and hereafter  created in the Removed Accounts  designated hereby
      (which  may be a single  termination  statement  with  respect to all such
      Receivables)  evidencing  the  release  by the  Trust  of its  Lien on the
      Receivables  in the Removed  Accounts,  and meeting  the  requirements  of
      applicable  state  law,  in such  manner  and  such  jurisdictions  as are
      necessary to remove such Lien.

                  4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BANK.  THE BANK
                       ------------------------------------------
      HEREBY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS TO THE TRUST AS OF THE REMOVAL DATE:

                        (a)   Legal   Valid   and   Binding   Obligation.   This
                              ------------------------------------------
            Reassignment  constitutes a legal,  valid and binding  obligation of
            the Bank enforceable  against the Bank in accordance with its terms,
            except  as  such   enforceability   may  be  limited  by  applicable
            bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium or other similar
            laws  now or  hereafter  in  effect  affecting  the  enforcement  of
            creditors' rights in general and the rights of creditors of national
            banking  associations  and  except  as  such  enforceability  may be
            limited by general  principles  of equity  (whether  considered in a
            suit at law or in equity).

                        (b)   Selection Procedures.  No selection procedures
                              --------------------
            believed by the Bank to be materially adverse to the interests of
            the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the
            Removed Accounts designated hereby.

                  5.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  THE AMENDMENT OF THE POOLING
                       --------------------
      AND SERVICING AGREEMENT SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 HEREOF IS SUBJECT TO THE
      SATISFACTION, ON OR PRIOR TO THE REMOVAL DATE, OF THE FOLLOWING
      CONDITION PRECEDENT:

                                      G-2

<PAGE>

                        The  Bank  shall  have   delivered  to  the  Trustee  an
            Officer's  Certificate  certifying  that (i) as of the Removal Date,
            all  requirements  set  forth in  Section  2.07 of the  Pooling  and
            Servicing Agreement for designating Removed Accounts and reconveying
            the  Receivables of such Removed  Accounts,  whether now existing or
            hereafter  created,  have  been  satisfied,  and  (ii)  each  of the
            representations  and warranties made by the Bank in Section 4 hereof
            is  true  and  correct  as of the  Removal  Date.  The  Trustee  may
            conclusively rely on such Officer's Certificate,  shall have no duty
            to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein,  and
            shall incur no liability in so relying.

                  6.  AMENDMENT  OF THE POOLING AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT.  THE
                      ---------------------------------------------------
      POOLING AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT  IS HEREBY  AMENDED TO PROVIDE  THAT ALL
      REFERENCES  THEREIN TO THE "POOLING  AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT,"  TO "THIS
      AGREEMENT" AND "HEREIN" SHALL BE DEEMED FROM AND AFTER THE REMOVAL DATE TO
      BE A DUAL REFERENCE TO THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT AS SUPPLEMENTED
      BY THIS  REASSIGNMENT.  EXCEPT AS  EXPRESSLY  AMENDED  HEREBY,  ALL OF THE
      REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES,  TERMS,  COVENANTS  AND  CONDITIONS  TO  THE
      POOLING AND SERVICING  AGREEMENT SHALL REMAIN UNAMENDED AND SHALL CONTINUE
      TO BE, AND SHALL REMAIN,  IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT IN ACCORDANCE  WITH ITS
      TERMS AND EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY  PROVIDED  HEREIN SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE OR BE
      DEEMED  TO  CONSTITUTE  A  WAIVER  OF  COMPLIANCE  WITH  OR A  CONSENT  TO
      NON-COMPLIANCE  WITH ANY TERM OR  PROVISION  OF THE POOLING AND  SERVICING
      AGREEMENT.

                  7.   COUNTERPARTS.  THIS REASSIGNMENT MAY BE EXECUTED IN
                       ------------
      TWO OR MORE COUNTERPARTS (AND BY DIFFERENT PARTIES ON SEPARATE
      COUNTERPARTS), EACH OF WHICH SHALL BE AN ORIGINAL, BUT ALL OF WHICH
      TOGETHER SHALL CONSTITUTE ONE AND THE SAME INSTRUMENT.

                  8.   GOVERNING LAW.  THIS REASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED
                       -------------
      IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE
      TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS.


                                      G-3

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reassignment of
Receivables  to  be  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  their  respective  duly
authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

                                    [Name of Transferor]


                                    By: ________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:


                                    [Trustee]
                                      as Trustee


                                    By: ________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:


                                      G-4

<PAGE>


                                                                      Schedule 1
                                                                 to Reassignment
                                                                  of Receivables
                                                                 ---------------


                                REMOVED ACCOUNTS
                                ----------------




                                      G-5

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT H
                                                                       ---------


                     FORM OF RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES
                     -----------------------------------

            RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES, dated as of __________ __, ____, by and
between [Name of Transferor], a [__________________] organized under the laws of
[___________] (the "Transferor"), and [Trustee], a banking corporation organized
and  existing  under  the  laws  of  [Trustee's  State  of  Incorporation]  (the
"Trustee") pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              - - - - - - - - - -

            WHEREAS,  the  Transferor and the Trustee are parties to the Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement  dated as of __________ __, 199_  (hereinafter  as such
agreement may have been, or may from time to time be,  amended,  supplemented or
otherwise modified, the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement");

            WHEREAS,  pursuant  to the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the
Transferor  wishes to cause the Trustee to reconvey all of the  Receivables  and
proceeds thereof,  whether now existing or hereafter created,  from the Trust to
the  Transferor  pursuant  to the  terms of  Section  12.04 of the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  upon  termination  of the  Trust  pursuant  to  subsection
12.01(a) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (as each such term is defined in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement);

            WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to reconvey Receivables subject
to the terms and conditions hereof;

            NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  Transferor  and the Trustee  hereby  agree as
follows:

            1.   DEFINED TERMS.  ALL TERMS DEFINED IN THE POOLING AND
                 -------------
SERVICING AGREEMENT AND USED HEREIN SHALL HAVE SUCH DEFINED MEANINGS WHEN
USED HEREIN, UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED HEREIN.

            "Reconveyance Date" shall mean __________, ____.
             -----------------

            2.  RETURN OF LISTS OF ACCOUNTS.  THE TRUSTEE  SHALL DELIVER TO THE
                ---------------------------
TRANSFEROR,  NOT LATER THAN __ BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE  RECONVEYANCE  DATE, EACH
AND EVERY COMPUTER FILE OR MICROFICHE LIST OF ACCOUNTS  DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE
PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

            3.  CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.  (a) THE TRUSTEE DOES HEREBY RECONVEY
                -------------------------
TO THE TRANSFEROR,  WITHOUT  RECOURSE,  ON AND AFTER THE RECONVEYANCE  DATE, ALL
RIGHT,  TITLE AND INTEREST OF THE TRUST IN AND TO EACH AND EVERY  RECEIVABLE NOW
EXISTING AND HEREAFTER CREATED IN THE ACCOUNTS,  ALL MONIES DUE OR TO BECOME DUE
WITH RESPECT THERETO  (INCLUDING ALL FINANCE CHARGE  RECEIVABLES),  ALL PROCEEDS
(AS DEFINED IN SECTION  9-306 OF THE UCC AS IN EFFECT IN THE [NAME OF APPLICABLE
JURISDICTION(S)])  OF SUCH RECEIVABLES AND INSURANCE  PROCEEDS  RELATING TO SUCH
RECEIVABLES AND ANY INTERCHANGE, EXCEPT FOR AMOUNTS, IF ANY, HELD BY THE TRUSTEE
PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 12.03(B) OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

<PAGE>

            (b) IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSFER,  THE TRUSTEE AGREES TO EXECUTE
AND DELIVER TO THE TRANSFEROR ON OR PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THIS RECONVEYANCE, SUCH
UCC TERMINATION STATEMENTS AS THE TRANSFEROR MAY REASONABLY REQUEST,  EVIDENCING
THE RELEASE BY THE TRUST OF ITS LIEN ON THE RECEIVABLES.

            4.   COUNTERPARTS.  THIS RECONVEYANCE MAY BE EXECUTED IN TWO OR
                 ------------
MORE COUNTERPARTS (AND BY DIFFERENT PARTIES ON SEPARATE COUNTERPARTS), EACH
OF WHICH SHALL BE AN ORIGINAL, BUT ALL OF WHICH TOGETHER SHALL CONSTITUTE ONE
AND THE SAME INSTRUMENT.

            5.   GOVERNING LAW.  THIS RECONVEYANCE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
                 -------------
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS.


                                      H-2

<PAGE>


            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reconveyance of
Receivables  to  be  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  their  respective  duly
authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

                                    [Name of Transferor]


                                    By: ________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:


                                   [Trustee],
                                     as Trustee


                                    By: ________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:

                                      H-3

<PAGE>

                                                                      SCHEDULE 1
                                                                      ----------


                                LIST OF ACCOUNTS
                                ----------------

                          Delivered to Trustee only

                            [Deemed Incorporated]




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                           Transferor and Servicer

                                     and

                       FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                   Trustee

              on behalf of the Series 1996-A Certificateholders

                  ------------------------------------------

                            SERIES 1996-A SUPPLEMENT

                            Dated as of July 19, 1996

                                       to

                       POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of July 19, 1996

                  ------------------------------------------

                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST

                                Series 1996-A

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


SECTION 1.  Designation                                                      1

SECTION 2.  Definitions                                                      1

SECTION 3.  Servicing Compensation and Assignment of Interchange             20

SECTION 4.  Reassignment and Transfer Terms                                  22

SECTION 5.  Delivery and Payment for the Investor Certificates               22

SECTION 6.  Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor Certificates            22

SECTION 7.  Article IV of Agreement                                          23
     SECTION 4.04  Rights of Certificateholders and the Collateral
                    Interest Holder                                          23
     SECTION 4.05  Allocations                                               23
     SECTION 4.06  Determination of Monthly Interest                         28
     SECTION 4.07  Determination of Monthly Principal                        29
     SECTION 4.08  Coverage of Required Amount                               30
     SECTION 4.09  Monthly Payments                                          31
     SECTION 4.10  Investor Charge-Offs                                      35
     SECTION 4.11  Excess Spread; Shared Excess Finance Charge
                    Collections                                              37
     SECTION 4.12  Reallocated Principal Collections                         39
     SECTION 4.13  Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections                  40
     SECTION 4.14  Shared Excess Principal Collections                       40
     SECTION 4.15  Principal Funding Account                                 41
     SECTION 4.16  Reserve Account                                           42
     SECTION 4.17  Determination of LIBOR                                    44
     SECTION 4.18  Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a
                    Deposit or Payment                                       45

SECTION 8.  Article V of the Agreement                                       45
     SECTION 5.01  Distributions                                             45
     SECTION 5.02  Monthly Series 1996-A Certificateholders' Statement       46

SECTION 9.  Series 1996-A Pay Out Events                                     48

SECTION 10. Series 1996-A Termination                                        50

SECTION 11. Counterparts                                                     50

SECTION 12. Periodic Finance Charges and Other Fees                          50

SECTION 13. Governing Law                                                    50

                                       i

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

SECTION 14. No Petition                                                      50

SECTION 15. Tax Representation and Covenant                                  50

SECTION 16. Certain Tax Related Amendments                                   51



EXHIBITS
- --------

EXHIBIT A-1 Form of Class A Certificate
EXHIBIT A-2 Form of Class B Certificate
EXHIBIT B   Form of Monthly Payment Instructions and Notification
             to the Trustee
EXHIBIT C   Form of Monthly Series 1996-A Certificateholders'
             Statement


                                       ii

<PAGE>

            SERIES  1996-A  SUPPLEMENT,  dated as of July 19, 1996 (this "Series
Supplement"),  between BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  a national banking
association, as Transferor and Servicer, and FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Trustee  under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  dated as of July 19, 1996,
between Bank of America  National  Association and the Trustee (as amended,  the
"Agreement").

            Pursuant to this Series  Supplement,  the  Transferor  and the Trust
shall create a Series of Investor  Certificates  and shall specify the Principal
Terms thereof.

            SECTION  1.  Designation.  (a)  THERE IS  HEREBY CREATED A SERIES OF
                         -----------
INVESTOR  CERTIFICATES TO BE ISSUED IN TWO CLASSES PURSUANT TO THE AGREEMENT AND
THIS  SERIES  SUPPLEMENT  AND  TO  BE  KNOWN  TOGETHER  AS  THE  "SERIES  1996-A
CERTIFICATES."  THE TWO CLASSES  SHALL BE DESIGNATED  THE CLASS A  FLOATING-RATE
ASSET BACKED  CERTIFICATES,  SERIES 1996-A (THE "CLASS A CERTIFICATES")  AND THE
CLASS B  FLOATING-RATE  ASSET BACKED  CERTIFICATES,  SERIES 1996-A (THE "CLASS B
CERTIFICATES").  THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES AND THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES  SHALL BE
SUBSTANTIALLY  IN THE FORM OF  EXHIBITS  A-1 AND A-2  HERETO,  RESPECTIVELY.  IN
ADDITION, THERE IS HEREBY CREATED A THIRD CLASS OF AN UNCERTIFICATED INTEREST IN
THE TRUST WHICH SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE AN "INVESTOR CERTIFICATE" FOR ALL PURPOSES
UNDER THE AGREEMENT  AND THIS SERIES  SUPPLEMENT,  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY  PROVIDED
HEREIN, AND WHICH SHALL BE KNOWN AS THE COLLATERAL INTEREST,  SERIES 1996-A (THE
"COLLATERAL INTEREST").

            (b) SERIES 1996-A SHALL BE INCLUDED IN SHARED EXCESS FINANCE  CHARGE
GROUP ONE AND THE SHARED EXCESS PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS GROUP (AS DEFINED BELOW).
SERIES 1996-A SHALL NOT BE SUBORDINATED TO ANY OTHER SERIES.

            (c)  THE  COLLATERAL  INTEREST  HOLDER,  AS  HOLDER OF AN  "INVESTOR
CERTIFICATE"  UNDER THE  AGREEMENT,  SHALL BE  ENTITLED  TO THE  BENEFITS OF THE
AGREEMENT AND THIS SERIES  SUPPLEMENT  UPON PAYMENT BY THE  COLLATERAL  INTEREST
HOLDER OF AMOUNTS  OWING ON THE CLOSING  DATE  PURSUANT  TO THE LOAN  AGREEMENT.
NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  FOREGOING,   EXCEPT  AS  EXPRESSLY  PROVIDED  HEREIN,  THE
PROVISIONS  OF ARTICLE  VI AND  ARTICLE  XII OF THE  AGREEMENT  RELATING  TO THE
REGISTRATION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY, PRESENTATION, CANCELLATION AND SURRENDER
OF REGISTERED CERTIFICATES SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE TO THE COLLATERAL INTEREST.

            SECTION 2.  Definitions.
                        -----------

            In the  event  that any term or  provision  contained  herein  shall
conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision  contained in the Agreement,
the terms and provisions of this Series  Supplement  shall govern.  All Article,
Section or  subsection  references  herein  shall  mean  Articles,  Sections  or
subsections  of  the  Agreement,   except  as  otherwise  provided  herein.  All
capitalized  terms not otherwise  defined  herein are defined in the  Agreement.
Each  capitalized  term  defined  herein  shall  relate  only  to  the  Investor
Certificates and no other Series of Certificates issued by the Trust.

<PAGE>

            "Acceptable  Successor  Servicer" shall mean (i) First Bank National
             -------------------------------
Association or (ii) any other Successor  Servicer which has given written notice
to the  Transferor  and the Rating  Agencies that such  Successor  Servicer will
accept Servicer  Interchange as a partial payment of the Investor Servicing Fee;
provided,  however,  that prior to any Person  becoming an Acceptable  Successor
- --------   -------
Servicer  pursuant to clause (ii) above,  the  Transferor  shall have received a
written  notice  from  Standard  & Poor's  that  such  action  will not  cause a
reduction or withdrawal of its then current  rating of the Class A  Certificates
or the Class B Certificates.

            "Accumulation  Period"  shall mean,  solely for the  purposes of the
             --------------------
definition  of Shared  Excess  Principal  Collections  Group  Monthly  Principal
Payment as such term is defined in each Supplement relating to the Shared Excess
Principal Collections Group, the Controlled Accumulation Period.

            "Accumulation  Period Factor" shall mean, for each Monthly Period, a
             ---------------------------
fraction,  the  numerator  of which is equal to the sum of the initial  investor
interests (or such other amounts as are specified in the applicable  Supplement)
of all outstanding  Series,  and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of
(a) the Initial Investor  Interest,  (b) the initial investor interests (or such
other amounts as are specified in the applicable  Supplement) of all outstanding
Series  (other  than  Series  1996-A)  which  are not  expected  to be in  their
revolving periods, and (c) the initial investor interests (or such other amounts
as are specified in the applicable  Supplement) of all other outstanding  Series
which are not allocating Shared Excess Principal Collections to other Series and
are in their revolving periods.

            "Accumulation  Period  Length" shall have the meaning  assigned such
             ----------------------------
term in subsection 4.09(i).

            "Accumulation   Shortfall"  shall  initially  mean  zero  and  shall
             ------------------------
thereafter  mean,  with  respect  to  any  Transfer  Date  with  respect  to the
Controlled  Accumulation  Period,  the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit
Amount for such  Transfer  Date over the  amount  deposited  into the  Principal
Funding  Account  pursuant to subsection  4.09(e)(i) with respect to the Class A
Certificates.

            "Adjusted Investor Interest" shall mean, with respect to any date of
             --------------------------
determination,  an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Adjusted  Investor
Interest,  (b) the Class B Investor Interest and (c) the Collateral Interest for
such date.

            "Aggregate  Investor Default Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
             ----------------------------------
Monthly  Period,  the sum of the  Investor  Default  Amounts  in respect of such
Monthly Period.

                                       2

<PAGE>

            "Available  Investor Principal  Collections" shall mean with respect
             ------------------------------------------
to any Monthly Period, an amount equal to (a) the Investor Principal Collections
for  such  Monthly  Period,  minus  (b) the  amount  of  Reallocated  Collateral
                             -----
Principal Collections and Reallocated Class B Principal Collections with respect
to such Monthly  Period which  pursuant to Section 4.12 are required to fund the
Class A Required Amount and the Class B Required Amount,  plus (c) the amount of
Shared Excess Principal  Collections with respect to the Shared Excess Principal
Collections  Group  that are  allocated  to  Series  1996-A in  accordance  with
subsection 4.14(b).

            "Available  Reserve  Account Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
             ----------------------------------
Transfer Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on
such date (after  taking into account any interest and earnings  retained in the
Reserve Account  pursuant to subsection  4.16(b) on such date, but before giving
effect to any deposit made or to be made pursuant to  subsection  4.11(i) to the
Reserve Account on such date) and (b) the Required Reserve Account Amount.

            "Base Rate"  shall mean,  with  respect to any Monthly  Period,  the
             ---------
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction,  the numerator of which is equal
to the sum of the Class A Monthly Interest,  the Class B Monthly  Interest,  the
Collateral  Monthly  Interest,  each for the related  Interest  Period,  and the
Certificateholder Servicing Fee and the Servicer Interchange,  each with respect
to such Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Investor  Interest as
of the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.

            "Certificateholder  Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning  specified
             --------------------------------
in subsection 3(a) hereof.

            "Class A Additional  Interest"  shall have the meaning  specified in
             ----------------------------
subsection 4.06(a).

            "Class A Adjusted Investor Interest" shall mean, with respect to any
             ----------------------------------
date of  determination,  an amount equal to the Class A Investor  Interest minus
the Principal Funding Account Balance on such date of determination.

            "Class A Available Funds"  shall mean,  with respect to any Monthly
             -----------------------
Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Floating Allocation of the
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor Certificates
and deposited in the Finance  Charge  Account for such Monthly  Period (or to be
deposited  in the  Finance  Charge  Account on the  related  Transfer  Date with
respect to the  preceding  Monthly  Period  pursuant to the third  paragraph  of
subsection  4.03(a)  of  the  Agreement  and  subsection  3(b)  of  this  Series
Supplement),  excluding the portion of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables
attributable  to Servicer  Interchange,  (b) with respect to any Monthly  Period
during the  Controlled  Accumulation  Period prior to the payment in full of the
Class A Investor  Interest,  the Principal Funding  Investment  Proceeds arising
pursuant to subsection  4.15(b),  if any,  with respect to the related  Transfer
Date and (c) amounts,  if any, to be withdrawn  from the Reserve  Account  which
will be deposited into the Finance  Charge Account on the related  Transfer Date
pursuant to subsections 4.16(b) and 4.16(d) .

3

<PAGE>

            "Class A Certificate Rate" shall mean from the Closing Date through
             ------------------------
August 14,  1996,  from  August 15,  1996  through  September  15, 1996 and with
respect to each Interest Period thereafter,  a per annum rate equal to 0.13% per
annum in excess of LIBOR as determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date.

            "Class A  Certificateholder"  shall  mean the Person in whose name a
             --------------------------
Class A Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

            "Class A Certificates"  shall mean any of the certificates  executed
             --------------------
by  the  Transferor  and   authenticated   by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Trustee,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.

            "Class A  Deficiency  Amount"  shall have the meaning  specified  in
             ---------------------------
subsection 4.06(a).

            "Class A Fixed  Allocation"  shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
             -------------------------
Period  following  the  Revolving  Period,  the  percentage   equivalent  (which
percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class A Investor  Interest  as of the close of  business  on the last day of the
Revolving  Period;  provided,  however,  that if Series  1996-A is paired with a
                    --------   -------
Paired  Series and a Pay Out Event  occurs with  respect to such  Paired  Series
during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Transferor may, by written notice
delivered  to the  Trustee,  the  Servicer  and  Standard & Poor's,  designate a
different  numerator  (provided that such numerator is not less than the Class A
Adjusted  Investor  Interest  (less the  balance  on  deposit  in the  Principal
Account) as of the last day of the revolving period for such Paired Series), and
the  denominator  of which is equal to the numerator used to determine the Fixed
Investor Percentage with respect to such Monthly Period.

            "Class A  Floating  Allocation"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any
             -----------------------------
Monthly Period,  the percentage  equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the Class A Adjusted  Investor
Interest as of the close of business  on the last day of the  preceding  Monthly
Period and the denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted  Investor  Interest
as of the close of business on such day; provided,  however,  that, with respect
to the first  Monthly  Period,  the Class A Floating  Allocation  shall mean the
percentage  equivalent  of a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the Class A
Initial  Investor  Interest and the denominator of which is the Initial Investor
Interest.

                                       4

<PAGE>

            "Class A Initial Investor Interest" shall mean the aggregate initial
             ---------------------------------
principal amount of the Class A Certificates, which is $427,500,000.

            "Class A  Investor  Allocation"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any
             -----------------------------
Monthly  Period,  (a)  with  respect  to  Default  Amounts  and  Finance  Charge
Receivables at any time and Principal  Receivables  during the Revolving Period,
the Class A Floating  Allocation  and (b) with respect to Principal  Receivables
during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Rapid Amortization
Period, the Class A Fixed Allocation.

            "Class A Investor  Charge-Offs"  shall have the meaning specified in
             -----------------------------
subsection 4.10(a).

            "Class A Investor  Default  Amount" shall mean, with respect to each
             ---------------------------------
Transfer  Date,  an amount  equal to the product of (a) the  Aggregate  Investor
Default  Amount  for the  related  Monthly  Period  and (b) the Class A Floating
Allocation applicable for the related Monthly Period.

            "Class  A   Investor   Interest"   shall   mean,   on  any  date  of
             ------------------------------
determination,  an amount  equal to (a) the Class A Initial  Investor  Interest,
minus  (b)  the  aggregate  amount  of  principal   payments  made  to  Class  A
- -----
Certificateholders  prior to such date and minus (c) the excess,  if any, of the
                                           -----
aggregate amount of Class A Investor  Charge-Offs pursuant to subsection 4.10(a)
over Class A Investor  Charge-Offs  reimbursed  pursuant to  subsection  4.11(b)
prior  to such  date of  determination;  provided,  however,  that  the  Class A
                                         --------   -------
Investor Interest may not be reduced below zero.

            "Class  A  Monthly   Interest"  shall  mean  the  monthly   interest
             ----------------------------
distributable in respect of the Class A Certificates as calculated in accordance
with subsection 4.06(a).

            "Class  A  Monthly  Principal"  shall  mean  the  monthly  principal
             ----------------------------
distributable in respect of the Class A Certificates as calculated in accordance
with subsection 4.07(a).

            "Class A  Required  Amount"  shall  have the  meaning  specified  in
             -------------------------
subsection 4.08(a).

            "Class A Scheduled Payment Date" shall mean the July 2001
             ------------------------------
Distribution Date.

            "Class  A  Servicing  Fee"  shall  have  the  meaning  specified  in
             ------------------------
subsection 3(a) of this Series Supplement.

            "Class B Additional  Interest"  shall have the meaning  specified in
             ----------------------------
subsection 4.06(b).

            "Class B Available  Funds"  shall mean,  with respect to any Monthly
             ------------------------
Period, an amount equal to the Class B Floating Allocation of the Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables  allocated to the Investor Certificates and deposited
in the Finance Charge Account for such Monthly Period (or to be deposited in the

                                       5

<PAGE>

Finance  Charge  Account  on the  related  Transfer  Date  with  respect  to the
preceding  Monthly Period pursuant to the third paragraph of subsection  4.03(a)
of the Agreement and subsection 3(b) of this Series  Supplement),  excluding the
portion of Collections of Finance Charge  Receivables  attributable  to Servicer
Interchange.

            "Class B Certificate  Rate" shall mean from the Closing Date through
             -------------------------
August 14,  1996,  from  August 15,  1996  through  September  15, 1996 and with
respect to each Interest Period thereafter,  a per annum rate equal to 0.29% per
annum in excess of LIBOR, as determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date.

            "Class B  Certificateholder"  shall  mean the Person in whose name a
             --------------------------
Class B Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

            "Class B Certificates"  shall mean any of the certificates  executed
             --------------------
by  the  Transferor  and   authenticated   by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Trustee,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto.

            "Class B  Deficiency  Amount"  shall have the meaning  specified  in
             ---------------------------
subsection 4.06(b).

            "Class B Fixed  Allocation"  shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
             -------------------------
Period  following  the  Revolving  Period,  the  percentage   equivalent  (which
percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class B Investor  Interest  as of the close of  business  on the last day of the
Revolving  Period;  provided,  however,  that if Series  1996-A is paired with a
                    --------   -------
Paired  Series and a Pay Out Event  occurs with  respect to such  Paired  Series
during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Transferor may, by written notice
delivered  to the  Trustee,  the  Servicer  and  Standard & Poor's,  designate a
different  numerator  (provided that such numerator is not less than the Class B
Investor Interest (less, if the Class A Fixed Allocation is zero, the balance on
deposit in the  Principal  Account to the extent not  subtracted in reducing the
Class A Fixed Allocation to zero) as of the last day of the revolving period for
such Paired Series), and the denominator of which is equal to the numerator used
to determine the Fixed Investor Percentage with respect to such Monthly Period.

            "Class B Floating Allocation"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any
             ---------------------------
Monthly Period,  the percentage  equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction,  the numerator of which is the Class B Investor Interest as
of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period and the
denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted  Investor Interest as of the close
of business on such day;  provided,  however,  that,  with  respect to the first
                          --------   -------
Monthly  Period,  the Class B  Floating  Allocation  shall  mean the  percentage

                                       6

<PAGE>

equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Initial Investor
Interest and the denominator of which is the Initial Investor Interest.

            "Class B Initial Investor Interest" shall mean the aggregate initial
             ---------------------------------
principal amount of the Class B Certificates, which is $32,500,000.

            "Class B  Investor  Allocation"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any
             -----------------------------
Monthly  Period,  (a)  with  respect  to  Default  Amounts  and  Finance  Charge
Receivables at any time and Principal  Receivables  during the Revolving Period,
the Class B Floating  Allocation  and (b) with respect to Principal  Receivables
during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Rapid Amortization
Period, the Class B Fixed Allocation.

            "Class B Investor  Charge-Offs"  shall have the meaning specified in
             -----------------------------
subsection 4.10(b).

            "Class B Investor  Default  Amount" shall mean, with respect to each
             ---------------------------------
Transfer  Date,  an amount  equal to the product of (a) the  Aggregate  Investor
Default  Amount  for the  related  Monthly  Period  and (b) the Class B Floating
Allocation applicable for the related Monthly Period.

            "Class  B   Investor   Interest"   shall   mean,   on  any  date  of
             ------------------------------
determination,  an amount  equal to (a) the Class B Initial  Investor  Interest,
minus  (b)  the  aggregate  amount  of  principal   payments  made  to  Class  B
- -----
Certificateholders prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B
Investor  Charge-Offs  for all  prior  Transfer  Dates  pursuant  to  subsection
4.10(b),  minus (d) the aggregate  amount of the  Reallocated  Class B Principal
Collections allocated pursuant to subsection 4.12(a) on all prior Transfer Dates
for which the  Collateral  Interest  has not been  reduced,  minus (e) an amount
                                                             -----
equal to the amount by which the Class B Investor  Interest  has been reduced on
all  prior  Transfer  Dates  pursuant  to  subsection  4.10(a)  and plus (f) the
aggregate  amount of Excess Spread and Shared Excess Finance Charge  Collections
allocated  and  available on all prior  Transfer  Dates  pursuant to  subsection
4.11(d)  for  the  purpose  of  reimbursing  amounts  deducted  pursuant  to the
foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e); provided, however, that the Class B Investor
                                              -------
Interest may not be reduced below zero.

            "Class  B  Monthly   Interest"  shall  mean  the  monthly   interest
             ----------------------------
distributable in respect of the Class B Certificates as calculated in accordance
with subsection 4.06(b).

            "Class  B  Monthly  Principal"  shall  mean  the  monthly  principal
             ----------------------------
distributable in respect of the Class B Certificates as calculated in accordance
with subsection 4.07(b).

            "Class B  Required  Amount"  shall  have the  meaning  specified  in
             -------------------------
subsection 4.08(b).

                                       7

<PAGE>

            "Class B Scheduled Payment Date" shall mean the August 2001
             ------------------------------
Distribution Date.

            "Class  B  Servicing  Fee"  shall  have  the  meaning  specified  in
             ------------------------
subsection 3(a) hereof.

            "Closing Date" shall mean July 19, 1996.
             ------------

            "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
             ----

            "Collateral  Allocation"  shall  mean,  with  respect to any Monthly
             ----------------------
Period,  (a) with respect to Default  Amounts and Finance Charge  Receivables at
any time and Principal  Receivables  during the Revolving Period, the Collateral
Floating  Allocation  and (b) with respect to Principal  Receivables  during the
Controlled  Accumulation  Period or Rapid  Amortization  Period,  the Collateral
Fixed Allocation.

            "Collateral Available Funds" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
             --------------------------
Period, an amount equal to the Collateral Floating Allocation of the Collections
of  Finance  Charge  Receivables  allocated  to the  Investor  Certificates  and
deposited  in the  Finance  Charge  Account  for such  Monthly  Period (or to be
deposited  in the  Finance  Charge  Account on the  related  Transfer  Date with
respect to the  preceding  Monthly  Period  pursuant to the third  paragraph  of
subsection  4.03  (a) of the  Agreement  and  subsection  3(b)  of  this  Series
Supplement),  excluding the portion of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables
attributable to Servicer Interchange.

            "Collateral Charge-Offs" shall have the meaning specified in
             ----------------------
subsection 4.10(c).

            "Collateral Default Amount" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer
             -------------------------
Date,  an amount  equal to the  product of (a) the  Aggregate  Investor  Default
Amount for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Collateral Floating Allocation
applicable for the related Monthly Period.

            "Collateral  Fixed  Allocation"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any
             -----------------------------
Monthly Period following the Revolving Period, the percentage  equivalent (which
percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Collateral Interest as of the close of business on the last day of the Revolving
Period; provided,  however, that if Series 1996-A is paired with a Paired Series
        --------   -------
and a Pay Out Event  occurs  with  respect  to such  Paired  Series  during  the
Controlled  Accumulation Period, the Transferor may, by written notice delivered
to the Trustee and the Servicer,  designate a different numerator (provided that
such numerator is not less than the Collateral  Interest  (less,  if the Class B
Fixed  Allocation is zero, the balance on deposit in the Principal  Account,  to
the extent not  subtracted in reducing the Class B Fixed  Allocation to zero) as
of the  last  day of the  revolving  period  for such  Paired  Series),  and the
denominator  of which is equal to the  numerator  used to  determine  the  Fixed
Investor Percentage with respect to such Monthly Period.

                                       8

<PAGE>

            "Collateral  Floating  Allocation"  shall mean,  with respect to any
             --------------------------------
Monthly Period,  the percentage  equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed
100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Collateral Interest as of the
close of  business  on the  last day of the  preceding  Monthly  Period  and the
denominator of which is equal to the Adjusted  Investor Interest as of the close
of business on such day;  provided,  however,  that,  with  respect to the first
                          --------   -------
Monthly Period,  the Collateral  Floating  Allocation  shall mean the percentage
equivalent  of a fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the  Collateral  Initial
Interest and the denominator of which is the Initial Investor Interest.

            "Collateral  Initial  Interest"  shall  mean the  aggregate  initial
             -----------------------------
principal amount of the Collateral Interest, which is $40,000,000.

             "Collateral  Interest" shall mean, on any date of determination,  a
              --------------------
fractional  undivided  interest in the Trust which shall consist of the right to
receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments to the Collateral
Interest  Holder  under this  Series  Supplement,  the  portion  of  Collections
allocable thereto under the Agreement and this Series  Supplement,  and funds on
deposit in the Collection  Account  allocable  thereto pursuant to the Agreement
and this Series Supplement;  provided,  however, that, with respect to any date,
                             --------   -------
the Collateral  Interest shall be an amount equal to (a) the Collateral  Initial
Interest,  minus (b) the  aggregate  amount of  principal  payments  made to the
           -----
Collateral Interest Holder prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of
                                               -----
Collateral  Charge-Offs  for all prior  Transfer  Dates  pursuant to  subsection
4.10(c),  minus (d) the aggregate  amount of Reallocated  Principal  Collections
          -----
allocated  pursuant to subsections  4.12(a) and (b) on all prior Transfer Dates,
minus (e) an amount  equal to the amount by which the  Collateral  Interest  has
- -----
been reduced on all prior Transfer  Dates  pursuant to  subsections  4.10(a) and
(b),  and plus (f) the  aggregate  amount of Excess  Spread  and  Shared  Excess
          ----
Finance Charge  Collections  allocated and available on all prior Transfer Dates
pursuant to subsection  4.11(h) for the purpose of reimbursing  amounts deducted
pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e);  provided further,  however,
                                                     -------- -------   -------
that the Collateral Interest may not be reduced below zero.

            "Collateral Interest Holder" shall mean the entity so designated
             --------------------------
in the Loan Agreement.

            "Collateral Interest Servicing Fee" shall have the meaning specified
             ---------------------------------
in subsection 3(a) hereof.

            "Collateral  Monthly  Interest"  shall  mean  the  monthly  interest
             -----------------------------
distributable in respect of the Collateral  Interest as calculated in accordance
with subsection 4.06(c).

                                       9

<PAGE>

            "Collateral  Monthly  Principal"  shall mean the  monthly  principal
             ------------------------------
distributable in respect of the Collateral  Interest as calculated in accordance
with subsection 4.07(c).

            "Collateral  Rate" shall mean,  for any  Interest  Period,  the rate
             ----------------
specified in the Loan Agreement.

            "Controlled  Accumulation  Amount"  shall mean (a) for any  Transfer
             --------------------------------
Date with respect to the Controlled  Accumulation Period prior to the payment in
full of the Class A Investor Interest,  $35,625,000;  provided, however, that if
                                                      --------  -------
the Accumulation  Period Length is determined to be less than 12 months pursuant
to subsection 4.09(i), the Controlled Accumulation Amount for each Transfer Date
with respect to the Controlled  Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full
of the Class A  Investor  Interest  will be equal to (i) the  product of (x) the
Class A Initial  Investor  Interest and (y) the  Accumulation  Period Factor for
such Monthly Period divided by (ii) the Required  Accumulation Factor Number and
(b) for any Transfer  Date with respect to the  Controlled  Accumulation  Period
after payment in full of the Class A Investor  Interest,  an amount equal to the
Class B Investor Interest as of such Transfer Date.

            "Controlled  Accumulation Period" shall mean, unless a Pay Out Event
             -------------------------------
shall  have  occurred  prior  thereto,  the  period  commencing  at the close of
business on June 30, 2000 or such later date as is determined in accordance with
subsection  4.09(i) and ending on the first to occur of (a) the  commencement of
the Rapid Amortization Period and (b) the Series 1996-A Termination Date.

            "Controlled Deposit Amount" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer
             -------------------------
Date, the sum of (a) the Controlled  Accumulation  Amount for such Transfer Date
and (b) any  Accumulation  Shortfall  remaining  at the close of business on the
immediately preceding Transfer Date.

            "Covered Amount" shall mean an amount, determined as of the Transfer
             --------------
Date with  respect to any  Interest  Period,  equal to the  product of (a) (i) a
fraction,  the  numerator of which is the actual number of days in such Interest
Period and the  denominator  of which is 360, times (ii) the Class A Certificate
                                              -----
Rate in effect  with  respect  to such  Interest  Period  and (b) the  Principal
Funding Account Balance as of the Record Date preceding such Transfer Date.

            "Credit  Enhancement"  shall  mean (a) with  respect  to the Class A
             -------------------
Certificates,  the  subordination of the Class B Certificates and the Collateral
Interest, and (b) with respect to the Class B Certificates, the subordination of
the Collateral Interest.

            "Credit Enhancement Provider" shall mean the Collateral Interest
             ---------------------------
Holder.

                                       10

<PAGE>

            "Cumulative  Series Finance Charge  Shortfall" shall mean the sum of
             --------------------------------------------
the Series  Finance  Charge  Shortfalls  (as such term is defined in each of the
related  Series  Supplements)  for each Series in Shared Excess  Finance  Charge
Collections Group One.

            "Cumulative  Series  Principal  Shortfall" shall mean the sum of the
             ----------------------------------------
Series  Principal  Shortfalls  (as such term is defined  in each of the  related
Series  Supplements) for each Series in the Shared Excess Principal  Collections
Group.

            "Daily   Principal   Shortfall"   shall   mean,   on  any   date  of
             -----------------------------
determination,  the  excess of the Shared  Excess  Principal  Collections  Group
Monthly  Principal Payment for the Monthly Period relating to such date over the
month  to  date  amount  of  Collections   processed  in  respect  of  Principal
Receivables  for such Monthly Period  allocable to investor  certificates of all
outstanding Series in the Shared Excess Principal Collections Group, not subject
to  reallocation,  which are on  deposit  or to be  deposited  in the  Principal
Account on such date.

            "Deficiency  Amount" shall mean, at any time of  determination,  the
             ------------------
sum of the Class A Deficiency Amount and the Class B Deficiency Amount.

            "Distribution  Date" shall mean  September 16, 1996 and the 15th day
             ------------------
of each calendar  month  thereafter,  or if such 15th day is not a Business Day,
the next succeeding Business Day.

            "Excess  Spread" shall mean,  with respect to any Transfer Date, the
             --------------
sum of the  amounts  with  respect  to such  Transfer  Date,  if any,  specified
pursuant to subsections 4.09(a)(iv), 4.09(b)(iii) and 4.09(c)(ii).

            "Fixed Investor  Percentage" shall mean, with respect to any Monthly
             --------------------------
Period, the percentage  equivalent of a fraction,  the numerator of which is the
Investor  Interest as of the close of business on the last day of the  Revolving
Period,  and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the aggregate amount
of Principal  Receivables in the Trust determined as of the close of business on
the last day of the prior Monthly Period and (b) the sum of the numerators  used
to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is defined in the Agreement)
for allocations with respect to Principal Receivables for all outstanding Series
on such date of  determination;  provided,  however,  that if  Series  1996-A is
                                 --------   -------
paired  with a Paired  Series and a Pay Out Event  occurs  with  respect to such
Paired Series during the Controlled  Accumulation Period, the Transferor may, by
written  notice  delivered to the  Trustee,  the Servicer and Standard & Poor's,
designate a different  numerator  (provided that such numerator is not less than
the Adjusted  Investor  Interest  (less the balance on deposit in the  Principal
Account) as of the last day of the  revolving  period for such  Paired  Series);
provided,  however, that with respect to any Monthly Period in which an Addition
- --------   -------
Date occurs or in which a Removal  Date occurs on which,  if any Series has been
paid in full,  Principal  Receivables in an aggregate amount approximately equal

                                       11

<PAGE>

to the initial investor  interest of such Series are removed from the Trust, the
denominator  determined pursuant to clause (a) hereof shall be (i) the aggregate
amount of Principal  Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the
last day of the prior Monthly Period for the period from and including the first
day of such Monthly Period to but excluding the related Addition Date or Removal
Date and (ii) the aggregate  amount of Principal  Receivables in the Trust as of
the  beginning  of the day on the related  Addition  Date or Removal  Date after
adjusting for the aggregate amount of Principal  Receivables added to or removed
from the Trust on the related Addition Date or Removal Date, for the period from
and  including  the related  Addition  Date or Removal Date to and including the
last day of such Monthly Period.

            "Floating  Investor  Percentage"  shall  mean,  with  respect to any
             ------------------------------
Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction,  the numerator of which
is the Adjusted Investor Interest as of the close of business on the last day of
the preceding  Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Monthly Period,  the
Initial  Investor  Interest) and the  denominator of which is the greater of (a)
the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the
last day of the preceding  Monthly Period (or with respect to the first calendar
month in the first Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
initially  transferred to the Trust on the Closing Date, and with respect to the
second  calendar  month in the first Monthly  Period,  the  aggregate  amount of
Principal  Receivables  as of the close of business on the last day of the first
calendar  month in the first Monthly  Period) and (b) the sum of the  numerators
used to  calculate  the  Investor  Percentages  (as such term is  defined in the
Agreement) for allocations with respect to Finance Charge  Receivables,  Default
Amounts or Principal Receivables,  as applicable,  for all outstanding Series on
such date of determination;  provided, however, that with respect to any Monthly
                             --------  -------
Period in which an  Addition  Date  occurs or in which a Removal  Date occurs on
which,  if any  Series  has  been  paid in  full,  Principal  Receivables  in an
aggregate amount  approximately  equal to the initial investor  interest of such
Series are removed from the Trust, the denominator determined pursuant to clause
(a) hereof shall be (A) the  aggregate  amount of Principal  Receivables  in the
Trust as of the close of  business on the last day of the prior  Monthly  Period
for the period from and  including  the first day of such Monthly  Period to but
excluding the related Addition Date or Removal Date and (B) the aggregate amount
of  Principal  Receivables  in the Trust as of the  beginning  of the day on the
related  Addition Date or Removal Date after adjusting for the aggregate  amount
of  Principal  Receivables  added to or  removed  from the Trust on the  related
Addition  Date or Removal  Date,  for the period from and  including the related
Addition  Date or Removal  Date to and  including  the last day of such  Monthly
Period.

            "Initial Investor Interest" shall mean $500,000,000.
             -------------------------

                                       12

<PAGE>

            "Interest Period" shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date,
             ---------------
the period from and  including  the previous  Distribution  Date through the day
preceding such Distribution  Date, except that the initial Interest Period shall
be the period from and  including the Closing Date through the day preceding the
initial Distribution Date.

            "Investor  Certificateholder"  shall  mean (a) with  respect  to the
             ---------------------------
Class A  Certificates,  the holder of record of a Class A Certificate,  (b) with
respect  to the  Class  B  Certificates,  the  holder  of  record  of a  Class B
Certificate  and (c) with respect to the  Collateral  Interest,  the  Collateral
Interest Holder.

            "Investor  Certificates"  shall mean the Class A  Certificates,  the
             ----------------------
Class B Certificates and the Collateral Interest.

            "Investor Default Amount" shall mean, with respect to any Receivable
             -----------------------
in a Defaulted Account, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Default Amount
and (b) the  Floating  Investor  Percentage  on the day  such  Account  became a
Defaulted Account.

            "Investor  Interest"  shall mean, on any date of  determination,  an
             ------------------
amount  equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Investor  Interest,  (b) the Class B
Investor Interest and (c) the Collateral Interest, each as of such date.

            "Investor  Percentage"  shall mean for any Monthly Period,  (a) with
             --------------------
respect  to  Finance  Charge  Receivables  and  Default  Amounts at any time and
Principal  Receivables  during  the  Revolving  Period,  the  Floating  Investor
Percentage and (b) with respect to Principal  Receivables  during the Controlled
Accumulation Period or the Rapid Amortization Period, the Fixed
Investor Percentage.

            "Investor  Principal  Collections"  shall mean,  with respect to any
             --------------------------------
Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount deposited into the Principal
Account for such Monthly Period pursuant to subsections  4.05(a)(ii),  (iii) and
(iv), 4.05(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv) or 4.05(c)(ii), in each case, as applicable to
such  Monthly  Period and (b) the  aggregate  amount to be  treated as  Investor
Principal  Collections pursuant to subsections  4.09(a)(iii) and 4.11(a) (to the
extent  allocable  to the Class A Investor  Default  Amount),  (b),  (c) (to the
extent allocable to the Class B Investor  Default Amount),  (d), (g) and (h) for
such  Monthly  Period  (other than such amount paid from  Reallocated  Principal
Collections),  and (c) the aggregate amount of Unallocated Principal Collections
deposited into the Principal Account pursuant to subsection 4.05(d).

            "Investor  Servicing  Fee"  shall  have  the  meaning  specified  in
             ------------------------
subsection 3(a) hereof.

                                       13

<PAGE>

            "LIBOR" shall mean, for any Interest  Period,  the London  interbank
             -----
offered rate for  one-month  United  States  dollar  deposits  determined by the
Trustee for each Interest  Period in accordance  with the  provisions of Section
4.17.

            "LIBOR  Determination  Date" shall mean July 17, 1996 for the period
             --------------------------
from the Closing  Date through  August 14, 1996,  August 13, 1996 for the period
from August 15, 1996 through  September 15, 1996, and the second London Business
Day prior to the commencement of the second and each subsequent Interest Period.

            "Loan Agreement" shall mean the agreement among the Transferor,  the
             --------------
Servicer,  the Trustee, and the Collateral Interest Holder, dated as of July 19,
1996, as amended or modified from time to time.

            "Monthly  Interest"  shall mean,  with respect to any Transfer Date,
             -----------------
the sum of (a) the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class A Additional Interest, if
any, and the unpaid Class A Deficiency  Amount,  if any; (b) the Class B Monthly
Interest,  the Class B  Additional  Interest,  if any,  and the  unpaid  Class B
Deficiency  Amount, if any, and (c) the Collateral  Monthly Interest,  each with
respect to such Transfer Date.

            "Monthly Period" shall have the meaning  specified in the Agreement,
             --------------
except that the first Monthly  Period with respect to the Investor  Certificates
shall begin on and include the Closing Date and shall end on and include  August
31, 1996.

            "Net  Servicing Fee Rate" shall mean (a) so long as the  Transferor,
             -----------------------
an Affiliate thereof or an Acceptable  Successor Servicer is the Servicer,  1.0%
per annum and (b) if the  Transferor,  an  Affiliate  thereof  or an  Acceptable
Successor Servicer is no longer the Servicer, 2.0% per annum.

            "Pay Out Commencement Date" shall mean the date on which a Trust Pay
             -------------------------
Out Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9.01 or a Series 1996-A Pay Out
Event is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 9 hereof.

            "Portfolio  Adjusted Yield" shall mean, with respect to any Transfer
             -------------------------
Date, the average of the  percentages  obtained for each of the three  preceding
Monthly  Periods by subtracting  the Base Rate from the Portfolio Yield for such
Monthly Period and deducting 0.5% from the result for each Monthly Period.

            "Portfolio  Yield" shall mean,  with respect to any Monthly  Period,
             ----------------
the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is an
amount  equal to the sum of (a) the  amount of  Collections  of  Finance  Charge
Receivables  deposited  into the Finance  Charge  Account and  allocable  to the
Investor  Certificates  for  such  Monthly  Period,  (b) the  Principal  Funding
Investment  Proceeds  deposited  into the Finance Charge Account on the Transfer
Date related to such Monthly  Period,  (c) the amount of the Reserve Draw Amount

                                       14

<PAGE>

(up to the Available  Reserve  Account  Amount) plus any amounts of interest and
earnings  described in Section  4.16,  each  deposited  into the Finance  Charge
Account on the Transfer  Date  relating to such Monthly  Period,  such sum to be
calculated  on a cash basis after  subtracting  the Aggregate  Investor  Default
Amount for such Monthly  Period and (d) provided that, if after the date hereof,
each  Rating  Agency  has  consented  in  writing  to the  inclusion  thereof in
calculating the Portfolio  Yield,  any Shared Excess Finance Charge  Collections
that are  allocated  to Series  1996-A  with  respect to the  Distribution  Date
relating to such Monthly  Period,  and the  denominator of which is the Investor
Interest as of the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.

            "Principal Funding Account" shall have the meaning set forth in
             -------------------------
subsection 4.15(a).

            "Principal  Funding Account Balance" shall mean, with respect to any
             ----------------------------------
date of determination, the principal amount, if any, on deposit in the Principal
Funding Account on such date of determination.

            "Principal Funding Investment  Proceeds" shall mean, with respect to
             --------------------------------------
each Transfer Date, the  investment  earnings on funds in the Principal  Funding
Account  (net of  investment  expenses  and  losses)  for the  period  from  and
including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to but excluding such Transfer
Date.

            "Principal Funding Investment Shortfall" shall mean, with respect to
             --------------------------------------
each Transfer Date relating to the Controlled  Accumulation  Period, the amount,
if any, by which the  Principal  Funding  Investment  Proceeds for such Transfer
Date are less than the Covered Amount determined as of such Transfer Date.

            "Rapid  Amortization  Period"  shall  mean the  Amortization  Period
             ---------------------------
commencing on the Pay Out  Commencement  Date and ending on the earlier to occur
of (a) the Series 1996-A  Termination  Date and (b) the termination of the Trust
pursuant to Section 12.01.

            "Rating Agency" shall mean Fitch, Moody's and Standard & Poor's.
             -------------

            "Rating Agency  Condition" shall mean the notification in writing by
             ------------------------
each Rating  Agency to the  Transferor,  the  Servicer  and the Trustee  that an
action will not result in any Rating  Agency  reducing or  withdrawing  its then
existing rating of the investor  certificates of any outstanding Series or class
of a Series with respect to which it is a Rating Agency.

            "Reallocated Class B Principal Collections" shall mean, with respect
             -----------------------------------------
to any Transfer Date, Collections of Principal Receivables applied in accordance
with subsection  4.12(a) in an amount not to exceed the product of (a) the Class
B Investor  Allocation  with  respect to the  Monthly  Period  relating  to such

                                       15

<PAGE>

Transfer Date and (b) the Investor Percentage with respect to the Monthly Period
relating to such  Transfer Date and (c) the amount of  Collections  of Principal
Receivables  with respect to the Monthly Period  relating to such Transfer Date;
provided,  however,  that such  amount  shall not  exceed  the Class B  Investor
- --------   -------
Interest  after  giving  effect to any  Class B  Investor  Charge-Offs  for such
Transfer Date.

            "Reallocated  Collateral  Principal  Collections"  shall mean,  with
             -----------------------------------------------
respect to any Transfer Date,  Collections of Principal  Receivables  applied in
accordance  with  subsections  4.12 (a) and (b) in an amount  not to exceed  the
product of (a) the  Collateral  Allocation  with  respect to the Monthly  Period
relating to such Transfer Date and (b) the Investor  Percentage  with respect to
the  Monthly  Period  relating  to such  Transfer  Date  and (c) the  amount  of
Collections of Principal Receivables with respect to the Monthly Period relating
to such Transfer Date; provided,  however, that such amount shall not exceed the
Collateral  Interest after giving effect to any Collateral  Charge-Offs for such
Transfer Date.

            "Reallocated Principal Collections" shall mean the sum of (a)
             ---------------------------------
Reallocated Class B Principal Collections and (b) Reallocated Collateral
Principal Collections.

            "Reference  Banks"  shall  mean  four  major  banks  in  the  London
             ----------------
interbank market selected by the Servicer.

            "Required  Accumulation Factor Number" shall be equal to a fraction,
             ------------------------------------
rounded  upwards to the nearest whole number,  the numerator of which is one and
the denominator of which is equal to the lowest monthly  principal  payment rate
on the Accounts, expressed as a decimal, for the 12 months preceding the date of
such calculation.

            "Required Collateral Interest" shall mean (a) initially, $40,000,000
             ----------------------------
and (b) on any Transfer Date thereafter, 8.0% of the sum of the Class A Adjusted
Investor Interest and the Class B Investor Interest on such Transfer Date, after
taking into account deposits into the Principal Funding Account on such Transfer
Date  and  payments  to be  made  on the  related  Distribution  Date,  and  the
Collateral Interest on the prior Transfer Date, after any adjustments to be made
on such date,  but not less than  $15,000,000;  provided,  however,  that (x) if
                                                --------   -------
either (i) there is a reduction in the  Collateral  Interest  pursuant to clause
(c),  (d) or (e) of the  definition  of such term or (ii) a Pay Out  Event  with
respect to the Investor  Certificates  has  occurred,  the  Required  Collateral
Interest for any Transfer Date shall equal the Required  Collateral Interest for
the Transfer Date immediately  preceding such reduction or Pay Out Event, (y) in
no  event  shall  the  Required  Collateral  Interest  exceed  the  sum  of  the
outstanding principal amounts of (i) the Class A Certificates and (ii) the Class
B  Certificates,  each as of the last day of the Monthly  Period  preceding such
Transfer  Date after  taking into account the payments to be made on the related

                                       16

<PAGE>

Distribution Date and (z) the Required Collateral Interest may be reduced at the
Transferor's  option  at any  time to a lesser  amount  if the  Transferor,  the
Servicer,  the  Collateral  Interest  Holder and the Trustee have been  provided
evidence that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied.

            "Required  Reserve  Account  Amount" shall mean, with respect to any
             ----------------------------------
Transfer Date on or after the Reserve  Account  Funding Date, an amount equal to
(a) 0.5% of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates or (b)
any other amount designated by the Transferor;  provided,  however, that if such
                                                --------   -------
designation  is of a  lesser  amount,  the  Transferor  shall  (i)  provide  the
Servicer,  the Collateral Interest Holder and the Trustee with evidence that the
Rating  Agency  Condition  shall  have been  satisfied  and (ii)  deliver to the
Trustee a certificate of an authorized  officer to the effect that, based on the
facts  known to such  officer  at such  time,  in the  reasonable  belief of the
Transferor,  such  designation  will not cause a Pay Out Event or an event that,
after the giving of notice or the lapse of time,  would cause a Pay Out Event to
occur with respect to Series 1996-A.

            "Reserve Account" shall have the meaning specified in subsection
             ---------------
4.16(a).

            "Reserve  Account  Funding  Date" shall mean the Transfer Date which
             -------------------------------
occurs not later than the earliest of (a) the Transfer  Date with respect to the
Monthly  Period  which  commences  3  months  prior to the  commencement  of the
Controlled  Accumulation  Period;  (b) the  first  Transfer  Date for  which the
Portfolio  Adjusted  Yield is less than  2.0%,  but in such  event  the  Reserve
Account  Funding  Date shall not be required to occur  earlier than the Transfer
Date with respect to the Monthly  Period which  commences 12 months prior to the
commencement of the Controlled  Accumulation Period; (c) the first Transfer Date
for which the Portfolio  Adjusted Yield is less than 3.0%, but in such event the
Reserve  Account  Funding  Date shall not be required to occur  earlier than the
Transfer Date with respect to the Monthly Period which  commences 6 months prior
to the  commencement of the Controlled  Accumulation  Period;  and (d) the first
Transfer Date for which the Portfolio  Adjusted  Yield is less than 4.0%, but in
such event the  Reserve  Account  Funding  Date shall not be  required  to occur
earlier  than the  Transfer  Date  with  respect  to the  Monthly  Period  which
commences 4 months  prior to the  commencement  of the  Controlled  Accumulation
Period.

            "Reserve  Account  Surplus"  shall  mean,  as of any  Transfer  Date
             -------------------------
following the Reserve  Account  Funding Date,  the amount,  if any, by which the
amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account  exceeds the Required  Reserve Account
Amount.

            "Reserve Draw Amount" shall have the meaning specified in
             -------------------
subsection 4.16(c).

                                       17

<PAGE>

            "Revolving  Period"  shall mean the period  from and  including  the
             -----------------
Closing Date to, but not  including,  the earlier of (a) the day the  Controlled
Accumulation Period commences and (b) the Pay Out Commencement Date.

            "Series  1996-A"  shall mean the Series of the BA Master Credit Card
             --------------
Trust represented by the Investor Certificates.

            "Series 1996-A  Certificateholders" shall mean the holders of record
             ---------------------------------
of a Series 1996-A Certificate.

            "Series 1996-A Certificates" shall mean the Class A Certificates and
             --------------------------
the Class B Certificates.

            "Series  1996-A Pay Out Event"  shall have the meaning  specified in
             ----------------------------
Section 9 hereof.

            "Series 1996-A Termination Date" shall mean the earliest to occur of
             ------------------------------
(a) the  Distribution  Date on which the Investor  Interest is paid in full, (b)
the August 2003 Distribution Date and (c) the Trust Termination Date.

            "Series  Finance  Charge  Shortfall"  shall mean with respect to any
             ----------------------------------
Transfer  Date, the excess,  if any, of (a) the aggregate  amount needed to make
each  distribution  described  in  subsections  4.11(a)  though (j) over (b) the
aggregate amount of Excess Spread for such Transfer Date.

            "Series Principal Shortfall" shall mean with respect to any Transfer
             --------------------------
Date, the excess,  if any, of (a) (i) with respect to any Transfer Date relating
to the Controlled  Accumulation  Period,  the sum of (A) the Controlled  Deposit
Amount for such Transfer  Date,  and (B) the excess,  if any, of the  Collateral
Interest for such Transfer Date over the Required  Collateral  Interest for such
Transfer  Date and (ii) with  respect  to any  Transfer  Date  during  the Rapid
Amortization  Period,  the  Adjusted  Investor  Interest  over (b) the  Investor
Principal  Collections minus the Reallocated  Principal  Collections (other than
Reallocated  Principal Collections available to pay the Class A Investor Default
Amount and the Class B Investor Default Amount) for such Transfer Date.

            "Series Servicing Fee Percentage" shall mean 2.0%.
             -------------------------------

            "Servicer  Interchange"  shall  mean,  for any Monthly  Period,  the
             ---------------------
portion of Collections of Finance Charge  Receivables  allocated to the Investor
Certificates  and deposited in the Finance  Charge  Account with respect to such
Monthly Period that is  attributable  to Interchange;  provided,  however,  that
                                                       --------   -------
Servicer  Interchange  for a Monthly Period shall not exceed  one-twelfth of the
product of (i) the Adjusted Investor Interest as of the last day of such Monthly
Period and (ii) 1.0%.

            "Shared Excess Finance Charge  Collections" shall mean, with respect
             -----------------------------------------
to any  Distribution  Date,  either (a) the  amount  allocated  to the  Investor
Certificates  which may be applied to the Series Finance  Charge  Shortfall with

                                       18

<PAGE>

respect to other outstanding Series in Shared Excess Finance Charge Group One or
(b) the amounts allocated to the investor certificates of other Series in Shared
Excess Finance Charge Group One which the applicable Supplements for such Series
specify are to be treated as "Shared  Excess  Finance  Charge  Collections"  and
which may be applied  pursuant  to  Section  4.11 with  respect to the  Investor
Certificates.

            "Shared Excess  Principal  Collections"  shall mean, with respect to
             -------------------------------------
any  Distribution  Date,  either  (a)  the  amount  allocated  to  the  Investor
Certificates which may be applied to the Series Principal Shortfall with respect
to other outstanding Series in the Shared Excess Principal  Collections Group or
(b) the amounts  allocated to the investor  certificates  of other Series in the
Shared Excess Principal  Collections Group which the applicable  Supplements for
such Series specify are to be treated as "Shared Excess  Principal  Collections"
and which may be applied to cover the Series Principal Shortfall with respect to
the Investor Certificates.

            "Shared Excess Principal Collections Group" shall mean Series 1996-A
             -----------------------------------------
and each other Series specified in the related  Supplement to be included in the
Shared Excess Principal Collections Group.

            "Shared  Excess  Principal   Collections   Group  Monthly  Principal
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment"  shall mean with respect to any Monthly  Period,  for all Series in the
- -------
Shared Excess Principal Collections Group (including Series 1996-A) which are in
an Amortization  Period or Accumulation Period (as such terms are defined in the
related  Supplements for all Series in the Shared Excess  Principal  Collections
Group),  the sum of (a)  the  Controlled  Distribution  Amount  for the  related
Transfer  Date for any  Series in its  Controlled  Amortization  Period (as such
terms are defined in the related Supplements for all Series in the Shared Excess
Principal  Collections Group), (b) the Controlled Deposit Amount for the related
Transfer Date for any Series in its  Accumulation  Period,  other than its Rapid
Accumulation  Period,  if  applicable  (as such terms are defined in the related
Supplements for all Series in the Shared Excess  Principal  Collections  Group),
(c) the Investor  Interest as of the end of the prior Monthly Period taking into
effect any payments to be made on the following Distribution Date for any Series
in the Shared Excess Principal  Collections Group in its Principal  Amortization
Period or Rapid  Amortization  Period (as such terms are  defined in the related
Supplements for all Series in the Shared Excess  Principal  Collections  Group),
(d) the Adjusted  Investor  Interest as of the end of the prior  Monthly  Period
taking into effect any payments or deposits to be made on the following Transfer
Date and  Distribution  Date  for any  Series  in the  Shared  Excess  Principal
Collections Group in its Rapid Accumulation Period (as such terms are defined in
the  related   Supplements  for  all  Series  in  the  Shared  Excess  Principal
Collections Group), (e) the excess of the Collateral Interest as of the Transfer
Date occurring in such Monthly Period over the Required  Collateral Interest for
the related Transfer Date, assuming no Accumulation Shortfall and (f) such other
amounts as may be  specified  in the related  Supplements  for all Series in the
Shared Excess Principal Collections Group.

                                       19

<PAGE>

            "Telerate  Page  3750"  shall mean the  display  page  currently  so
             --------------------
designated on the Dow Jones Telerate  Service (or such other page as may replace
that page on that service for displaying comparable rates or prices).

            "Unallocated Principal Collections" shall have the meaning
             ---------------------------------
specified in subsection 4.05(d).

            SECTION 3. Servicing Compensation and Assignment of Interchange.
                       ----------------------------------------------------
(a) THE SHARE OF THE SERVICING FEE ALLOCABLE TO SERIES 1996-A WITH RESPECT TO
ANY TRANSFER DATE (THE  "INVESTOR SERVICING  FEE") SHALL BE EQUAL TO ONE-TWELFTH
OF THE PRODUCT OF (I) THE SERIES SERVICING FEE PERCENTAGE AND (II) THE ADJUSTED
INVESTOR  INTEREST  AS OF THE  LAST DAY OF THE  MONTHLY  PERIOD  PRECEDING  SUCH
TRANSFER DATE; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT WITH RESPECT TO THE FIRST TRANSFER DATE,
               --------   -------
THE INVESTOR SERVICING FEE SHALL BE EQUAL TO $611,112. ON EACH TRANSFER DATE FOR
WHICH THE TRANSFEROR, AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRANSFEROR, OR AN ACCEPTABLE SUCCESSOR
SERVICER IS THE SERVICER,  THE SERVICER  INTERCHANGE WITH RESPECT TO THE RELATED
MONTHLY  PERIOD  THAT IS ON  DEPOSIT  IN THE  FINANCE  CHARGE  ACCOUNT  SHALL BE
WITHDRAWN FROM THE FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT AND PAID TO THE SERVICER IN PAYMENT OF
A PORTION OF THE INVESTOR  SERVICING  FEE WITH  RESPECT TO SUCH MONTHLY  PERIOD.
SHOULD THE SERVICER  INTERCHANGE ON DEPOSIT IN THE FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT ON ANY
TRANSFER  DATE FOR WHICH THE  TRANSFEROR,  AN AFFILIATE OF THE  TRANSFEROR OR AN
ACCEPTABLE  SUCCESSOR  SERVICER  IS THE  SERVICER,  WITH  RESPECT TO THE RELATED
MONTHLY  PERIOD  BE LESS  THAN  ONE-TWELFTH  OF 1.0%  OF THE  ADJUSTED  INVESTOR
INTEREST AS OF THE LAST DAY OF SUCH MONTHLY PERIOD,  THE INVESTOR  SERVICING FEE
WITH  RESPECT  TO SUCH  MONTHLY  PERIOD  WILL NOT BE PAID TO THE  EXTENT OF SUCH
INSUFFICIENCY OF SERVICER  INTERCHANGE ON DEPOSIT IN THE FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT.
THE SERVICER  INTERCHANGE WITH RESPECT TO THE FIRST TRANSFER DATE MAY EQUAL, BUT
SHALL NOT EXCEED $305,556.  THE SHARE OF THE INVESTOR SERVICING FEE ALLOCABLE TO
THE CLASS A INVESTOR  INTEREST  WITH RESPECT TO ANY TRANSFER  DATE (THE "CLASS A
SERVICING  FEE") SHALL BE EQUAL TO ONE-TWELFTH OF THE PRODUCT OF (I) THE CLASS A
FLOATING  ALLOCATION,  (II) THE NET  SERVICING  FEE RATE AND (III) THE  ADJUSTED
INVESTOR  INTEREST  AS OF THE  LAST DAY OF THE  MONTHLY  PERIOD  PRECEDING  SUCH
TRANSFER DATE; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT WITH RESPECT TO THE FIRST TRANSFER DATE,
               --------   -------
THE CLASS A SERVICING FEE SHALL BE EQUAL TO $261,250.  THE SHARE OF THE INVESTOR
SERVICING  FEE  ALLOCABLE TO THE CLASS B INVESTOR  INTEREST  WITH RESPECT TO ANY
TRANSFER DATE (THE "CLASS B SERVICING FEE") SHALL BE EQUAL TO ONE-TWELFTH OF THE
PRODUCT OF (I) THE CLASS B FLOATING ALLOCATION,  (II) THE NET SERVICING FEE RATE
AND (III)  THE  ADJUSTED  INVESTOR  INTEREST  AS OF THE LAST DAY OF THE  MONTHLY
PERIOD PRECEDING SUCH TRANSFER DATE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT WITH RESPECT TO THE
                                     --------  -------
FIRST TRANSFER  DATE,  THE CLASS B SERVICING FEE SHALL BE EQUAL TO $19,861.  THE
SHARE OF THE INVESTOR  SERVICING FEE ALLOCABLE TO THE  COLLATERAL  INTEREST WITH

                                       20

<PAGE>

RESPECT TO ANY TRANSFER DATE (THE "COLLATERAL  INTEREST SERVICING FEE", TOGETHER
WITH  THE  CLASS  A  SERVICING   FEE  AND  THE  CLASS  B  SERVICING   FEE,   THE
"CERTIFICATEHOLDER  SERVICING FEE") SHALL BE EQUAL TO ONE-TWELFTH OF THE PRODUCT
OF (I) THE COLLATERAL FLOATING  ALLOCATION,  (II) THE NET SERVICING FEE RATE AND
(III) THE ADJUSTED  INVESTOR  INTEREST AS OF THE LAST DAY OF THE MONTHLY  PERIOD
PRECEDING SUCH TRANSFER DATE; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT WITH RESPECT TO THE FIRST
                              --------   -------
TRANSFER DATE, THE COLLATERAL  INTEREST SERVICING FEE SHALL BE EQUAL TO $24,445.
EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY  PROVIDED  ABOVE,  THE SERVICING FEE SHALL BE PAID BY THE
CASH FLOWS FROM THE TRUST ALLOCATED TO THE TRANSFEROR OR THE  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
OF OTHER SERIES (AS PROVIDED IN THE RELATED  SUPPLEMENTS)  AND IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE TRUST,  THE TRUSTEE OR THE INVESTOR  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  BE LIABLE THEREFOR.
THE CLASS A SERVICING FEE SHALL BE PAYABLE TO THE SERVICER  SOLELY TO THE EXTENT
AMOUNTS  ARE  AVAILABLE  FOR   DISTRIBUTION  IN  RESPECT  THEREOF   PURSUANT  TO
SUBSECTIONS  4.09(A)(II) AND 4.11(A). THE CLASS B SERVICING FEE SHALL BE PAYABLE
SOLELY TO THE EXTENT AMOUNTS ARE AVAILABLE FOR  DISTRIBUTION  IN RESPECT THEREOF
PURSUANT  TO  SUBSECTIONS  4.09(B)(II)  AND  4.11(C).  THE  COLLATERAL  INTEREST
SERVICING  FEE SHALL BE PAYABLE  SOLELY TO THE EXTENT  AMOUNTS ARE AVAILABLE FOR
DISTRIBUTION IN RESPECT THEREOF PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION  4.11(F) OR IF APPLICABLE
SUBSECTION 4.09(C)(I).

            (b) ON OR BEFORE EACH TRANSFER DATE, THE TRANSFEROR SHALL NOTIFY THE
SERVICER OF THE AMOUNT OF  INTERCHANGE  TO BE INCLUDED AS COLLECTIONS OF FINANCE
CHARGE RECEIVABLES AND ALLOCABLE TO THE INVESTOR CERTIFICATEHOLDERS WITH RESPECT
TO THE PRECEDING MONTHLY PERIOD AS DETERMINED  PURSUANT TO THIS SUBSECTION 3(B).
SUCH AMOUNT OF INTERCHANGE SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE PRODUCT OF (I) THE TOTAL AMOUNT
OF INTERCHANGE  PAID OR PAYABLE TO THE  TRANSFEROR  WITH RESPECT TO SUCH MONTHLY
PERIOD,  (II) A  FRACTION  THE  NUMERATOR  OF WHICH IS THE  AGGREGATE  AMOUNT OF
CARDHOLDER  CHARGES FOR GOODS AND SERVICES IN THE ACCOUNTS  WITH RESPECT TO SUCH
MONTHLY  PERIOD  AND  THE  DENOMINATOR  OF  WHICH  IS THE  AGGREGATE  AMOUNT  OF
CARDHOLDER  CHARGES FOR GOODS AND SERVICES IN ALL  MASTERCARD  AND VISA CONSUMER
REVOLVING  CREDIT CARD  ACCOUNTS  OWNED BY THE  TRANSFEROR  WITH RESPECT TO SUCH
MONTHLY PERIOD AND (III) THE INVESTOR  PERCENTAGE  WITH REGARD TO FINANCE CHARGE
RECEIVABLES.  ON EACH TRANSFER DATE,  THE TRANSFEROR  SHALL PAY TO THE SERVICER,
AND THE SERVICER SHALL DEPOSIT INTO THE FINANCE CHARGE  ACCOUNT,  IN IMMEDIATELY
AVAILABLE  FUNDS,  THE AMOUNT OF INTERCHANGE TO BE SO INCLUDED AS COLLECTIONS OF
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES  ALLOCABLE TO THE INVESTOR  CERTIFICATES WITH RESPECT
TO THE PRECEDING  MONTHLY  PERIOD.  THE TRANSFEROR  HEREBY  ASSIGNS,  SETS-OVER,
CONVEYS,  PLEDGES AND GRANTS A SECURITY INTEREST AND LIEN TO THE TRUSTEE FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE INVESTOR  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  IN INTERCHANGE  AND THE PROCEEDS OF
INTERCHANGE,  AS SET  FORTH IN THIS  SUBSECTION  3(B).  IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE
FOREGOING GRANT OF A SECURITY INTEREST,  THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONSTITUTE
A SECURITY AGREEMENT UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. TO THE EXTENT THAT A SUPPLEMENT FOR A
RELATED SERIES, OTHER THAN SERIES 1996-A, ASSIGNS,  SETS-OVER,  CONVEYS, PLEDGES
OR GRANTS A  SECURITY  INTEREST  IN  INTERCHANGE  ALLOCABLE  TO THE  TRUST,  ALL

                                       21

<PAGE>

INVESTOR  CERTIFICATES OF ANY SUCH SERIES (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE  SPECIFIED IN ANY
SUCH  SUPPLEMENT)  AND THE  INVESTOR  CERTIFICATES  SHALL RANK PARI PASSU AND BE
EQUALLY  AND  RATABLY  ENTITLED  AS  PROVIDED  HEREIN  TO THE  BENEFITS  OF SUCH
INTERCHANGE  WITHOUT  PREFERENCE  OR  PRIORITY  ON ACCOUNT OF THE ACTUAL TIME OR
TIMES OF  AUTHENTICATION  AND  DELIVERY,  ALL IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE TERMS AND
PROVISIONS OF THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT AND OTHER RELATED SUPPLEMENTS.

            SECTION  4.   Reassignment   and   Transfer   Terms.   The  Investor
                          -------------------------------------
Certificates  shall be subject to retransfer to the Transferor at its option, in
accordance with the terms specified in subsection 12.02(a),  on any Distribution
Date on or after the Distribution Date on which the Investor Interest is reduced
to an amount  less than or equal to 5% of the  Initial  Investor  Interest.  The
deposit  required  in  connection  with any such  repurchase  shall  include the
amount, if any, on deposit in the Principal Funding Account and will be equal to
the sum of (a) the Investor  Interest and (b) accrued and unpaid interest on the
Investor  Certificates  through the day preceding the Distribution Date on which
the repurchase occurs.

            SECTION 5. Delivery and Payment for the Investor  Certificates.  The
                       ---------------------------------------------------
Transferor  shall  execute  and deliver the Series  1996-A  Certificates  to the
Trustee for  authentication  in accordance  with Section 6.01. The Trustee shall
deliver such Certificates when authenticated in accordance with Section 6.02.

            SECTION 6.  Depository; Form of Delivery of Investor Certificates.
                        -----------------------------------------------------

            (a) THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES AND THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES  SHALL BE
DELIVERED AS BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES AS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 6.01 AND 6.10.

            (b) THE DEPOSITORY FOR SERIES 1996-A SHALL BE THE DEPOSITORY  TRUST
COMPANY,  AND THE  CLASS  A  CERTIFICATES  AND  CLASS B  CERTIFICATES  SHALL  BE
INITIALLY REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., ITS NOMINEE.

            SECTION 7. Article IV of  Agreement.  Sections  4.01,  4.02 and 4.03
                       ------------------------
shall be read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article IV (except
for  Sections  4.01,  4.02 and 4.03  thereof)  shall be read in its  entirety as
follows and shall be applicable only to the Investor Certificates:

                                       22

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND
                  ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

            SECTION  4.04  Rights  of  Certificateholders   and  the  Collateral
                           -----------------------------------------------------
Interest Holder . The Investor  Certificates shall represent undivided interests
- ---------------
in the Trust,  consisting  of the right to receive,  to the extent  necessary to
make the required  payments  with respect to such Investor  Certificates  at the
times and in the amounts specified in this Agreement,  (a) the Floating Investor
Percentage  and Fixed Investor  Percentage (as applicable  from time to time) of
Collections received with respect to the Receivables and (b) funds on deposit in
the Collection Account,  the Finance Charge Account,  the Principal Account, the
Principal Funding Account, the Reserve Account and the Distribution Account. The
Collateral  Interest shall be  subordinate  to the Class A Certificates  and the
Class B Certificates. The Class B Certificates shall be subordinate to the Class
A Certificates.  The Transferor  Certificate shall not represent any interest in
the Collection Account,  the Finance Charge Account,  the Principal Account, the
Principal  Funding  Account,  the Reserve Account or the  Distribution  Account,
except as specifically provided in this Article IV.

            SECTION 4.05 Allocations.
                         -----------

            (a)  ALLOCATIONS DURING THE REVOLVING  PERIOD.  DURING THE REVOLVING
PERIOD,  THE  SERVICER  SHALL,  PRIOR TO THE  CLOSE OF  BUSINESS  ON THE DAY ANY
COLLECTIONS  ARE DEPOSITED IN THE COLLECTION  ACCOUNT,  ALLOCATE TO THE INVESTOR
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  OR THE  HOLDER  OF THE  TRANSFEROR  CERTIFICATE  AND  PAY OR
DEPOSIT FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT THE FOLLOWING AMOUNTS AS SET FORTH BELOW:

            (i)  Allocate to the Investor Certificateholders  the product of (y)
      the Investor  Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and
      (z) the aggregate  amount of Collections of Finance Charge  Receivables on
      such Date of Processing,  and of that  allocation,  deposit in the Finance
      Charge  Account  an  amount  equal to  either  (I) (A)  prior to the LIBOR
      Determination  Date occurring in such Monthly  Period,  an amount equal to
      the product of (1) the Investor  Percentage  on the Date of  Processing of
      such  Collections  and (2) the aggregate  amount of Collections of Finance
      Charge  Receivables on such Date of  Processing,  and (B) on and after the
      LIBOR  Determination  Date  occurring  during  such  Monthly  Period,  the
      difference   between  (1)  the  Monthly   Interest  with  respect  to  the
      immediately  following  Transfer  Date  (plus,  if  the  Transferor  or an
      Affiliate of the  Transferor  is not the Servicer,  the  Certificateholder
      Servicing   Fee  for  such   Transfer   Date   plus  the   amount  of  any
      Certificateholder  Servicing  Fee due but not paid to the  Servicer on any
      prior  Transfer  Date) and (2) the  amounts  previously  deposited  in the
      Finance Charge Account with respect to the current Monthly Period pursuant

                                       23

<PAGE>

      to this subsection 4.05(a)(i) or (II) the amount of Collections of Finance
      Charge Receivables  allocated to the Investor  Certificateholders  on such
      Date of  Processing  pursuant  to this  subsection  4.05(a)(i);  provided,
                                                                       --------
      however, that if a deposit pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(i)(I) is made on
      -------
      any Date of Processing,  on the related  Transfer Date, the Servicer shall
      withdraw from the  Collection  Account and deposit into the Finance Charge
      Account an amount  equal to the amount of  Collections  of Finance  Charge
      Receivables  that have been  allocated to the Investor  Certificateholders
      during the related  Monthly  Period but not  previously  deposited  in the
      Finance Charge  Account.  Funds  deposited into the Finance Charge Account
      pursuant to this subsection 4.05(a)(i) shall be applied in accordance with
      Section 4.09.

            (ii) Deposit into the Principal Account an amount equal to the
      product of (A) the Collateral Allocation on the Date of Processing of such
      Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such
      Collections  and (C) the  aggregate  amount of  Collections  processed  in
      respect of Principal  Receivables on such Date of Processing to be applied
      first  in  accordance  with  Section  4.12  and  then in  accordance  with
      subsection 4.09(d).

            (iii) Deposit into the Principal Account an amount equal to the
      product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation on the Date of Processing
      of such Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing
      of such Collections and (C) the aggregate amount of Collections processed
      in respect of Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing to be
      applied first in accordance with Section 4.12 and then in accordance with
      subsection 4.09(d).

            (iv) (A) Deposit into the Principal Account an amount equal to the
      product of (1) the Class A Investor  Allocation  on the Date of Processing
      of such Collections, (2) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing
      of such Collections and (3) the aggregate amount of Collections  processed
      in respect of Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;  provided,
                                                                       --------
      however,  that the amount deposited into the Principal Account pursuant to
      -------
      this  subsection  4.05(a)(iv)(A)  shall not  exceed  the  Daily  Principal
      Shortfall,  and (B) pay to the  Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  an
      amount equal to the excess,  if any,  identified  in the proviso to clause
      (A) above; provided,  however, that the amount to be paid to the Holder of
                 --------   -------
      the Transferor Certificate pursuant to this subsection 4.05(a)(iv)(B) with
      respect  to any  Date of  Processing  shall be paid to the  Holder  of the
      Transferor  Certificate  only if the  Transferor  Interest on such Date of
      Processing  is greater than zero (after  giving effect to the inclusion in
      the  Trust  of all  Receivables  created  on or  prior  to  such  Date  of
      Processing  and the  application  of payments  referred  to in  subsection
      4.03(b))  and  otherwise  shall be  considered  as  Unallocated  Principal

                                       24

<PAGE>

      Collections  and deposited into the Principal  Account in accordance  with
      subsection 4.05(d);  provided further, however, that in no event shall the
      amount  payable to the Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  pursuant to
      this subsection  4.05(a)(iv)(B) be greater than the Transferor Interest on
      such Date of Processing.

            (b) ALLOCATIONS DURING THE CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD.DURING THE
                -----------------------------------------------------
CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION  PERIOD,  THE  SERVICER  SHALL,  PRIOR TO THE  CLOSE OF
BUSINESS ON THE DAY ANY  COLLECTIONS  ARE DEPOSITED IN THE  COLLECTION  ACCOUNT,
ALLOCATE  TO THE  INVESTOR  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  OR THE HOLDER OF THE  TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE AND PAY OR DEPOSIT FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT THE FOLLOWING AMOUNTS
AS SET FORTH BELOW:

            (i)  Deposit into the Finance Charge  Account an amount equal to the
      product of (A) the Investor  Percentage  on the Date of Processing of such
      Collections  and (B) the  aggregate  amount of  Collections  processed  in
      respect of Finance  Charge  Receivables  on such Date of  Processing to be
      applied in accordance with Section 4.09.

            (ii) Deposit into the Principal Account an amount equal to the
      product of (A) the Collateral Allocation on the Date of Processing of such
      Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such
      Collections  and (C) the  aggregate  amount of  Collections  processed  in
      respect of Principal  Receivables on such Date of Processing to be applied
      first  in  accordance  with  Section  4.12  and  then in  accordance  with
      subsection 4.09(e).

            (iii) Deposit into the Principal Account an amount equal to the
      product of (A) the Class B Investor Allocation on the Date of Processing
      of such Collections, (B) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing
      of such Collections and (C) the aggregate  amount of Collections processed
      in respect of Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing to be
      applied first in accordance with Section 4.12 and then in accordance with
      subsection 4.09(e).

            (iv) (A) Deposit into the Principal Account an amount equal to the
      product of (1) the Class A Investor  Allocation  on the Date of Processing
      of such Collections, (2) the Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing
      of such Collections and (3) the aggregate amount of Collections  processed
      in respect of Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing;  provided,
                                                                       --------
      however,  that the amount deposited into the Principal Account pursuant to
      -------
      this  subsection  4.05(b)(iv)(A)  shall not  exceed  the  Daily  Principal
      Shortfall,  and (B) pay to the  Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  an
      amount equal to the excess,  if any,  identified  in the proviso to clause
      (A) above; provided,  however, that the amount to be paid to the Holder of
                 --------   -------
      the Transferor Certificate pursuant to this subsection 4.05(b)(iv)(B) with
      respect  to any  Date of  Processing  shall be paid to the  Holder  of the

                                       25

<PAGE>

      Transferor  Certificate  only if the  Transferor  Interest on such Date of
      Processing  is greater than zero (after  giving effect to the inclusion in
      the  Trust  of all  Receivables  created  on or  prior  to  such  Date  of
      Processing  and the  application  of payments  referred  to in  subsection
      4.03(b))  and  otherwise  shall be  considered  as  Unallocated  Principal
      Collections  and deposited into the Principal  Account in accordance  with
      subsection 4.05(d);  provided further, however, that in no event shall the
                           -------- -------  -------
      amount  payable to the Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  pursuant to
      this subsection  4.05(b)(iv)(B) be greater than the Transferor Interest on
      such Date of Processing.

            (c)  ALLOCATIONS DURING THE RAPID  AMORTIZATION  PERIOD.  DURING THE
                 --------------------------------------------------
RAPID AMORTIZATION PERIOD, THE SERVICER SHALL, PRIOR TO THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON
THE DAY ANY COLLECTIONS ARE DEPOSITED IN THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT, ALLOCATE TO THE
INVESTOR  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  AND PAY OR DEPOSIT FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT THE
FOLLOWING AMOUNTS AS SET FORTH BELOW:

            (i)  Deposit into the Finance Charge  Account an amount equal to the
      product of (A) the Investor  Percentage  on the Date of Processing of such
      Collections  and (B) the  aggregate  amount of  Collections  processed  in
      respect of Finance  Charge  Receivables  on such Date of  Processing to be
      applied in accordance with Section 4.09.

            (ii) (A) Deposit into the Principal Account an amount equal to the
      product of (1) the Investor  Percentage  on the Date of Processing of such
      Collections  and (2) the  aggregate  amount of  Collections  processed  in
      respect of Principal  Receivables  on such Date of  Processing;  provided,
                                                                       --------
      however,  that the amount deposited into the Principal Account pursuant to
      -------
      this  subsection  4.05(c)(ii)(A)  shall not exceed the sum of the Investor
      Interest as of the close of business on the last day of the prior  Monthly
      Period  (after  taking  into  account  any  payments  to be  made  on  the
      Distribution  Date relating to such prior Monthly  Period and deposits and
      any  adjustments  to be made to the  Investor  Interest  to be made on the
      Transfer  Date  relating  to such  Monthly  Period)  and  any  Reallocated
      Principal Collections relating to the Monthly Period in which such deposit
      is made and (B) pay to the Holder of the Transferor  Certificate an amount
      equal to the  excess,  if any,  identified  in the  proviso  to clause (A)
      above; provided,  however, that the amount to be paid to the Holder of the
             --------   -------
      Transferor  Certificate  pursuant to this subsection  4.05(c)(ii)(B)  with
      respect  to any  Date of  Processing  shall be paid to the  Holder  of the
      Transferor  Certificate  only if the  Transferor  Interest on such Date of
      Processing  is greater than zero (after  giving effect to the inclusion in
      the  Trust  of all  Receivables  created  on or  prior  to  such  Date  of
      Processing  and the  application  of payments  referred  to in  subsection
      4.03(b))  and  otherwise  shall be  considered  as  Unallocated  Principal
      Collections  and deposited into the Principal  Account in accordance  with

                                       26

<PAGE>

      subsection 4.05(d);  provided further, however, that in no event shall the
                           -------- -------  -------
      amount  payable to the Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  pursuant to
      this subsection  4.05(c)(ii)(B) be greater than the Transferor Interest on
      such Date of Processing.

            (d) Unallocated Principal Collections. Any Collections in respect of
                ---------------------------------
Principal  Receivables or Finance Charge  Receivables  not allocated and paid to
the Holder of the Transferor Certificate because of the limitations contained in
subsections  4.05(a)(iv)(B),  4.05(b)(iv)(B)  and 4.05(c)(ii)(B) and any amounts
allocable  to the  Investor  Certificates  deposited  in the  Principal  Account
pursuant  to  subsections   2.04(d)(iii)  and  4.03(c)  ("Unallocated  Principal
Collections")  shall  be  held  in  the  Principal  Account  and,  prior  to the
commencement  of the Controlled  Accumulation  Period or the Rapid  Amortization
Period, shall be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate when, and only
to the extent  that,  the  Transferor  Interest is greater  than zero.  For each
Transfer Date with respect to the  Controlled  Accumulation  Period or the Rapid
Amortization  Period,  any such  Unallocated  Principal  Collections held in the
Principal  Account on such  Transfer  Date  shall be  included  in the  Investor
Principal  Collections  which to the extent  available  shall be  distributed as
Available Investor Principal  Collections to be applied pursuant to Section 4.09
on such Transfer Date.

            With  respect  to the  Investor  Certificates,  and  notwithstanding
anything in the Agreement or this Series Supplement to the contrary,  whether or
not the  Servicer  is  required  to make  monthly  or  daily  deposits  from the
Collection  Account into the Finance  Charge  Account or the  Principal  Account
pursuant to  subsections  4.05(a),  4.05(b)  and  4.05(c),  with  respect to any
Monthly  Period (i) the  Servicer  will only be required to deposit  Collections
from the  Collection  Account into the Finance  Charge  Account or the Principal
Account up to the required  amount to be deposited into any such deposit account
or, without  duplication,  distributed  on or prior to the related  Distribution
Date to the  Investor  Certificateholders  and (ii) if at any time prior to such
Distribution Date the amount of Collections  deposited in the Collection Account
exceeds the amount  required to be deposited  pursuant to clause (i) above,  the
Servicer will be permitted to withdraw the excess from the Collection Account.

                  SECTION 4.06 Determination of Monthly Interest.
                               ---------------------------------

            (a)  THE  AMOUNT OF MONTHLY INTEREST  DISTRIBUTABLE  TO THE CLASS A
CERTIFICATES  SHALL BE AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE PRODUCT OF (I)(A) A FRACTION,  THE
NUMERATOR OF WHICH IS THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF DAYS IN THE RELATED  INTEREST  PERIOD
AND THE  DENOMINATOR OF WHICH IS 360, TIMES (B) THE CLASS A CERTIFICATE  RATE IN
                                      -----
EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE RELATED INTEREST  PERIOD,  TIMES (II) THE OUTSTANDING
                                                      -----
PRINCIPAL  BALANCE OF THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES  DETERMINED AS OF THE RECORD DATE
PRECEDING THE RELATED TRANSFER DATE (THE "CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST");  PROVIDED,
                                                                       --------
HOWEVER,  THAT IN  ADDITION TO CLASS A MONTHLY  INTEREST AN AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE
- -------

                                       27

<PAGE>

AMOUNT OF ANY UNPAID  CLASS A  DEFICIENCY  AMOUNTS,  AS DEFINED  BELOW,  PLUS AN
AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE PRODUCT OF (A) (1) A FRACTION, THE NUMERATOR OF WHICH IS THE
ACTUAL  NUMBER OF DAYS IN THE RELATED  INTEREST  PERIOD AND THE  DENOMINATOR  OF
WHICH IS 360,  TIMES (2) THE SUM OF THE CLASS A CERTIFICATE  RATE IN EFFECT WITH
               -----
RESPECT TO THE RELATED INTEREST PERIOD, PLUS 2.0% PER ANNUM, AND (B) ANY CLASS A
DEFICIENCY AMOUNT FROM THE PRIOR TRANSFER DATE, AS DEFINED BELOW (OR THE PORTION
THEREOF WHICH HAS NOT THERETOFORE BEEN PAID TO CLASS A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS)  (THE
"CLASS A  ADDITIONAL  INTEREST")  SHALL  ALSO BE  DISTRIBUTABLE  TO THE  CLASS A
CERTIFICATES, AND ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE THE TRUSTEE SHALL DEPOSIT SUCH FUNDS, TO
THE EXTENT  AVAILABLE,  INTO THE DISTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT.  THE "CLASS A DEFICIENCY
AMOUNT"  FOR ANY  TRANSFER  DATE SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE  EXCESS,  IF ANY,  OF THE
AGGREGATE  AMOUNT ACCRUED  PURSUANT TO THIS  SUBSECTION  4.06(A) AS OF THE PRIOR
INTEREST PERIOD OVER THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY TRANSFERRED TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT
FOR PAYMENT OF SUCH AMOUNT.

            (b)  THE  AMOUNT OF MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE TO THE CLASS B
CERTIFICATES  SHALL BE AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE PRODUCT OF (I)(A) A FRACTION,  THE
NUMERATOR OF WHICH IS THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF DAYS IN THE RELATED  INTEREST  PERIOD
AND THE  DENOMINATOR OF WHICH IS 360, TIMES (B) THE CLASS B CERTIFICATE  RATE IN
                                      -----
EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE RELATED INTEREST  PERIOD,  TIMES (II) THE OUTSTANDING
                                                      -----
PRINCIPAL  BALANCE OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES  DETERMINED AS OF THE RECORD DATE
PRECEDING THE RELATED TRANSFER DATE (THE "CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST");  PROVIDED,
                                                                       --------
HOWEVER, THAT IN ADDITION TO THE CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE
- -------
AMOUNT OF ANY UNPAID  CLASS B  DEFICIENCY  AMOUNTS,  AS DEFINED  BELOW,  PLUS AN
AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE PRODUCT OF (A) (1) A FRACTION, THE NUMERATOR OF WHICH IS THE
ACTUAL  NUMBER OF DAYS IN THE RELATED  INTEREST  PERIOD AND THE  DENOMINATOR  OF
WHICH IS 360,  TIMES (2) THE SUM OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATE  RATE IN EFFECT WITH
               -----
RESPECT TO THE RELATED INTEREST PERIOD, PLUS 2.0% PER ANNUM, AND (B) ANY CLASS B
DEFICIENCY AMOUNT FROM THE PRIOR TRANSFER DATE, AS DEFINED BELOW (OR THE PORTION
THEREOF WHICH HAS NOT THERETOFORE BEEN PAID TO CLASS B CERTIFICATEHOLDERS)  (THE
"CLASS B  ADDITIONAL  INTEREST")  SHALL  ALSO BE  DISTRIBUTABLE  TO THE  CLASS B
CERTIFICATES, AND ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE THE TRUSTEE SHALL DEPOSIT SUCH FUNDS, TO
THE EXTENT  AVAILABLE,  INTO THE DISTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT.  THE "CLASS B DEFICIENCY
AMOUNT"  FOR ANY  TRANSFER  DATE SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE  EXCESS,  IF ANY,  OF THE
AGGREGATE  AMOUNT ACCRUED  PURSUANT TO THIS  SUBSECTION  4.06(B) AS OF THE PRIOR
INTEREST PERIOD OVER THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY TRANSFERRED TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT
FOR PAYMENT OF SUCH AMOUNT.

            (c) THE AMOUNT OF MONTHLY  INTEREST  DISTRIBUTABLE TO THE COLLATERAL
INTEREST,  WHICH SHALL BE AN AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE PRODUCT OF (I) (A) A FRACTION,
THE  NUMERATOR  OF WHICH IS THE ACTUAL  NUMBER OF DAYS IN THE  RELATED  INTEREST
PERIOD AND THE  DENOMINATOR OF WHICH IS 360,  TIMES (B) THE  COLLATERAL  RATE IN
EFFECT WITH  RESPECT TO THE RELATED  INTEREST  PERIOD,  AND (II) THE  COLLATERAL
INTEREST  DETERMINED  AS OF THE RECORD DATE  PRECEDING  SUCH  TRANSFER DATE (THE
"COLLATERAL  MONTHLY  INTEREST");  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT FOR THE PURPOSES OF
                                   --------   -------

                                       28

<PAGE>

DETERMINING  COLLATERAL  MONTHLY  INTEREST ONLY,  THE COLLATERAL  RATE SHALL NOT
EXCEED A PER ANNUM RATE OF 1.0% IN EXCESS OF LIBOR AS  DETERMINED ON THE RELATED
LIBOR DETERMINATION DATE.

                  SECTION 4.07 Determination of Monthly Principal .
                               ----------------------------------

            (a) THE AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE FROM THE PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNT WITH RESPECT TO THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES ON EACH TRANSFER DATE ("CLASS A
MONTHLY PRINCIPAL"), BEGINNING WITH THE TRANSFER DATE IN THE MONTH FOLLOWING THE
MONTH IN WHICH THE  CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION  PERIOD OR, IF  EARLIER,  THE RAPID
AMORTIZATION  PERIOD,  BEGINS,  SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE LEAST OF (I) THE AVAILABLE
INVESTOR PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS ON DEPOSIT IN THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT WITH RESPECT
TO SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE,  (II)  FOR  EACH  TRANSFER  DATE  WITH  RESPECT  TO THE
CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION PERIOD PRIOR TO THE CLASS A SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE, THE
CONTROLLED  DEPOSIT AMOUNT FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE AND (III) THE CLASS A ADJUSTED
INVESTOR  INTEREST ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE PRIOR TO ANY DEPOSIT INTO THE PRINCIPAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE.

            (b) THE AMOUNT OF MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE FROM THE PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNT  WITH RESPECT TO THE CLASS B  CERTIFICATES  ON EACH  TRANSFER  DATE (THE
"CLASS B MONTHLY PRINCIPAL"),  FOR THE CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD, BEGINNING
WITH THE  TRANSFER  DATE  FOLLOWING  THE  MONTHLY  PERIOD  IN WHICH  THE CLASS A
INVESTOR  INTEREST  HAS BEEN PAID IN FULL,  AND  DURING  THE RAPID  AMORTIZATION
PERIOD,  BEGINNING WITH THE TRANSFER DATE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE DISTRIBUTION
DATE ON WHICH THE CLASS A INVESTOR  INTEREST HAS BEEN PAID IN FULL,  SHALL BE AN
AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE LESSER OF (I) THE AVAILABLE INVESTOR  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS
ON DEPOSIT IN THE  PRINCIPAL  ACCOUNT WITH RESPECT TO SUCH  TRANSFER DATE (MINUS
THE PORTION OF SUCH AVAILABLE INVESTOR PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS APPLIED TO CLASS A
MONTHLY  PRINCIPAL ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE) AND (II) THE CLASS B INVESTOR INTEREST
(AFTER  TAKING INTO ACCOUNT ANY  ADJUSTMENTS  TO BE MADE ON SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 4.10 AND 4.12) ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE.
            (c)  THE  AMOUNT  OF  MONTHLY  PRINCIPAL  (THE  "COLLATERAL  MONTHLY
PRINCIPAL")  DISTRIBUTABLE  FROM  THE  PRINCIPAL  ACCOUNT  WITH  RESPECT  TO THE
COLLATERAL  INTEREST  ON EACH  TRANSFER  DATE SHALL BE (A) DURING THE  REVOLVING
PERIOD FOLLOWING ANY REDUCTION OF THE REQUIRED  COLLATERAL  INTEREST PURSUANT TO
CLAUSE (Z) OF THE  PROVISO IN THE  DEFINITION  THEREOF,  AN AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE
LESSER OF (1) THE EXCESS, IF ANY, OF THE COLLATERAL  INTEREST (AFTER TAKING INTO
ACCOUNT ANY  ADJUSTMENTS  TO BE MADE ON SUCH  TRANSFER DATE PURSUANT TO SECTIONS
4.10 AND 4.12) OVER THE REQUIRED  COLLATERAL  INTEREST ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE AND
(2) THE AVAILABLE  INVESTOR  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE OR (B)
DURING THE  CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION  PERIOD OR RAPID  AMORTIZATION  PERIOD,  AN
AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE LESSER OF (1) THE EXCESS, IF ANY, OF THE COLLATERAL INTEREST
(AFTER  TAKING INTO ACCOUNT ANY  ADJUSTMENTS  TO BE MADE ON SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS  4.10 AND 4.12) OVER THE  REQUIRED  COLLATERAL  INTEREST ON
SUCH TRANSFER  DATE, AND (2) THE EXCESS,  IF ANY, OF (I) THE AVAILABLE  INVESTOR
PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  ON SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE OVER (II) THE SUM OF THE CLASS A
MONTHLY PRINCIPAL AND THE CLASS B MONTHLY PRINCIPAL FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE.

                                       29

<PAGE>

            SECTION 4.08 Coverage of Required Amount.
                         ---------------------------

            (a) ON OR BEFORE EACH TRANSFER DATE,  THE SERVICER  SHALL  DETERMINE
THE AMOUNT (THE "CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT"),  IF ANY, BY WHICH THE SUM OF (I) THE
CLASS A  MONTHLY  INTEREST  FOR  SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE,  PLUS  (II)  THE  CLASS A
                                                        ----
DEFICIENCY  AMOUNT,  IF ANY,  FOR SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE,  PLUS  (III) THE CLASS A
                                                         ----
ADDITIONAL  INTEREST,  IF ANY,  FOR SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE,  PLUS (IV) THE CLASS A
                                                           ----
SERVICING FEE FOR THE PRIOR MONTHLY  PERIOD PLUS (V) THE CLASS A SERVICING  FEE,
IF ANY,  DUE BUT NOT PAID ON ANY  PRIOR  TRANSFER  DATE,  PLUS  (VI) THE CLASS A
                                                          ----
INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT, IF ANY, FOR THE PRIOR MONTHLY PERIOD, EXCEEDS THE CLASS
A AVAILABLE FUNDS FOR THE RELATED MONTHLY PERIOD.

            (b) ON OR  BEFORE  EACH  TRANSFER  DATE,  THE  SERVICER  SHALL  ALSO
DETERMINE THE AMOUNT (THE "CLASS B REQUIRED  AMOUNT"),  IF ANY, EQUAL TO THE SUM
OF (I) THE AMOUNT,  IF ANY, BY WHICH THE SUM OF (A) THE CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST
FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE, PLUS (B) THE CLASS B DEFICIENCY AMOUNT, IF ANY, FOR SUCH
                        ----
TRANSFER  DATE  PLUS  (C) THE  CLASS B  ADDITIONAL  INTEREST,  IF ANY,  FOR SUCH
TRANSFER  DATE,  PLUS (D) THE CLASS B SERVICING FEE FOR THE PRIOR MONTHLY PERIOD
                 ----
PLUS (E) THE  CLASS B  SERVICING  FEE,  IF ANY,  DUE BUT NOT  PAID ON ANY  PRIOR
- ----
TRANSFER  DATE,  EXCEEDS  THE CLASS B AVAILABLE  FUNDS FOR THE  RELATED  MONTHLY
PERIOD  PLUS (II) THE CLASS B INVESTOR  DEFAULT  AMOUNT,  IF ANY,  FOR THE PRIOR
        ----
MONTHLY PERIOD.

            (c) THE EVENT THAT THE SUM OF THE CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT AND THE
CLASS B  REQUIRED  AMOUNT FOR SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE IS  GREATER  THAN  ZERO,  THE
SERVICER  SHALL GIVE  WRITTEN  NOTICE TO THE  TRUSTEE OF SUCH  POSITIVE  CLASS A
REQUIRED  AMOUNT OR CLASS B REQUIRED  AMOUNT ON OR BEFORE SUCH TRANSFER DATE. IN
THE EVENT THAT THE CLASS A REQUIRED  AMOUNT  FOR SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE IS GREATER
THAN ZERO,  ALL OR A PORTION OF THE EXCESS  SPREAD WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER
DATE IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT, TO THE EXTENT AVAILABLE,
FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE SHALL BE  DISTRIBUTED  FROM THE FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT ON
SUCH TRANSFER DATE PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.11(A). IN THE EVENT THAT THE CLASS A
REQUIRED  AMOUNT FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE EXCEEDS THE AMOUNT OF EXCESS SPREAD WITH
RESPECT  TO  SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE,  THE  COLLECTIONS  OF  PRINCIPAL  RECEIVABLES
ALLOCABLE  TO  THE  COLLATERAL   INTEREST  AND  THE   COLLECTIONS  OF  PRINCIPAL
RECEIVABLES  ALLOCABLE  TO THE CLASS B  CERTIFICATES  WITH  RESPECT TO THE PRIOR
MONTHLY  PERIOD SHALL BE APPLIED AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 4.12. IN THE EVENT THAT
THE CLASS B REQUIRED  AMOUNT FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE EXCEEDS THE AMOUNT OF EXCESS
SPREAD  AVAILABLE  TO FUND THE CLASS B REQUIRED  AMOUNT  PURSUANT TO  SUBSECTION
4.11(C),  THE COLLECTIONS OF PRINCIPAL  RECEIVABLES  ALLOCABLE TO THE COLLATERAL
INTEREST (AFTER  APPLICATION TO THE CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT) SHALL BE APPLIED AS
SPECIFIED  IN SECTION  4.12;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT THE SUM OF ANY  PAYMENTS
                              --------   -------
PURSUANT  TO THIS  PARAGRAPH  SHALL NOT  EXCEED  THE SUM OF THE CLASS A REQUIRED
AMOUNT AND CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT.

                                       30

<PAGE>

            SECTION 4.09 Monthly Payments . On or before each Transfer Date, the
                         ----------------
Servicer  shall  instruct  the  Trustee  in  writing  (which  writing  shall  be
substantially  in the form of Exhibit B hereto)  to  withdraw  and the  Trustee,
acting in accordance  with such  instructions,  shall  withdraw on such Transfer
Date or the related Distribution Date, as applicable, to the extent of available
funds, the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Finance Charge Account, the
Principal Account, the Principal Funding Account and the Distribution Account as
follows:

            (a) AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE CLASS A AVAILABLE  FUNDS  DEPOSITED  INTO
THE FINANCE CHARGE  ACCOUNT FOR THE RELATED  MONTHLY PERIOD SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED
ON EACH TRANSFER DATE IN THE FOLLOWING PRIORITY:

            (i)  amount  equal to Class A Monthly  Interest  for such  Transfer
      Date,  plus the amount of any Class A Deficiency  Amount for such Transfer
             ----
      Date, plus the amount of any Class A Additional Interest for such Transfer
            ----
      Date,  shall  be  deposited  by the  Servicer  or  the  Trustee  into  the
      Distribution Account;

            (ii) amount  equal to the Class A Servicing  Fee for such  Transfer
      Date plus the amount of any Class A Servicing  Fee due but not paid to the
      Servicer on any prior Transfer Date shall be distributed to the Servicer;

           (iii) an amount equal to the Class A Investor Default Amount, if any,
      for the preceding Monthly Period shall be treated as a portion of Investor
      Principal  Collections  and deposited  into the Principal  Account on such
      Transfer Date; and

            (iv) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread and shall
      be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section 4.11.

            (b) AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE CLASS B AVAILABLE  FUNDS  DEPOSITED  INTO
THE FINANCE CHARGE  ACCOUNT FOR THE RELATED  MONTHLY PERIOD SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED
ON EACH TRANSFER DATE IN THE FOLLOWING PRIORITY:

           (i) an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Interest for such Transfer
      Date,  plus the amount of any Class B Deficiency  Amount for such Transfer
             ----
      Date, plus the amount of any Class B Additional Interest for such Transfer
            ----
      Date,  shall  be  deposited  by the  Servicer  or  the  Trustee  into  the
      Distribution Account;

            (ii) an amount equal to the Class B Servicing Fee for such  Transfer
      Date, plus the amount of any Class B Servicing Fee due but not paid to the
            ----
      Servicer on any prior  Transfer Date shall be distributed to the Servicer;
      and

                                       31

<PAGE>

            (iii) the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread and shall
      be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section 4.11.

            (c) AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE COLLATERAL AVAILABLE FUNDS DEPOSITED INTO
THE FINANCE CHARGE  ACCOUNT FOR THE RELATED  MONTHLY PERIOD SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED
ON EACH TRANSFER DATE IN THE FOLLOWING PRIORITY:

            (i)  if the  Transferor,  an  Affiliate  of  the  Transferor  or  an
      Acceptable  Successor Servicer is no longer the Servicer,  an amount equal
      to the Collateral  Interest  Servicing Fee for such Transfer Date plus the
      amount of any  Collateral  Interest  Servicing Fee due but not paid to the
      Servicer on any prior  Transfer Date shall be distributed to the Servicer;
      and

            (ii)    the balance, if any, shall constitute Excess Spread and
      shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in Section 4.11.

            (d)  DURING THE REVOLVING  PERIOD,  AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE AVAILABLE
INVESTOR  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  DEPOSITED  INTO THE PRINCIPAL  ACCOUNT FOR THE
RELATED  MONTHLY  PERIOD  SHALL  BE  DISTRIBUTED  ON EACH  TRANSFER  DATE IN THE
FOLLOWING PRIORITY:

            (i) an amount equal to the Collateral Monthly Principal for such
      Transfer Date shall be distributed to the Collateral Interest Holder in
      accordance with the Loan Agreement;

            (ii)  an amount equal to the lesser  of (A) the  product  of (1) a
      fraction,  the  numerator  of which is  equal  to the  Available  Investor
      Principal  Collections and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of
      the  Available  Investor  Principal  Collections  available for sharing as
      specified in the related Series Supplement for each Series (including this
      Series 1996-A) in the Shared Excess  Principal  Collections  Group and (2)
      the  Cumulative  Series  Principal  Shortfall and (B)  Available  Investor
      Principal Collections, shall remain in the Principal Account to be treated
      as Shared Excess Principal Collections and applied to Series in the Shared
      Excess Principal Collections Group other than this Series 1996-A; and

            (iii) an  amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the  Available
      Investor  Principal  Collections  for  such  Transfer  Date  over  (B) the
      applications  specified in subsections  4.09(d)(i) and (ii) above shall be
      paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate;  provided, however, that
                                                         --------  -------
      the amount to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate pursuant
      to this subsection  4.09(d)(iii)  with respect to such Transfer Date shall

                                       32

<PAGE>

      be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate only if the Transferor
      Interest on such Date of  Processing  is greater  than zero (after  giving
      effect to the  inclusion  in the Trust of all  Receivables  created  on or
      prior to such Transfer Date and the application of payments referred to in
      subsection  4.03(b)) and  otherwise  shall be  considered  as  Unallocated
      Principal   Collections  and  deposited  into  the  Principal  Account  in
      accordance with subsection 4.05(d);  provided further, however, that in no
                                           -------- -------  -------
      event shall the amount payable to the Holder of the Transferor Certificate
      pursuant to this  subsection  4.09(d)(ii)  be greater than the  Transferor
      Interest on such Transfer Date.

            (e)  DURING  THE  CONTROLLED   ACCUMULATION   PERIOD  OR  THE  RAPID
AMORTIZATION  PERIOD,  AN  AMOUNT  EQUAL  TO THE  AVAILABLE  INVESTOR  PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS  DEPOSITED INTO THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT FOR THE RELATED MONTHLY PERIOD
SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED ON EACH TRANSFER DATE IN THE FOLLOWING PRIORITY:

            (i) an amount  equal  to the  Class A  Monthly  Principal  for  such
      Transfer  Date  shall be (A) during the  Controlled  Accumulation  Period,
      deposited  into the Principal  Funding  Account,  and (B) during the Rapid
      Amortization Period, deposited into the Distribution Account;

            (ii) after giving effect to the distribution referred to in clause
      (i) above, an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Principal shall be
      deposited into the Distribution Account;

            (iii) for each Transfer Date (other than the Transfer Date
      immediately preceding the Series 1996-A Termination Date, in which case on
      the Series 1996-A Termination Date) after giving effect to the
      distribution  referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, an amount equal
      to Collateral Monthly Principal shall be distributed to the Collateral
      Interest  Holder  in accordance with the Loan Agreement;

            (iv)  an amount equal  to the  lesser  of (A) the  product  of (1) a
      fraction,  the  numerator  of which is  equal  to the  Available  Investor
      Principal   Collections  remaining  after  the  application  specified  in
      subsections 4.09(e)(i),  (ii) and (iii) above and the denominator of which
      is  equal  to the  sum of the  Available  Investor  Principal  Collections
      available for sharing as specified in the related  Series  Supplement  for
      each Series  (including this Series 1996-A) in the Shared Excess Principal
      Collections  Group and (2) the Cumulative  Series Principal  Shortfall and
      (B) the  Available  Investor  Principal  Collections,  shall remain in the
      Principal Account to be treated as Shared Excess Principal Collections and
      applied to Series in the Shared Excess Principal  Collections  Group other
      than this Series 1996-A; and

                                       33

<PAGE>

            (v) an  amount equal to the  excess,  if any,  of (A) the  Available
      Investor  Principal  Collections  over (B) the  applications  specified in
      subsections  4.09(e)(i)  through (iv) above shall be paid to the Holder of
      the Transferor Certificate;  provided, however, that the amount to be paid
                                   --------  -------
      to the Holder of the Transferor  Certificate  pursuant to this  subsection
      4.09(e)(v)  with respect to such Transfer Date shall be paid to the Holder
      of the Transferor Certificate only if the Transferor Interest on such Date
      of  Processing  is greater than zero (after giving effect to the inclusion
      in the Trust of all Receivables  created on or prior to such Transfer Date
      and the  application  of payments  referred to in subsection  4.03(b)) and
      otherwise  shall be considered as Unallocated  Principal  Collections  and
      deposited  into  the  Principal  Account  in  accordance  with  subsection
      4.05(d);  provided  further,  however,  that in no event  shall the amount
                --------  -------   -------
      payable  to the  Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate  pursuant  to this
      subsection  4.09(e)(v)  be greater  than the  Transferor  Interest on such
      Transfer Date.

            (f) ON THE  EARLIER TO OCCUR OF (I) THE  TRANSFER  DATE IN THE MONTH
FOLLOWING  THE  COMMENCEMENT  OF THE  RAPID  AMORTIZATION  PERIOD  AND  (II) THE
TRANSFER  DATE  IMMEDIATELY  PRECEDING THE CLASS A SCHEDULED  PAYMENT DATE,  THE
TRUSTEE,  ACTING  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  INSTRUCTIONS  FROM THE  SERVICER,  SHALL
WITHDRAW  FROM THE  PRINCIPAL  FUNDING  ACCOUNT AND DEPOSIT IN THE  DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT THE AMOUNT ON DEPOSIT IN THE PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT.

            (g) ON EACH  DISTRIBUTION  DATE, THE TRUSTEE SHALL PAY IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SUBSECTION 5.01(A) TO THE CLASS A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  FROM THE DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT,  THE  AMOUNT  DEPOSITED  INTO  THE  DISTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT  PURSUANT  TO
SUBSECTION  4.09(A)(I)  ON THE  PRECEDING  TRANSFER  DATE AND (B) TO THE CLASS B
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  FROM THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT, THE AMOUNT DEPOSITED INTO THE
DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(B)(I) ON THE PRECEDING TRANSFER
DATE.

            (h) ON THE EARLIER TO OCCUR OF (I) THE FIRST  DISTRIBUTION DATE WITH
RESPECT TO THE RAPID AMORTIZATION  PERIOD AND (II) THE CLASS A SCHEDULED PAYMENT
DATE AND ON EACH DISTRIBUTION DATE THEREAFTER, THE TRUSTEE, ACTING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH INSTRUCTIONS  FROM THE SERVICER,  SHALL PAY IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 5.01
FROM THE  DISTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT THE AMOUNT SO  DEPOSITED  INTO THE  DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO SUBSECTIONS  4.09(E) AND (F) ON THE RELATED TRANSFER DATE IN
THE FOLLOWING PRIORITY:

            (i)    an amount equal to the lesser of such amount on deposit in
      the Distribution Account and the Class A Investor Interest shall be
      paid to the Class A Certificateholders; and

            (ii) for each Distribution Date with respect to the Rapid
      Amortization Period and on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, after
      giving effect to the distributions referred to in clause (i) above, an
      amount equal to the lesser of such amount on deposit in the Distribution
      Account and the Class B Investor Interest shall be paid to the Class B
      Certificateholders.

                                       34

<PAGE>

            (i) THE CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION  PERIOD IS SCHEDULED TO COMMENCE AT
THE  CLOSE OF  BUSINESS  ON JUNE  30,  2000;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT,  IF THE
                                              --------   -------
ACCUMULATION  PERIOD  LENGTH  (DETERMINED  AS  DESCRIBED  BELOW) IS LESS THAN 12
MONTHS, THE DATE ON WHICH THE CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION PERIOD ACTUALLY COMMENCES
WILL BE  DELAYED  TO THE FIRST  BUSINESS  DAY OF THE MONTH THAT IS THE NUMBER OF
WHOLE MONTHS  PRIOR TO THE CLASS A SCHEDULED  PAYMENT DATE AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE
ACCUMULATION  PERIOD LENGTH AND, AS A RESULT,  THE NUMBER OF MONTHLY  PERIODS IN
THE CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION  PERIOD WILL AT LEAST EQUAL THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD
LENGTH.  ON  THE  DETERMINATION   DATE  IMMEDIATELY   PRECEDING  THE  JUNE  2000
DISTRIBUTION  DATE, AND EACH  DETERMINATION DATE THEREAFTER UNTIL THE CONTROLLED
ACCUMULATION PERIOD BEGINS, THE SERVICER WILL DETERMINE THE "ACCUMULATION PERIOD
LENGTH"  WHICH WILL EQUAL THE  NUMBER OF WHOLE  MONTHS  SUCH THAT THE SUM OF THE
ACCUMULATION  PERIOD  FACTORS FOR EACH MONTH DURING SUCH PERIOD WILL BE EQUAL TO
OR GREATER THAN THE REQUIRED ACCUMULATION FACTOR NUMBER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT
                                                         --------  -------
THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD LENGTH WILL NOT BE DETERMINED TO BE LESS THAN ONE MONTH.

                  SECTION 4.10 Investor Charge-Offs.
                               --------------------

            (a) ON OR BEFORE EACH TRANSFER DATE,  THE SERVICER  SHALL  CALCULATE
THE CLASS A  INVESTOR  DEFAULT  AMOUNT.  IF ON ANY  TRANSFER  DATE,  THE CLASS A
INVESTOR  DEFAULT  AMOUNT FOR THE PRIOR  MONTHLY  PERIOD  EXCEEDS THE SUM OF THE
AMOUNT  ALLOCATED  WITH RESPECT  THERETO  PURSUANT TO  SUBSECTION  4.09(A)(III),
SUBSECTION  4.11(A) AND SECTION 4.12 WITH RESPECT TO SUCH  MONTHLY  PERIOD,  THE
COLLATERAL  INTEREST  (AFTER  GIVING  EFFECT TO  REDUCTIONS  FOR ANY  COLLATERAL
CHARGE-OFFS  AND ANY  REALLOCATED  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE)
WILL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT OF SUCH EXCESS, BUT NOT BY MORE THAN THE LESSER OF
THE CLASS A INVESTOR  DEFAULT AMOUNT AND THE COLLATERAL  INTEREST  (AFTER GIVING
EFFECT  TO  REDUCTIONS  FOR  ANY  COLLATERAL  CHARGE-OFFS  AND  ANY  REALLOCATED
PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  ON SUCH TRANSFER  DATE) FOR SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE. IN THE
EVENT THAT SUCH REDUCTION  WOULD CAUSE THE COLLATERAL  INTEREST TO BE A NEGATIVE
NUMBER,  THE  COLLATERAL  INTEREST  WILL BE  REDUCED  TO ZERO,  AND THE  CLASS B
INVESTOR  INTEREST  (AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO REDUCTIONS  FOR ANY CLASS B INVESTOR
CHARGE-OFFS AND ANY REALLOCATED  CLASS B PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS ON SUCH TRANSFER
DATE) WILL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT BY WHICH THE COLLATERAL  INTEREST WOULD HAVE
BEEN REDUCED BELOW ZERO. IN THE EVENT THAT SUCH REDUCTION  WOULD CAUSE THE CLASS
B INVESTOR INTEREST TO BE A NEGATIVE NUMBER,  THE CLASS B INVESTOR INTEREST WILL
BE REDUCED TO ZERO,  AND THE CLASS A  INVESTOR  INTEREST  WILL BE REDUCED BY THE
AMOUNT BY WHICH THE CLASS B  INVESTOR  INTEREST  WOULD HAVE BEEN  REDUCED  BELOW
ZERO, BUT NOT BY MORE THAN THE CLASS A INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT FOR SUCH TRANSFER
DATE (A "CLASS A INVESTOR  CHARGE-OFF").  IF THE CLASS A INVESTOR  INTEREST  HAS
BEEN  REDUCED  BY THE  AMOUNT OF ANY CLASS A  INVESTOR  CHARGE-OFFS,  IT WILL BE
REIMBURSED ON ANY TRANSFER DATE (BUT NOT BY AN AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF THE AGGREGATE
CLASS A INVESTOR  CHARGE-OFFS)  BY THE  AMOUNT OF EXCESS  SPREAD  ALLOCATED  AND
AVAILABLE FOR SUCH PURPOSE PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.11(B).

                                       35

<PAGE>

            (b) ON OR BEFORE EACH TRANSFER DATE,  THE SERVICER  SHALL  CALCULATE
THE CLASS B  INVESTOR  DEFAULT  AMOUNT.  IF ON ANY  TRANSFER  DATE,  THE CLASS B
INVESTOR  DEFAULT  AMOUNT FOR THE PRIOR  MONTHLY  PERIOD  EXCEEDS  THE AMOUNT OF
EXCESS  SPREAD  AND  REALLOCATED  COLLATERAL  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  WHICH  ARE
ALLOCATED AND AVAILABLE TO FUND SUCH AMOUNT  PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION  4.11(C) AND
SECTION 4.12, THE COLLATERAL INTEREST (AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO REDUCTIONS FOR ANY
COLLATERAL  CHARGE-OFFS  AND  ANY  REALLOCATED  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  ON  SUCH
TRANSFER  DATE  AND  ANY  ADJUSTMENTS  WITH  RESPECT  THERETO  AS  DESCRIBED  IN
SUBSECTION  4.10(A)  ABOVE) WILL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT OF SUCH EXCESS BUT NOT
BY  MORE  THAN  THE  LESSER  OF THE  CLASS B  INVESTOR  DEFAULT  AMOUNT  AND THE
COLLATERAL  INTEREST  (AFTER  GIVING  EFFECT TO  REDUCTIONS  FOR ANY  COLLATERAL
CHARGE-OFFS AND ANY REALLOCATED  PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE AND
ANY ADJUSTMENTS  WITH RESPECT THERETO AS DESCRIBED IN SUBSECTION  4.10(A) ABOVE)
FOR SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE.  IN THE EVENT  THAT  SUCH  REDUCTION  WOULD  CAUSE THE
COLLATERAL  INTEREST TO BE A NEGATIVE NUMBER,  THE COLLATERAL  INTEREST SHALL BE
REDUCED TO ZERO AND THE CLASS B INVESTOR INTEREST SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT
BY WHICH THE COLLATERAL  INTEREST WOULD HAVE BEEN REDUCED BELOW ZERO, BUT NOT BY
MORE THAN THE CLASS B INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE (A "CLASS B
INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF"). THE CLASS B INVESTOR INTEREST WILL ALSO BE REDUCED BY THE
AMOUNT OF REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS IN EXCESS OF THE COLLATERAL
INTEREST  PURSUANT TO SECTION  4.12 AND THE AMOUNT OF ANY PORTION OF THE CLASS B
INVESTOR INTEREST  ALLOCATED TO THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES TO AVOID A REDUCTION IN
THE CLASS A INVESTOR INTEREST PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION  4.10(A) ABOVE. THE CLASS B
INVESTOR  INTEREST WILL THEREAFTER BE REIMBURSED (BUT NOT TO AN AMOUNT IN EXCESS
OF THE UNPAID  PRINCIPAL  BALANCE OF THE CLASS B  CERTIFICATES)  ON ANY TRANSFER
DATE BY THE AMOUNT OF EXCESS SPREAD  ALLOCATED AND AVAILABLE FOR THAT PURPOSE AS
DESCRIBED UNDER SUBSECTION 4.11(D).

            (c) ON OR BEFORE EACH TRANSFER DATE,  THE SERVICER  SHALL  CALCULATE
THE COLLATERAL  DEFAULT AMOUNT. IF ON ANY TRANSFER DATE, THE COLLATERAL  DEFAULT
AMOUNT FOR THE PRIOR MONTHLY PERIOD EXCEEDS THE AMOUNT OF EXCESS SPREAD WHICH IS
ALLOCATED AND AVAILABLE TO FUND SUCH AMOUNT PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.11(G),  THE
COLLATERAL INTEREST WILL BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT OF SUCH EXCESS BUT NOT BY MORE
THAN THE LESSER OF THE COLLATERAL DEFAULT AMOUNT AND THE COLLATERAL INTEREST FOR
SUCH TRANSFER DATE (A "COLLATERAL  CHARGE-OFF").  THE  COLLATERAL  INTEREST WILL
ALSO BE REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT OF REALLOCATED  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 4.12 AND THE AMOUNT OF ANY PORTION OF THE COLLATERAL  INTEREST ALLOCATED
TO THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES  OR THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES TO AVOID A REDUCTION IN
THE CLASS A INVESTOR INTEREST,  PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION  4.10(A),  OR THE CLASS B
INVESTOR INTEREST, PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.10(B),  RESPECTIVELY. THE COLLATERAL
INTEREST WILL THEREAFTER BE REIMBURSED ON ANY TRANSFER DATE BY THE AMOUNT OF THE
EXCESS  SPREAD  ALLOCATED  AND  AVAILABLE  FOR THAT PURPOSE AS  DESCRIBED  UNDER
SUBSECTION 4.11(H).

                                       36

<PAGE>

           SECTION 4.11 Excess Spread; Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections.
                        -------------------------------------------------------
On or before each Transfer  Date,  the Servicer  shall instruct the Trustee in
writing (which writing shall be  substantially  in the form of Exhibit B hereto)
to apply Excess Spread and Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to
Series 1996-A with respect to the related  Monthly  Period to make the following
distributions on each Transfer Date in the following priority:

            (a) AN AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE CLASS A REQUIRED  AMOUNT,  IF ANY,  WITH
RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER DATE SHALL BE USED TO FUND THE CLASS A REQUIRED  AMOUNT
AND BE APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND IN THE PRIORITY SET FORTH IN,  SUBSECTION
4.09(A);

            (b)  AN AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE  AGGREGATE  AMOUNT OF CLASS A  INVESTOR
CHARGE-OFFS  WHICH  HAVE NOT BEEN  PREVIOUSLY  REIMBURSED  SHALL BE TREATED AS A
PORTION OF INVESTOR  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  AND  DEPOSITED  INTO THE  PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNT ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE;

            (c) AN AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE CLASS B REQUIRED  AMOUNT,  IF ANY,  WITH
RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER DATE SHALL BE USED TO FUND THE CLASS B REQUIRED  AMOUNT
AND BE APPLIED  FIRST IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH,  AND IN THE  PRIORITY  SET FORTH IN,
SUBSECTION  4.09(B) AND THEN ANY REMAINING  AMOUNT  AVAILABLE TO PAY THE CLASS B
INVESTOR  DEFAULT  AMOUNT  SHALL BE TREATED AS A PORTION OF  INVESTOR  PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITED INTO THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE;

            (d) AN  AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE  AGGREGATE  AMOUNT BY WHICH THE CLASS B
INVESTOR  INTEREST HAS BEEN REDUCED BELOW THE INITIAL CLASS B INVESTOR  INTEREST
FOR   REASONS   OTHER   THAN  THE   PAYMENT   OF   PRINCIPAL   TO  THE  CLASS  B
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS (BUT NOT IN EXCESS OF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SUCH REDUCTIONS
WHICH  HAVE NOT BEEN  PREVIOUSLY  REIMBURSED)  SHALL BE  TREATED AS A PORTION OF
INVESTOR PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITED INTO THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT ON SUCH
TRANSFER DATE;

            (e) AN AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE  COLLATERAL  MONTHLY  INTEREST  PLUS THE
                                                                        ----
AMOUNT OF ANY PAST DUE COLLATERAL  MONTHLY INTEREST FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE SHALL
BE PAID TO THE COLLATERAL INTEREST HOLDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOAN AGREEMENT;

            (f)   IF THE TRANSFEROR, AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRANSFEROR OR AN
ACCEPTABLE SUCCESSOR SERVICER IS THE SERVICER, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE
AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF ACCRUED BUT UNPAID COLLATERAL INTEREST SERVICING FEES
SHALL BE PAID TO THE SERVICER;

            (g)   AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE COLLATERAL DEFAULT AMOUNT, IF ANY,
FOR THE PRIOR MONTHLY PERIOD SHALL BE TREATED AS A PORTION OF INVESTOR
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITED INTO THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT ON SUCH
TRANSFER DATE;

                                       37

<PAGE>

            (h) AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE AGGREGATE  AMOUNT BY WHICH THE COLLATERAL
INTEREST HAS BEEN REDUCED  BELOW THE  REQUIRED  COLLATERAL  INTEREST FOR REASONS
OTHER THAN THE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL TO THE COLLATERAL  INTEREST  HOLDER (BUT NOT
IN  EXCESS  OF THE  AGGREGATE  AMOUNT  OF SUCH  REDUCTIONS  WHICH  HAVE NOT BEEN
PREVIOUSLY  REIMBURSED)  SHALL BE  TREATED AS A PORTION  OF  INVESTOR  PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITED INTO THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE;

            (i) ON EACH TRANSFER DATE FROM AND AFTER THE RESERVE ACCOUNT FUNDING
DATE, BUT PRIOR TO THE DATE ON WHICH THE RESERVE ACCOUNT TERMINATES AS DESCRIBED
IN SECTION 4.16(F),  AN AMOUNT UP TO THE EXCESS, IF ANY, OF THE REQUIRED RESERVE
ACCOUNT AMOUNT OVER THE AVAILABLE RESERVE ACCOUNT AMOUNT
SHALL BE DEPOSITED INTO THE RESERVE ACCOUNT;

            (j) AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE  AGGREGATE OF ANY OTHER  AMOUNTS THEN DUE
TO THE COLLATERAL INTEREST HOLDER OUT OF COLLECTIONS OF EXCESS SPREAD AND SHARED
EXCESS FINANCE  CHARGE  COLLECTIONS  ALLOCATED TO SERIES 1996-A  PURSUANT TO THE
LOAN  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE  DISTRIBUTED  TO THE  COLLATERAL  INTEREST  HOLDER FOR
APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOAN AGREEMENT; AND

            (k) THE BALANCE,  IF ANY, WILL CONSTITUTE A PORTION OF SHARED EXCESS
FINANCE CHARGE  COLLECTIONS FOR SUCH DISTRIBUTION DATE AND WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR
ALLOCATION TO OTHER SERIES IN SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS GROUP ONE
AND, TO THE EXTENT NOT REQUIRED TO BE APPLIED AS SHARED  EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE
COLLECTIONS  WITH  RESPECT  TO  ANY  SERIES  IN  SHARED  EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE
COLLECTIONS  GROUP ONE,  SHALL BE  DISTRIBUTED  TO THE HOLDER OF THE  TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE.

            SECTION 4.12 Reallocated  Principal  Collections . On or before each
                         -----------------------------------
Transfer Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing (which writing
shall be  substantially  in the form of Exhibit B hereto) to  withdraw  from the
Principal  Account and apply  Reallocated  Principal  Collections  (applying all
Reallocated  Collateral  Principal  Collections in accordance  with  subsections
4.12(a) and (b) prior to applying any Reallocated Class B Principal  Collections
in  accordance  with  subsection  4.12(a) for any amounts  still owing after the
application of Reallocated  Collateral  Principal  Collections)  with respect to
such Transfer Date, to make the following distributions on each Transfer Date in
the following priority:

            (a)  AN  AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE  EXCESS,  IF ANY,  OF (I) THE  CLASS A
REQUIRED AMOUNT, IF ANY, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER DATE OVER (II) THE AMOUNT
OF EXCESS  SPREAD AND SHARED  EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE  COLLECTIONS  ALLOCATED TO
SERIES 1996-A WITH RESPECT TO THE RELATED  MONTHLY  PERIOD,  SHALL BE APPLIED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, AND IN THE PRIORITY SET FORTH IN, SUBSECTION  4.09(A)(I),  (II)
AND (III); AND

            (b)  AN  AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE  EXCESS,  IF ANY,  OF (I) THE  CLASS B
REQUIRED AMOUNT, IF ANY, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER DATE OVER (II) THE AMOUNT

                                       38

<PAGE>

OF EXCESS  SPREAD AND SHARED EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE  COLLECTIONS  ALLOCATED AND
AVAILABLE TO THE CLASS B  CERTIFICATES  PURSUANT TO  SUBSECTION  4.11(C) ON SUCH
TRANSFER  DATE SHALL BE APPLIED FIRST  PURSUANT TO  SUBSECTIONS  4.09(B)(I)  AND
(II), AND IN THE PRIORITY SET FORTH IN SUBSECTION 4.09(B),  AND THEN PURSUANT TO
SUBSECTION 4.11(C).

            On each Transfer Date,  the Collateral  Interest shall be reduced by
the amount of Reallocated  Collateral Principal Collections and by the amount of
Reallocated  Class B Principal  Collections for such Transfer Date. In the event
that such reduction would cause the Collateral  Interest (after giving effect to
any Collateral  Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be a negative number, the
Collateral Interest (after giving effect to any Collateral  Charge-Offs for such
Transfer Date) shall be reduced to zero and the Class B Investor  Interest shall
be  reduced  by the  amount by which the  Collateral  Interest  would  have been
reduced below zero. In the event that the reallocation of Reallocated  Principal
Collections  would cause the Class B Investor  Interest  (after giving effect to
any Class B Investor Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be a negative number
on any Transfer Date,  Reallocated Principal Collections shall be reallocated on
such Transfer  Date in an aggregate  amount not to exceed the amount which would
cause the Class B Investor Interest (after giving effect to any Class B Investor
Charge-Offs for such Transfer Date) to be reduced to zero.

                  SECTION 4.13  Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections .
                                ----------------------------------------

            (a) SUBJECT TO SUBSECTION 4.13(C) BELOW THE PORTION OF SHARED EXCESS
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS ON DEPOSIT IN THE FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT EQUAL TO THE
AMOUNT OF SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS ALLOCABLE TO SERIES 1996-A ON
ANY TRANSFER DATE SHALL BE APPLIED AS SHARED EXCESS FINANCE  CHARGE  COLLECTIONS
PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.11 AND PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION 4.11 SHALL BE DEPOSITED IN
THE  DISTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT OR TO THE  EXTENT  NOT  NEEDED TO MAKE  DISTRIBUTIONS
PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  4.11,  SHALL  BE PAID  TO THE  HOLDER  OF THE  TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE.

            (b) SUBJECT TO SUBSECTION 4.13(C) BELOW SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS  ALLOCABLE TO SERIES  1996-A WITH RESPECT TO ANY TRANSFER DATE SHALL
MEAN AN AMOUNT  EQUAL TO THE  SERIES  FINANCE  CHARGE  SHORTFALL,  IF ANY,  WITH
RESPECT TO SERIES 1996-A FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT IF THE
AGGREGATE  AMOUNT OF SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE  COLLECTIONS FOR ALL SERIES IN
SHARED EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE  COLLECTIONS  GROUP ONE FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE IS
LESS THAN THE CUMULATIVE SERIES FINANCE CHARGE SHORTFALL FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE,
THEN SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS ALLOCABLE TO SERIES 1996-A ON SUCH
TRANSFER  DATE  SHALL  EQUAL THE  PRODUCT OF (I) SHARED  EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE
COLLECTIONS FOR ALL SERIES IN SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS GROUP ONE
FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE AND (II) A FRACTION, THE NUMERATOR OF WHICH IS THE SERIES
FINANCE  CHARGE  SHORTFALL  WITH RESPECT TO SERIES 1996-A FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE
AND THE  DENOMINATOR  OF WHICH IS THE  AGGREGATE  AMOUNT  OF  CUMULATIVE  SERIES
FINANCE  CHARGE  SHORTFALL  FOR ALL  SERIES  IN  SHARED  EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE
COLLECTIONS GROUP ONE FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE.

                                       39

<PAGE>

            (c) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY,
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 4.13 SHALL  TERMINATE AT, AND THE  APPLICATION OF
SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE  COLLECTIONS  AMONG THE SERIES WITHIN SHARED EXCESS
FINANCE CHARGE  COLLECTIONS  GROUP ONE SHALL CONTINUE ONLY UNTIL,  SUCH TIME, IF
ANY,  AT  WHICH  THE  TRANSFEROR  SHALL  DELIVER  TO THE  TRUSTEE  AN  OFFICER'S
CERTIFICATE TO THE EFFECT THAT, IN THE REASONABLE BELIEF OF THE TRANSFEROR,  THE
CONTINUED  APPLICATION  OF SHARED EXCESS FINANCE  CHARGE  COLLECTIONS  AMONG THE
SERIES WITHIN  SHARED EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE  COLLECTIONS  GROUP ONE WOULD HAVE
ADVERSE  REGULATORY  IMPLICATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSFEROR.  FOLLOWING THE
DELIVERY BY THE  TRANSFEROR  OF SUCH AN  OFFICER'S  CERTIFICATE  TO THE TRUSTEE,
THERE  WILL NOT BE ANY  FURTHER  APPLICATION  OF SHARED  EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE
COLLECTIONS  AMONG THE SERIES WITHIN SHARED EXCESS  FINANCE  CHARGE  COLLECTIONS
GROUP ONE.

                  SECTION 4.14  Shared Excess Principal Collections .
                                -----------------------------------

            (a) THE PORTION OF SHARED EXCESS PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS ON DEPOSIT IN
THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT EQUAL TO THE AMOUNT OF SHARED EXCESS PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
WITH  RESPECT TO THE SHARED  EXCESS  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  GROUP  ALLOCABLE TO
SERIES  1996-A ON ANY TRANSFER  DATE SHALL BE APPLIED AS AN  AVAILABLE  INVESTOR
PRINCIPAL  COLLECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.09 AND PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION 4.09
SHALL BE DEPOSITED IN THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT OR DISTRIBUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

            (b) SHARED EXCESS  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SHARED
EXCESS  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  GROUP ALLOCABLE TO SERIES 1996-A WITH RESPECT TO
ANY TRANSFER DATE SHALL MEAN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE SERIES PRINCIPAL  SHORTFALL,
IF ANY, WITH RESPECT TO SERIES 1996-A FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
                                                              --------  -------
THAT IF THE AGGREGATE  AMOUNT OF SHARED  EXCESS  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  FOR ALL
SERIES  FOR SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE IS LESS THAN THE  CUMULATIVE  SERIES  PRINCIPAL
SHORTFALL  FOR SUCH TRANSFER  DATE,  THEN SHARED  EXCESS  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS
ALLOCABLE TO SERIES  1996-A ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE SHALL EQUAL THE PRODUCT OF (I)
SHARED  EXCESS  PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  FOR  ALL  SERIES  IN THE  SHARED  EXCESS
PRINCIPAL  COLLECTIONS  GROUP FOR SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE AND (II) A FRACTION,  THE
NUMERATOR  OF WHICH IS THE SERIES  PRINCIPAL  SHORTFALL  WITH  RESPECT TO SERIES
1996-A FOR SUCH  TRANSFER  DATE AND THE  DENOMINATOR  OF WHICH IS THE  AGGREGATE
AMOUNT OF CUMULATIVE SERIES PRINCIPAL SHORTFALL FOR ALL SERIES FOR SUCH TRANSFER
DATE.

                  SECTION 4.15 Principal Funding Account .
                               -------------------------

            (a) THE  TRUSTEE  SHALL  ESTABLISH  AND  MAINTAIN  WITH A  QUALIFIED
INSTITUTION,  WHICH MAY BE THE TRUSTEE,  IN THE NAME OF THE TRUST,  ON BEHALF OF
THE TRUST,  FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE  INVESTOR  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS,  A  SEGREGATED
TRUST ACCOUNT WITH THE CORPORATE TRUST DEPARTMENT OF SUCH QUALIFIED  INSTITUTION

                                       40

<PAGE>

(THE "PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT"), BEARING A DESIGNATION CLEARLY INDICATING THAT
THE  FUNDS  DEPOSITED   THEREIN  ARE  HELD  FOR  THE  BENEFIT  OF  THE  INVESTOR
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  THE TRUSTEE SHALL POSSESS ALL RIGHT,  TITLE AND INTEREST IN
ALL FUNDS ON DEPOSIT FROM TIME TO TIME IN THE PRINCIPAL  FUNDING  ACCOUNT AND IN
ALL PROCEEDS  THEREOF.  THE  PRINCIPAL  FUNDING  ACCOUNT SHALL BE UNDER THE SOLE
DOMINION   AND  CONTROL  OF  THE  TRUSTEE  FOR  THE  BENEFIT  OF  THE   INVESTOR
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS. IF AT ANY TIME THE INSTITUTION HOLDING THE PRINCIPAL FUNDING
ACCOUNT CEASES TO BE A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTION,  THE TRANSFEROR  SHALL NOTIFY THE
TRUSTEE,  AND THE TRUSTEE  UPON BEING  NOTIFIED  (OR THE SERVICER ON ITS BEHALF)
SHALL,  WITHIN 10 BUSINESS  DAYS,  ESTABLISH  A NEW  PRINCIPAL  FUNDING  ACCOUNT
MEETING THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED ABOVE WITH A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTION,  AND SHALL
TRANSFER ANY CASH OR ANY INVESTMENTS TO SUCH NEW PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT.  THE
TRUSTEE,  AT THE DIRECTION OF THE SERVICER,  SHALL (I) MAKE WITHDRAWALS FROM THE
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT FROM TIME TO TIME, IN THE AMOUNTS AND FOR THE PURPOSES
SET FORTH IN THIS SERIES  SUPPLEMENT,  AND (II) ON EACH  TRANSFER DATE (FROM AND
AFTER  THE  COMMENCEMENT  OF  THE  CONTROLLED   ACCUMULATION  PERIOD)  PRIOR  TO
TERMINATION OF THE PRINCIPAL  FUNDING  ACCOUNT MAKE A DEPOSIT INTO THE PRINCIPAL
FUNDING  ACCOUNT IN THE AMOUNT  SPECIFIED IN, AND OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE  WITH,
SUBSECTION 4.09(E).

            (b)  FUNDS ON  DEPOSIT IN THE  PRINCIPAL  FUNDING  ACCOUNT  SHALL BE
INVESTED  AT  THE  DIRECTION  OF  THE  SERVICER  BY  THE  TRUSTEE  IN  PERMITTED
INVESTMENTS  EVIDENCING  OBLIGATIONS OF ANY OF THE  CORPORATION OR ANY AFFILIATE
THEREOF; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT IF NO OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION OR OF ANY
         --------   -------
AFFILIATE THEREOF SHALL QUALIFY AS PERMITTED  INVESTMENTS,  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE
PRECEDING,  THE FUNDS ON  DEPOSIT  IN THE  PRINCIPAL  FUNDING  ACCOUNT  SHALL BE
INVESTED  BY THE  TRUSTEE  IN  PERMITTED  INVESTMENTS.  FUNDS ON  DEPOSIT IN THE
PRINCIPAL  FUNDING  ACCOUNT ON ANY TRANSFER  DATE,  AFTER  GIVING  EFFECT TO ANY
WITHDRAWALS  FROM THE PRINCIPAL  FUNDING ACCOUNT ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE, SHALL BE
INVESTED  IN SUCH  INVESTMENTS  THAT  WILL  MATURE SO THAT  SUCH  FUNDS  WILL BE
AVAILABLE FOR WITHDRAWAL ON OR PRIOR TO THE FOLLOWING TRANSFER DATE. THE TRUSTEE
SHALL MAINTAIN FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE INVESTOR CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  POSSESSION OF
THE  NEGOTIABLE  INSTRUMENTS OR SECURITIES,  IF ANY,  EVIDENCING  SUCH PERMITTED
INVESTMENTS. NO PERMITTED INVESTMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF PRIOR TO ITS MATURITY.

            On  the  Transfer  Date   occurring  in  the  month   following  the
commencement  of the  Controlled  Accumulation  Period and on each Transfer Date
thereafter  with respect to the  Controlled  Accumulation  Period,  the Trustee,
acting at the Servicer's  direction given on or before such Transfer Date, shall
transfer from the Principal  Funding  Account to the Finance  Charge Account the
Principal  Funding  Investment  Proceeds  on  deposit in the  Principal  Funding
Account,  for  application  as  Class A  Available  Funds  applied  pursuant  to
subsection 4.09(a)(i).

            An amount equal to any Principal Funding Investment  Shortfall shall
be  deposited  in the  Finance  Charge  Account on each  Transfer  Date from the
Reserve  Account  to the  extent  funds are  available  pursuant  to  subsection
4.16(d).  Principal Funding Investment Proceeds (including  reinvested interest)
shall not be considered part of the amounts on deposit in the Principal  Funding
Account for purposes of this Series Supplement.

                                       41

<PAGE>

            SECTION 4.16 Reserve Account .
                         ---------------

            (a) THE  TRUSTEE  SHALL  ESTABLISH  AND  MAINTAIN  WITH A  QUALIFIED
INSTITUTION,  WHICH MAY BE THE TRUSTEE,  IN THE NAME OF THE TRUST,  ON BEHALF OF
THE TRUST,  FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE  INVESTOR  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS,  A  SEGREGATED
TRUST ACCOUNT WITH THE CORPORATE TRUST DEPARTMENT OF SUCH QUALIFIED  INSTITUTION
(THE "RESERVE ACCOUNT"), BEARING A DESIGNATION CLEARLY INDICATING THAT THE FUNDS
DEPOSITED  THEREIN ARE HELD FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE INVESTOR  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.
THE TRUSTEE SHALL POSSESS ALL RIGHT,  TITLE AND INTEREST IN ALL FUNDS ON DEPOSIT
FROM  TIME TO TIME IN THE  RESERVE  ACCOUNT  AND IN ALL  PROCEEDS  THEREOF.  THE
RESERVE  ACCOUNT SHALL BE UNDER THE SOLE DOMINION AND CONTROL OF THE TRUSTEE FOR
THE BENEFIT OF THE INVESTOR  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  IF AT ANY TIME THE INSTITUTION
HOLDING THE RESERVE ACCOUNT CEASES TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTION, THE TRANSFEROR
SHALL NOTIFY THE TRUSTEE,  AND THE TRUSTEE UPON BEING  NOTIFIED (OR THE SERVICER
ON ITS BEHALF) SHALL,  WITHIN 10 BUSINESS DAYS,  ESTABLISH A NEW RESERVE ACCOUNT
MEETING THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED ABOVE WITH A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTION,  AND SHALL
TRANSFER ANY CASH OR ANY INVESTMENTS TO SUCH NEW RESERVE  ACCOUNT.  THE TRUSTEE,
AT THE DIRECTION OF THE SERVICER,  SHALL (I) MAKE  WITHDRAWALS  FROM THE RESERVE
ACCOUNT  FROM  TIME TO TIME IN AN  AMOUNT UP TO THE  AVAILABLE  RESERVE  ACCOUNT
AMOUNT AT SUCH TIME, FOR THE PURPOSES SET FORTH IN THIS SERIES  SUPPLEMENT,  AND
(II) ON EACH  TRANSFER  DATE (FROM AND AFTER THE RESERVE  ACCOUNT  FUNDING DATE)
PRIOR TO  TERMINATION  OF THE RESERVE  ACCOUNT  MAKE A DEPOSIT  INTO THE RESERVE
ACCOUNT IN THE AMOUNT SPECIFIED IN, AND OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH, SUBSECTION
4.11(I).

            (b) FUNDS ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT SHALL BE INVESTED AT THE
DIRECTION  OF THE SERVICER BY THE TRUSTEE IN  PERMITTED  INVESTMENTS  EVIDENCING
OBLIGATIONS  OF ANY OF THE  CORPORATION  OR  ANY  AFFILIATE  THEREOF;  PROVIDED,
                                                                       --------
HOWEVER,  THAT IF NO  OBLIGATIONS OF THE  CORPORATION  OR ANY AFFILIATE  THEREOF
- -------
SHALL QUALIFY AS PERMITTED INVESTMENTS, NOTWITHSTANDING THE PRECEDING, THE FUNDS
ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE  ACCOUNT SHALL BE INVESTED BY THE TRUSTEE IN PERMITTED
INVESTMENTS. FUNDS ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT ON ANY TRANSFER DATE, AFTER
GIVING EFFECT TO ANY WITHDRAWALS FROM THE RESERVE ACCOUNT ON SUCH TRANSFER DATE,
SHALL BE INVESTED IN SUCH  INVESTMENTS  THAT WILL MATURE SO THAT SUCH FUNDS WILL
BE AVAILABLE  FOR  WITHDRAWAL ON OR PRIOR TO THE FOLLOWING  TRANSFER  DATE.  THE
TRUSTEE  SHALL  MAINTAIN  FOR THE  BENEFIT  OF THE  INVESTOR  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
POSSESSION OF THE NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS OR SECURITIES,  IF ANY, EVIDENCING SUCH
PERMITTED INVESTMENTS. NO PERMITTED INVESTMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF PRIOR TO ITS
MATURITY.  ON EACH TRANSFER  DATE,  ALL INTEREST AND EARNINGS (NET OF LOSSES AND
INVESTMENT  EXPENSES)  ACCRUED  SINCE THE  PRECEDING  TRANSFER  DATE ON FUNDS ON
DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE  ACCOUNT SHALL BE RETAINED IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT (TO THE

                                       42

<PAGE>

EXTENT  THAT THE  AVAILABLE  RESERVE  ACCOUNT  AMOUNT IS LESS THAN THE  REQUIRED
RESERVE  ACCOUNT  AMOUNT) AND THE BALANCE,  IF ANY,  SHALL BE DEPOSITED INTO THE
FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT AND INCLUDED IN CLASS A AVAILABLE FUNDS FOR SUCH TRANSFER
DATE. FOR PURPOSES OF DETERMINING  THE  AVAILABILITY  OF FUNDS OR THE BALANCE IN
THE RESERVE  ACCOUNT  FOR ANY REASON  UNDER THIS  SERIES  SUPPLEMENT,  EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THE PRECEDING SENTENCE,  INVESTMENT EARNINGS ON SUCH FUNDS
SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE AVAILABLE OR ON DEPOSIT.

            (c) ON OR BEFORE EACH TRANSFER  DATE WITH RESPECT TO THE  CONTROLLED
ACCUMULATION  PERIOD  PRIOR  TO THE  PAYMENT  IN  FULL OF THE  CLASS A  INVESTOR
INTEREST  AND ON OR BEFORE  THE FIRST  TRANSFER  DATE WITH  RESPECT TO THE RAPID
AMORTIZATION  PERIOD,  THE SERVICER  SHALL  CALCULATE  THE "RESERVE DRAW AMOUNT"
WHICH SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE PRINCIPAL FUNDING INVESTMENT  SHORTFALL WITH RESPECT
TO EACH TRANSFER DATE WITH RESPECT TO THE CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION PERIOD OR THE
FIRST  TRANSFER DATE WITH RESPECT TO THE RAPID  AMORTIZATION  PERIOD;  PROVIDED,
                                                                       --------
HOWEVER,  THAT SUCH AMOUNT  WILL BE REDUCED TO THE EXTENT  THAT FUNDS  OTHERWISE
- -------
WOULD BE AVAILABLE FOR DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT UNDER  SUBSECTION  4.11(I)
WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER DATE.

            (d) IN THE EVENT THAT FOR ANY TRANSFER  DATE THE RESERVE DRAW AMOUNT
IS GREATER  THAN ZERO,  THE RESERVE  DRAW AMOUNT,  UP TO THE  AVAILABLE  RESERVE
ACCOUNT  AMOUNT,  SHALL BE WITHDRAWN  FROM THE RESERVE  ACCOUNT ON SUCH TRANSFER
DATE  BY  THE  TRUSTEE  (ACTING  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  INSTRUCTIONS  OF THE
SERVICER),  DEPOSITED  INTO THE FINANCE  CHARGE  ACCOUNT AND INCLUDED IN CLASS A
AVAILABLE FUNDS FOR SUCH TRANSFER DATE.

            (e) IN THE EVENT THAT THE RESERVE  ACCOUNT  SURPLUS ON ANY  TRANSFER
DATE,  AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO ALL DEPOSITS TO AND  WITHDRAWALS  FROM THE RESERVE
ACCOUNT WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TRANSFER  DATE, IS GREATER THAN ZERO,  THE TRUSTEE,
ACTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS OF THE SERVICER,  SHALL WITHDRAW FROM
THE RESERVE  ACCOUNT,  AND PAY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOAN AGREEMENT,  AN AMOUNT
EQUAL TO SUCH RESERVE ACCOUNT SURPLUS.

            (f) UPON THE EARLIEST TO OCCUR OF (I) THE  TERMINATION  OF THE TRUST
PURSUANT TO ARTICLE XII OF THE AGREEMENT,  (II) IF THE  CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION
PERIOD  HAS NOT  COMMENCED,  THE  FIRST  TRANSFER  DATE  RELATING  TO THE  RAPID
AMORTIZATION  PERIOD  AND  (III)  IF  THE  CONTROLLED  ACCUMULATION  PERIOD  HAS
COMMENCED,  THE  EARLIER OF THE FIRST  TRANSFER  DATE WITH  RESPECT TO THE RAPID
AMORTIZATION  PERIOD AND THE TRANSFER  DATE  IMMEDIATELY  PRECEDING  THE CLASS A
SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE, THE TRUSTEE,  ACTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS
OF THE  SERVICER,  AFTER THE PRIOR  PAYMENT OF ALL  AMOUNTS  OWING TO THE SERIES
1996-A  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS THAT ARE PAYABLE FROM THE RESERVE ACCOUNT AS PROVIDED
HEREIN,  SHALL WITHDRAW FROM THE RESERVE  ACCOUNT AND PAY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LOAN AGREEMENT,  ALL AMOUNTS,  IF ANY, ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE ACCOUNT AND THE
RESERVE  ACCOUNT SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE  TERMINATED FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SERIES
SUPPLEMENT.

                                       43

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 4.17 Determination of LIBOR .
                               ----------------------

            (a) On each LIBOR  Determination  Date,  the Trustee will  determine
LIBOR on the basis of the rate for  deposits  in  United  States  dollars  for a
one-month  period which appears on Telerate  Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m.,  London
time, on such date. If such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the rate
for that LIBOR  Determination  Date will be determined on the basis of the rates
at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at
approximately  11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London
interbank market for a one-month period.  The Trustee will request the principal
London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate.
If at  least  two  such  quotations  are  provided,  the  rate  for  that  LIBOR
Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations.  If fewer than
two quotations are provided as requested,  the rate for that LIBOR Determination
Date will be the arithmetic  mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York
City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time,
on that day for loans in United States  dollars to leading  European banks for a
one-month period.

            (b) The  Class A  Certificate  Rate  and  Class B  Certificate  Rate
applicable to the then current and the immediately  preceding  Interest  Periods
may be obtained by any Investor  Certificateholder by telephoning the Trustee at
its Corporate Trust Office at (800) 934-6807.

            (c) On each  LIBOR  Determination  Date prior to 12:00 noon New York
City time, the Trustee shall send to the Servicer by facsimile,  notification of
LIBOR for the following Interest Period.

            SECTION 4.18 Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a Deposit or
                         -------------------------------------------------------
Payment.
- -------

            If  the  Servicer  or  the   Transferor   fails  to  make,  or  give
instructions  to make,  any  payment  or  deposit  (other  than as  required  by
subsections  2.04(d) and (e) and 12.02(a) or Sections 10.02 and 12.01)  required
to be made or given by the  Servicer or  Transferor,  respectively,  at the time
specified in the Agreement  (including  applicable  grace periods),  the Trustee
shall make such payment or deposit from the applicable  Investor Account without
instruction  from the Servicer or  Transferor.  The Trustee shall be required to
make any such payment,  deposit or withdrawal  hereunder only to the extent that
the Trustee  has  sufficient  information  to allow it to  determine  the amount
thereof;  provided,  however,  that the Trustee  shall in all cases be deemed to
          --------   -------
have sufficient  information to determine the amount of interest  payable to the
Series 1996-A  Certificateholders on each Distribution Date. The Servicer shall,
upon request of the Trustee,  promptly  provide the Trustee with all information
necessary to allow the Trustee to make such payment, deposit or withdrawal. Such
funds or the proceeds of such withdrawal  shall be applied by the Trustee in the
manner in which such payment or deposit  should have been made by the Transferor
or the Servicer, as the case may be.

                                       44

<PAGE>

            SECTION 8. Article V of the  Agreement.  Article V of the  Agreement
                       ---------------------------
shall  read in its  entirety  as  follows  and shall be  applicable  only to the
Investor Certificateholders:


                                  ARTICLE V

                    DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR
                               CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

            SECTION 5.01  Distributions  . 58. ON EACH  DISTRIBUTION  DATE,  THE
                          -------------
TRUSTEE SHALL  DISTRIBUTE (IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE  CERTIFICATE  DELIVERED ON OR
BEFORE THE RELATED  TRANSFER  DATE BY THE  SERVICER  TO THE TRUSTEE  PURSUANT TO
SUBSECTION  3.04(B))  TO  EACH  CLASS  A  CERTIFICATEHOLDER  OF  RECORD  ON  THE
IMMEDIATELY  PRECEDING RECORD DATE (OTHER THAN AS PROVIDED IN SUBSECTION 2.04(E)
OR SECTION 12.03 RESPECTING A FINAL DISTRIBUTION) SUCH  CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S  PRO
                                                                             ---
RATA SHARE (BASED ON THE AGGREGATE  UNDIVIDED  INTERESTS  REPRESENTED BY CLASS A
- ----
CERTIFICATES  HELD BY SUCH  CERTIFICATEHOLDER)  OF  AMOUNTS  ON  DEPOSIT  IN THE
DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT AS ARE PAYABLE TO THE CLASS A  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  PURSUANT
TO  SECTION  4.09 BY CHECK  MAILED TO EACH  CLASS A  CERTIFICATEHOLDER  (AT SUCH
CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S  ADDRESS AS IT APPEARS IN THE CERTIFICATE REGISTER),  EXCEPT
THAT WITH RESPECT TO CLASS A CERTIFICATES  REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE NOMINEE
OF A CLEARING AGENCY,  SUCH DISTRIBUTION SHALL BE MADE IN IMMEDIATELY  AVAILABLE
FUNDS.

            (b) ON EACH  DISTRIBUTION  DATE,  THE TRUSTEE SHALL  DISTRIBUTE  (IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATE DELIVERED ON OR BEFORE THE RELATED TRANSFER DATE
BY THE SERVICER TO THE TRUSTEE  PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION  3.04(B)) TO EACH CLASS B
CERTIFICATEHOLDER OF RECORD ON THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING RECORD DATE (OTHER THAN
AS  PROVIDED  IN  SUBSECTION   2.04(E)  OR  SECTION  12.03  RESPECTING  A  FINAL
DISTRIBUTION)  SUCH  CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S  PRO RATA SHARE (BASED ON THE AGGREGATE
                                          --- ----
UNDIVIDED   INTERESTS   REPRESENTED  BY  CLASS  B  CERTIFICATES   HELD  BY  SUCH
CERTIFICATEHOLDER)  OF AMOUNTS ON  DEPOSIT  IN THE  DISTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT AS ARE
PAYABLE TO THE CLASS B  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  4.09 BY CHECK
MAILED TO EACH CLASS B CERTIFICATEHOLDER (AT SUCH CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S ADDRESS AS
IT APPEARS IN THE  CERTIFICATE  REGISTER),  EXCEPT THAT WITH  RESPECT TO CLASS B
CERTIFICATES  REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE NOMINEE OF A CLEARING  AGENCY,  SUCH
DISTRIBUTION SHALL BE MADE IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.

            SECTION 5.02  Monthly Series 1996-A Certificateholders' Statement.
                          ---------------------------------------------------

            (a) ON OR BEFORE EACH  DISTRIBUTION  DATE, THE TRUSTEE SHALL FORWARD
TO EACH SERIES 1996-A  CERTIFICATEHOLDER,  EACH RATING AGENCY AND THE COLLATERAL
INTEREST  HOLDER A  STATEMENT  SUBSTANTIALLY  IN THE FORM OF  EXHIBIT  C TO THIS
SERIES SUPPLEMENT PREPARED BY THE SERVICER, DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE AND SETTING

                                       45

<PAGE>

FORTH,  AMONG OTHER THINGS,  THE FOLLOWING  INFORMATION  (WHICH,  IN THE CASE OF
SUBCLAUSES  (I) AND (II)  BELOW,  SHALL BE STATED  ON THE  BASIS OF AN  ORIGINAL
PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT OF $1,000 PER CERTIFICATE  AND, IN THE CASE OF SUBCLAUSES (IX)
AND (X) SHALL BE STATED ON AN  AGGREGATE  BASIS AND ON THE BASIS OF AN  ORIGINAL
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF $1,000 PER CERTIFICATE, AS APPLICABLE):

            (i) the amount of the current distribution allocable to Class A
      Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal and Collateral Monthly
      Principal, respectively;

            (ii) the  amount of the current distribution  allocable  to Class A
      Monthly Interest, Class A Deficiency Amounts, Class A Additional Interest,
      Class B Monthly Interest,  Class B Deficiency Amounts,  Class B Additional
      Interest  and  Collateral  Monthly  Interest,  and any  accrued and unpaid
      Collateral Monthly Interest, respectively;

            (iii) the amount of Collections of Principal Receivables processed
      during the related Monthly Period and allocated in respect of the Class
      A Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the Collateral Interest,
      respectively;

            (iv)    the amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables
      processed during the related Monthly Period and allocated   in respect
      of the Class A Certificates, the Class B Certificates and the
      Collateral Interest, respectively;

            (v) the  aggregate amount of Principal Receivables,  the  Investor
      Interest,  the Adjusted Investor Interest,  the Class A Investor Interest,
      the Class A Adjusted Investor Interest, the Class B Investor Interest, the
      Collateral  Interest,  the  Floating  Investor  Percentage,  the  Class  A
      Floating  Allocation,  the Class B  Floating  Allocation,  the  Collateral
      Floating  Allocation  and the  Fixed  Investor  Percentage,  Class A Fixed
      Allocation,  the  Class  B  Fixed  Allocation  and  the  Collateral  Fixed
      Allocation  with respect to the Principal  Receivables  in the Trust as of
      the end of the day on the Record Date;

            (vi) the aggregate outstanding balance of Accounts which were 30 to
      59, 60 to 89 and 90 or more days delinquent as of the end of the day on
      the Record Date;

            (vii) the Aggregate Investor Default Amount, the Class A Investor
      Default Amount, the Class B Investor Default Amount and the Collateral
      Default Amount for the related Monthly Period;

            (viii) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B
      Investor Charge-Offs and Collateral Charge-Offs for the related Monthly
      Period;

                                       46

<PAGE>

            (ix) the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs, Class B
      Investor Charge-Offs and Collateral Charge-Offs reimbursed on the
      Transfer Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date;

            (x) the amount of the Class A Servicing Fee, the Class B
      Servicing Fee, the Collateral Servicing Fee and the Servicer
      Interchange for the related Monthly Period;

            (xi) the Portfolio Yield for the preceding Monthly Period;

            (xii) the amount of Reallocated Collateral Principal Collections
      and Reallocated Class B Principal Collections with respect to such
      Distribution Date;

            (xiii) the Class B Investor Interest and the Collateral Interest as
      of the close of business on such Distribution Date;

            (xiv) LIBOR for the Interest Period ending on such Distribution
      Date;

            (xv) the Principal Funding Account Balance on the related Transfer
      Date;

            (xvi) the Accumulation Shortfall;

            (xvii) the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds transferred to the
      Finance Charge Account on the related Transfer Date;

            (xviii) the Principal Funding Investment Shortfall on the related
      Transfer Date;

            (xix) the amount of Class A Available Funds and Class B Available
      Funds on deposit in the Finance Charge Account on the related Transfer
      Date; and

            (xx) such other items as are set forth in Exhibit C to this Series
      Supplement.

            (b) ANNUAL  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS'  TAX STATEMENT. ON OR BEFORE JANUARY
                ------------------------------------------
31 OF EACH CALENDAR  YEAR,  BEGINNING WITH CALENDAR YEAR 1997, THE TRUSTEE SHALL
DISTRIBUTE TO EACH PERSON WHO AT ANY TIME DURING THE PRECEDING CALENDAR YEAR WAS
A  SERIES  1996-A  CERTIFICATEHOLDER,  A  STATEMENT  PREPARED  BY  THE  SERVICER
CONTAINING  THE  INFORMATION  REQUIRED TO BE  CONTAINED  IN THE REGULAR  MONTHLY
REPORT TO SERIES 1996-A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS, AS SET FORTH IN SUBCLAUSES (I), (II)
AND  (III) IN  SUBSECTION  5.02(A),  AGGREGATED  FOR SUCH  CALENDAR  YEAR OR THE
APPLICABLE  PORTION  THEREOF  DURING  WHICH  SUCH  PERSON  WAS A  SERIES  1996-A
CERTIFICATEHOLDER,  TOGETHER WITH SUCH OTHER CUSTOMARY  INFORMATION  (CONSISTENT
WITH THE TREATMENT OF THE  CERTIFICATES AS DEBT) AS THE SERVICER DEEMS NECESSARY
OR DESIRABLE TO ENABLE THE SERIES 1996-A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS TO PREPARE THEIR TAX
RETURNS.  SUCH OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUSTEE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN SATISFIED
TO THE EXTENT THAT SUBSTANTIALLY COMPARABLE INFORMATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE
TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO ANY REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE.

                                       47

<PAGE>

            SECTION 9.  Series 1996-A Pay Out Events.  If any one of the
                        ----------------------------
following events shall occur with respect to the Investor Certificates:

            (a) FAILURE ON THE PART OF THE TRANSFEROR (I) TO MAKE ANY PAYMENT OR
DEPOSIT  REQUIRED  BY THE  TERMS  OF  (A)  THE  AGREEMENT  OR  (B)  THIS  SERIES
SUPPLEMENT,  ON OR  BEFORE  THE DATE  OCCURRING  FIVE  DAYS  AFTER THE DATE SUCH
PAYMENT  OR  DEPOSIT IS  REQUIRED  TO BE MADE  HEREIN OR (II) DULY TO OBSERVE OR
PERFORM  IN ANY  MATERIAL  RESPECT  ANY OTHER  COVENANTS  OR  AGREEMENTS  OF THE
TRANSFEROR SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT OR THIS SERIES  SUPPLEMENT,  WHICH FAILURE
HAS A MATERIAL  ADVERSE  EFFECT ON THE SERIES 1996-A  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  (WHICH
DETERMINATION  SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO THE AMOUNT OF THE  COLLATERAL
INTEREST) AND WHICH CONTINUES  UNREMEDIED FOR A PERIOD OF 60 DAYS AFTER THE DATE
ON WHICH  WRITTEN  NOTICE OF SUCH  FAILURE,  REQUIRING  THE SAME TO BE REMEDIED,
SHALL HAVE BEEN GIVEN TO THE TRANSFEROR BY THE TRUSTEE, OR TO THE TRANSFEROR AND
THE  TRUSTEE  BY THE  HOLDERS  OF  INVESTOR  CERTIFICATES  EVIDENCING  UNDIVIDED
INTERESTS  AGGREGATING NOT LESS THAN 50% OF THE INVESTOR INTEREST OF THIS SERIES
1996-A,  AND CONTINUES TO AFFECT  MATERIALLY  AND ADVERSELY THE INTERESTS OF THE
SERIES  1996-A  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  (WHICH  DETERMINATION  SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO THE AMOUNT OF THE COLLATERAL INTEREST) FOR SUCH PERIOD;

            (b) ANY  REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY  MADE BY THE  TRANSFEROR IN THE
AGREEMENT OR THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT,  OR ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED IN A COMPUTER
FILE OR MICROFICHE  LIST REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR  PURSUANT TO
SECTION  2.01 OR 2.06,  (I) SHALL PROVE TO HAVE BEEN  INCORRECT  IN ANY MATERIAL
RESPECT  WHEN MADE OR WHEN  DELIVERED,  WHICH  CONTINUES  TO BE INCORRECT IN ANY
MATERIAL  RESPECT FOR A PERIOD OF 60 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH WRITTEN NOTICE
OF SUCH FAILURE, REQUIRING THE SAME TO BE REMEDIED, SHALL HAVE BEEN GIVEN TO THE
TRANSFEROR BY THE TRUSTEE,  OR TO THE  TRANSFEROR AND THE TRUSTEE BY THE HOLDERS
OF INVESTOR  CERTIFICATES  EVIDENCING  UNDIVIDED INTERESTS  AGGREGATING NOT LESS
THAN 50% OF THE INVESTOR INTEREST OF THIS SERIES 1996-A, AND (II) AS A RESULT OF
WHICH THE INTERESTS OF THE SERIES 1996-A  CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  ARE MATERIALLY AND
ADVERSELY AFFECTED (WHICH  DETERMINATION  SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE
AMOUNT OF THE  COLLATERAL  INTEREST) AND CONTINUE TO BE MATERIALLY AND ADVERSELY
AFFECTED FOR SUCH PERIOD; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT A SERIES 1996-A PAY OUT EVENT
                          --------   -------
PURSUANT TO THIS  SUBSECTION  9(B) HEREOF  SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE  OCCURRED
HEREUNDER IF THE TRANSFEROR HAS ACCEPTED REASSIGNMENT OF THE RELATED RECEIVABLE,
OR ALL OF SUCH RECEIVABLES, IF APPLICABLE, DURING SUCH PERIOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT;

                                       48

<PAGE>

            (c)   THE AVERAGE PORTFOLIO YIELD FOR ANY THREE CONSECUTIVE
MONTHLY PERIODS IS LESS THAN THE AVERAGE BASE RATE FOR SUCH PERIOD;

            (d)   THE TRANSFEROR SHALL FAIL TO CONVEY RECEIVABLES ARISING
UNDER ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS, OR PARTICIPATIONS, TO THE TRUST, AS REQUIRED BY
SUBSECTION 2.06(A);

            (e)   ANY SERVICER DEFAULT SHALL OCCUR WHICH WOULD HAVE A
MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON THE SERIES 1996-A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS; OR

            (f) THE CLASS A INVESTOR  INTEREST  SHALL NOT BE PAID IN FULL ON THE
CLASS A SCHEDULED  PAYMENT  DATE OR THE CLASS B INVESTOR  INTEREST  SHALL NOT BE
PAID IN FULL ON THE CLASS B SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE;

then, in the case of any event described in subsection  9(a), (b) or (e) hereof,
after the applicable  grace period set forth in such  subparagraphs,  either the
Trustee or Holders  of  Investor  Certificates  evidencing  Undivided  Interests
aggregating not less than 50% of the Investor  Interest of this Series 1996-A by
notice  then given in writing to the  Transferor  and the  Servicer  (and to the
Trustee if given by the  Certificateholders) may declare that a pay out event (a
"Series  1996-A Pay Out Event") has occurred as of the date of such notice,  and
in the case of any event  described in  subsection  9(c),  (d) or (f) hereof,  a
Series  1996-A Pay Out Event shall occur  without any notice or other  action on
the part of the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders  immediately upon the
occurrence of such event.

            SECTION 10.  Series  1996-A  Termination.  The right of the Investor
                         ---------------------------
Certificateholders  to receive  payments  from the Trust will  terminate  on the
first Business Day following the Series 1996-A Termination Date.

            SECTION 11. Counterparts.  This Series Supplement may be executed in
                        ------------
any number of  counterparts,  each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

            SECTION 12. Periodic  Finance Charges and Other Fees. The Transferor
                        ----------------------------------------
hereby agrees that,  except as otherwise  required by any Requirement of Law, or
as is deemed by the  Transferor  to be necessary in order for the  Transferor to
maintain its credit card  business,  based upon a good faith  assessment  by the
Transferor,  in its sole  discretion,  of the nature of the  competition  in the
credit  card  business,  it shall not at any time  reduce the  Periodic  Finance
Charges  assessed on any Receivable or other fees on any Account if, as a result
of such  reduction,  the  Transferor's  reasonable  expectation of the Portfolio
Yield as of such date would be less than the then Base Rate.

                                       49

<PAGE>

            SECTION 13.  Governing Law.  THIS SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE
                         -------------
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

            SECTION  14. No  Petition.  The  Transferor,  the  Servicer  and the
                         ------------
Trustee,   by  entering   into  this  Series   Supplement   and  each   Investor
Certificateholder,  by accepting a Series 1996-A Certificate hereby covenant and
agree that they will not at any time institute against the Trust, or join in any
institution  against the Trust of, any bankruptcy  proceedings  under any United
States  Federal  or state  bankruptcy  or  similar  law in  connection  with any
obligations relating to the Investor  Certificateholders,  the Agreement or this
Series Supplement.

            SECTION  15.  Tax  Representation  and  Covenant.  Any  holder of an
                          ----------------------------------
interest in the Trust  acquired  pursuant to Section  12.01(b) in respect of the
Series  1996-A  Certificates  shall be required  to  represent  and  covenant in
connection with such acquisition that (x) it has neither  acquired,  nor will it
sell,  trade or transfer  any interest in the Trust or cause any interest in the
Trust to be marketed on or through either (i) an "established securities market"
within the meaning of Code section 7704 (b) (1), including without limitation an
interdealer  quotation  system  that  regularly  disseminates  firm  buy or sell
quotations by identified  brokers or dealers by electronic means or otherwise or
(ii) a "secondary  market (or the substantial  equivalent  thereof)"  within the
meaning of Code section 7704(b) (2), including a market wherein interests in the
Trust are regularly quoted by any person making a market in such interests and a
market  wherein any person  regularly  makes  available bid or offer quotes with
respect  to  interests  in the Trust  and  stands  ready to  effect  buy or sell
transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of others,  (y) unless
the Transferor  consents  otherwise,  such holder (i) is properly classified as,
and will remain  classified  as, a  "corporation"  as  described in Code section
7701(a)(3)  and (ii) is not, and will not become,  an S corporation as described
in Code section 1361, and (z) it will (i) cause any participant  with respect to
such interest otherwise permitted hereunder to make similar  representations and
covenants  for the benefit of the  Transferor  and the Trust and (ii)  forward a
copy of such  representations  and  covenants to the  Trustee.  Each such holder
shall further agree in connection with its acquisition of such interest that, in
the  event  of any  breach  of its (or  its  participant's)  representation  and
covenant  that it (or its  participant)  is and  shall  remain  classified  as a
corporation other than an S corporation,  the Transferor shall have the right to
procure a replacement investor to replace such holder (or its participant),  and
further  that such  holder  shall  take all  actions  necessary  to permit  such
replacement investor to succeed to its rights and obligations as a holder (or to
the rights of its participant).

            SECTION 16. Certain Tax Related Amendments. In addition to any other
                        ------------------------------
provisions  relating  to  amendments  in either  the  Agreement  or this  Series
Supplement,  this Series Supplement may be amended by the Transferor without the

                                       50

<PAGE>

consent  of the  Servicer,  Trustee  or any  Investor  Certificateholder  if the
Transferor  provides  the  Trustee  with (i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that such  amendment  or  modification  would reduce the risk the Trust would be
treated as taxable as a publicly  traded  partnership  pursuant to Code  section
7704 and (ii) a  certificate  that  such  amendment  or  modification  would not
materially  and  adversely  affect  any  Investor  Certificateholder;  provided,
                                                                       --------
however,  that no such amendment shall be deemed effective without the Trustee's
- -------
consent, if the Trustee's rights,  duties and obligations  hereunder are thereby
modified.


                                       51

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Transferor,  the Servicer and the Trustee
have  caused  this  Series  1996-A  Supplement  to be  duly  executed  by  their
respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

                                       BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
                                         ASSOCIATION,
                                         Transferor and Servicer


                                       By: /s/  Margaret A. Sprude
                                           -----------------------
                                          Name:  Margaret A. Sprude
                                          Title: Senior Vice President

                                       FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                         Trustee




                                       By: /s/  Lynn M. Steiner
                                           --------------------
                                          Name:  Lynn M. Steiner
                                          Title: Assistant Vice President

                                       52

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT A-1


                             FORM OF CERTIFICATE
                             -------------------

                                   CLASS A


                        UNLESS THIS  CERTIFICATE  IS PRESENTED BY AN  AUTHORIZED
            REPRESENTATIVE   OF  THE  DEPOSITORY  TRUST  COMPANY,   A  NEW  YORK
            CORPORATION  ("DTC"), TO BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OR ITS
            AGENT FOR  REGISTRATION  OF TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY
            CERTIFICATE  ISSUED  IS  REGISTERED  IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN
            SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
            (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
            REQUESTED BY AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF DTC),  ANY TRANSFER,
            PLEDGE  OR OTHER USE  HEREOF  FOR  VALUE OR  OTHERWISE  BY OR TO ANY
            PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,  CEDE &
            CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

No.__                                                                  $________

                                                             CUSIP NO. _________


                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST
                            CLASS A FLOATING-RATE
                   ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1996-A


Evidencing an Undivided  Interest in a trust,  the corpus of which consists of a
portfolio of  MasterCard(R)  and VISA(R)* credit card  receivables  generated or
acquired by Bank of America National  Association and other assets and interests
constituting  the Trust  under the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  described
below.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proceeds from the assets in the related Trust will be the only source of
payments on the Certificates.  The Certificates do not represent an
obligation of or interest in the Transferor, BankAmerica Corporation, Bank of
America NT&SA or any of their affiliates.  Neither the Certificates nor the
underlying Receivables or other assets of the Trust are insured or guaranteed
by any governmental  agency or  instrumentality  or by BankAmerica  Corporation,
Bank of America NT&SA or any of their affiliates.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------
* MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) are federally registered servicemarks of MasterCard
  International Inc. and of Visa U.S.A. Inc., respectively.

<PAGE>

            This certifies that CEDE & CO. (the "Class A Certificateholder")  is
the  registered  owner of an Undivided  Interest in a trust (the  "Trust"),  the
corpus of which consists of a portfolio of receivables (the  "Receivables")  now
existing or hereafter created and arising in connection with selected MasterCard
and VISA credit  card  accounts  (the  "Accounts")  of Bank of America  National
Association,  a national  banking  association  organized and existing under the
laws of the United States of America, all monies due or to become due in payment
of the  Receivables  (including  all Finance Charge  Receivables),  the right to
certain amounts received as Interchange and Recoveries (if any), the benefits of
the Collateral Interest,  all proceeds of the foregoing and the other assets and
interests  constituting the Trust pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
dated as of July 19, 1996 as supplemented by the Series 1996-A  Supplement dated
as of July 19, 1996  (collectively,  as amended from time to time,  the "Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement"),  by and between Bank of America National Association
as Transferor (the  "Transferor")  and as Servicer (the  "Servicer"),  and First
Bank National Association,  as Trustee (the "Trustee"),  a summary of certain of
the pertinent provisions of which is set forth herein. To the extent not defined
herein,  capitalized terms used herein have the respective  meanings assigned to
them in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

            The Series 1996-A Certificates are issued in two classes,  the Class
A Certificates  (of which this certificate is one) and the Class B Certificates,
which are  subordinated to the Class A Certificates in certain rights of payment
as described herein and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

            The Transferor  has  structured the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
and the Series 1996-A  Certificates  with the  intention  that the Series 1996-A
Certificates will qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness,  and each of
the Transferor, the Holder of the Transferor Certificate,  the Servicer and each
Series  1996-A   Certificateholder  (or  Series  1996-A  Certificate  Owner)  by
acceptance of its Series 1996-A  Certificate  (or in the case of a Series 1996-A
Certificate  Owner,  by  virtue  of  such  Series  1996-A  Certificate   Owner's
acquisition of a beneficial  interest  therein),  agrees to treat and to take no
action inconsistent with the treatment of the Series 1996-A Certificates (or any
beneficial  interest  therein) as indebtedness  for purposes of federal,  state,
local and  foreign  income or  franchise  taxes and any other tax  imposed on or
measured by income.  Each Series  1996-A  Certificateholder  agrees that it will
cause any Series  1996-A  Certificate  Owner  acquiring  an interest in a Series
1996-A Certificate through it to comply with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
as to treatment of the Series 1996-A  Certificates as  indebtedness  for certain
tax purposes.

            This  Class A  Certificate  is issued  under and is  subject  to the
terms,  provisions  and  conditions of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  to
which Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as amended from time to time, the Class A
Certificateholder  by virtue of the  acceptance  hereof assents and by which the
Class A Certificateholder is bound.

                                     A-1-2

<PAGE>

            Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Class A Certificate shall
not be entitled to any benefit under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  or be
valid for any purpose.


                                     A-1-3

<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Bank of America National  Association has caused this
Class A Certificate to be duly executed.



                                       By:__________________________
                                          Authorized Officer



Date:  July 19, 1996

                                     A-1-4

<PAGE>

               Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
               -----------------------------------------------

                        CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
                        -----------------------------


            This is one of the Series 1996-A Class A Certificates referred to in
the within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                        FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                                Trustee


                                        By:_____________________________
                                                Authorized Signatory






<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT A-2


                             FORM OF CERTIFICATE
                             -------------------

                                   CLASS B


                  UNLESS  THIS   CERTIFICATE   IS  PRESENTED  BY  AN  AUTHORIZED
            REPRESENTATIVE   OF  THE  DEPOSITORY  TRUST  COMPANY,   A  NEW  YORK
            CORPORATION  ("DTC"), TO BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OR ITS
            AGENT FOR  REGISTRATION  OF TRANSFER,  EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY
            CERTIFICATE  ISSUED  IS  REGISTERED  IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN
            SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
            (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
            REQUESTED BY AN  AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE  OF DTC),  ANY TRANSFER,
            PLEDGE  OR OTHER USE  HEREOF  FOR  VALUE OR  OTHERWISE  BY OR TO ANY
            PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,  CEDE &
            CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

No.__                                                                 $_________
                                                           CUSIP NO. ___________


                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST
                            CLASS A FLOATING-RATE
                   ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE, SERIES 1996-A


Evidencing an Undivided  Interest in a trust,  the corpus of which consists of a
portfolio of  MasterCard(R)  and VISA(R)* credit card  receivables  generated or
acquired by Bank of America National  Association and other assets and interests
constituting  the Trust  under the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  described
below.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proceeds from the assets in the related Trust will be the only source of
payments on the Certificates.  The Certificates do not represent an
obligation of or interest in the Transferor, BankAmerica Corporation, Bank of
America NT&SA or any of their affiliates.  Neither the Certificates nor the
underlying Receivables or other assets of the Trust are insured or guaranteed
by any governmental  agency or  instrumentality  or by BankAmerica  Corporation,
Bank of America NT&SA or any of their affiliates.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------
* MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) are federally registered servicemarks of MasterCard
  International Inc. and of Visa U.S.A. Inc., respectively.

<PAGE>

This  certifies  that  CEDE  & CO.  (the  "Class  B  Certificateholder")  is the
registered owner of an Undivided  Interest in a trust (the "Trust"),  the corpus
of which consists of a portfolio of receivables (the "Receivables") now existing
or hereafter created and arising in connection with selected MasterCard and VISA
credit card accounts (the "Accounts") of Bank of America National Association, a
national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United
States of America, all monies due or to become due in payment of the Receivables
(including  all  Finance  Charge  Receivables),  the  right to  certain  amounts
received as Interchange  and Recoveries (if any), the benefits of the Collateral
Interest,  all  proceeds of the  foregoing  and the other  assets and  interests
constituting the Trust pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of
July 19, 1996 as supplemented by the Series 1996-A  Supplement  dated as of July
19, 1996 (collectively,  as amended from time to time the "Pooling and Servicing
Agreement"),  by and between Bank of America National  Association as Transferor
(the  "Transferor")  and as Servicer (the  "Servicer"),  and First Bank National
Association,  as Trustee (the "Trustee"),  a summary of certain of the pertinent
provisions  of which is set forth  herein.  To the  extent not  defined  herein,
capitalized  terms used herein have the respective  meanings assigned to them in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

The  Series  1996-A  Certificates  are  issued  in  two  classes,  the  Class  A
Certificates  and the Class B Certificates  (of which this  certificate is one),
which are  subordinated to the Class A Certificates in certain rights of payment
as described herein and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

The Transferor has structured the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series
1996-A  Certificates with the intention that the Series 1996-A Certificates will
qualify under  applicable tax law as  indebtedness,  and each of the Transferor,
the Holder of the  Transferor  Certificate,  the Servicer and each Series 1996-A
Certificateholder  (or Series  1996-A  Certificate  Owner) by  acceptance of its
Series 1996-A  Certificate (or in the case of a Series 1996-A Certificate owner,
by virtue of such Series 1996-A Certificate  Owner's acquisition of a beneficial
interest therein),  agrees to treat and to take no action  inconsistent with the
treatment of the Series 1996-A Certificates (or any beneficial interest therein)
as  indebtedness  for purposes of federal,  state,  local and foreign  income or
franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income.  Each Series
1996-A Certificateholder agrees that it will cause any Series 1996-A Certificate
owner acquiring an interest in a Series 1996-A Certificate  through it to comply
with the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement as to treatment of the Series  1996-A
Certificates as indebtedness for certain tax purposes.

This Class B Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions
and  conditions  of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  to which Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as amended from time to time, the Class B Certificateholder
by  virtue  of  the  acceptance   hereof  assents  and  by  which  the  Class  B
Certificateholder is bound.

                                     A-2-2

<PAGE>

            Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Class B Certificate shall
not be entitled to any benefit under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  or be
valid for any purpose.


                                     A-2-3

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Bank of America National Association has caused
this Class B Certificate to be duly executed.



                                       By:__________________________
                                          Authorized Officer



Date:  July 19, 1996

                                     A-2-4

<PAGE>

               Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
               -----------------------------------------------


                        CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
                        -----------------------------


            This is one of the Series 1996-A Class B Certificates referred to in
the within-mentioned Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


                                        FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                                Trustee



                                        By:_____________________________
                                                Authorized Signatory

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                       ---------


            FORM OF MONTHLY PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS AND NOTIFICATION
                                 TO THE TRUSTEE
                      BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                  BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST SERIES 1996-A
                    MONTHLY PERIOD ENDING _________ __, ____

            Capitalized terms used in this notice have their respective meanings
set forth in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  References herein to certain
sections  and  subsections  are  references  to  the  respective   sections  and
subsections of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as supplemented by the Series
1996-A Supplement. This notice is delivered pursuant to Section 4.09.

A.        BANK OF AMERICA IS THE  SERVICER  UNDER THE POOLING AND  SERVICING
          AGREEMENT.

B.        THE UNDERSIGNED IS A SERVICING OFFICER.

C.        THE DATE OF THIS NOTICE IS ON OR BEFORE THE RELATED  TRANSFER DATE
          UNDER THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

I.  INSTRUCTION TO MAKE A WITHDRAWAL

            Pursuant to Section  4.09,  the  Servicer  does hereby  instruct the
Trustee (i) to make withdrawals  from the Finance Charge Account,  the Principal
Account,  and the Principal Funding Account on _________ __, ____, which date is
a Transfer Date under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  in aggregate amounts
set  forth  below in  respect  of the  following  amounts  and (ii) to apply the
proceeds of such  withdrawals in accordance  with  subsection 3(a) of the Series
1996-A Supplement and Section 4.09 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement:

A.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 3(A) OF THE SERIES 1996-A
              SUPPLEMENT:

              1.    SERVICER INTERCHANGE                            $___________

B.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(A)(I):

              1.    CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST AT THE                 $___________
                    CLASS A CERTIFICATE RATE ON THE
                    CLASS A INVESTOR INTEREST

              2.    CLASS A DEFICIENCY AMOUNT                       $___________

              3.    CLASS A ADDITIONAL INTEREST                     $___________

C.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(A)(II):

              1.    CLASS A SERVICING FEE                           $___________

              2.    ACCRUED AND UNPAID CLASS A                      $___________
                    SERVICING FEE

<PAGE>

D.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(A)(III):

              1.    CLASS A INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT                 $___________

E.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(A)(IV):

              1.    PORTION OF EXCESS SPREAD FROM                   $___________
                    CLASS A AVAILABLE FUNDS TO BE
                    ALLOCATED AND DISTRIBUTED AS
                    PROVIDED IN SECTION 4.11

F.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(B)(I):

              1.    CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST AT THE                 $___________
                    CLASS B CERTIFICATE RATE ON THE
                    CLASS B INVESTOR INTEREST

              2.    CLASS B DEFICIENCY AMOUNT                       $___________

              3.    CLASS B ADDITIONAL INTEREST                     $___________

G.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(B)(II):

              1.    CLASS B SERVICING FEE                           $___________

              2.    ACCRUED AND UNPAID CLASS B                      $___________
                    SERVICING FEE

H.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(B)(III):

              1.    PORTION OF EXCESS SPREAD FROM                   $___________
                    CLASS B AVAILABLE FUNDS TO BE
                    ALLOCATED AND DISTRIBUTED AS
                    PROVIDED IN SECTION 4.11

I.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(C)(I):

              1.    COLLATERAL INTEREST SERVICING FEE,              $___________
                    IF APPLICABLE

              2.    ACCRUED AND UNPAID COLLATERAL                   $___________
                    INTEREST SERVICING FEE, IF
                    APPLICABLE

J.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(C)(II):

              1.    PORTION OF EXCESS SPREAD FROM                   $___________
                    COLLATERAL AVAILABLE FUNDS TO BE
                    ALLOCATED AND DISTRIBUTED AS
                    PROVIDED IN SECTION 4.11

                    TOTAL                                           $
                                                                     ===========

                                      B-2

<PAGE>

K.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(D)(I):

              1.    AMOUNT TO BE TREATED AS SHARED                  $___________
                    EXCESS PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS

L.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(D)(II):

              1.    AMOUNT TO BE PAID TO THE HOLDER OF              $___________
                    THE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

              2.    UNALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS               $___________

M.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(E)(I):

              1.    CLASS A MONTHLY PRINCIPAL                       $___________

N.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(E)(II):

              1.    CLASS B MONTHLY PRINCIPAL                       $___________

O.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(E)(III)

              1.    COLLATERAL MONTHLY PRINCIPAL TO BE              $___________
                    APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
                    LOAN AGREEMENT

P.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(E)(IV):

              1.    AMOUNT TO BE TREATED AS SHARED                  $___________
                    EXCESS PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS

Q.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(E)(V):

              1.    AMOUNT TO BE PAID TO THE HOLDER OF              $___________
                    THE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

              2.    UNALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS               $___________

                    TOTAL                                           $
                                                                     ===========

R.            PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(F):

              1.    AMOUNT TO BE WITHDRAWN FROM THE                 $___________
                    PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT AND
                    DEPOSITED INTO THE DISTRIBUTION
                    ACCOUNT

S.            PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.13:

              1.    AMOUNT OF SHARED EXCESS FINANCE                 $___________
                    CHARGE COLLECTIONS TO BE WITHDRAWN
                    FROM THE FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT TO
                    BE ALLOCATED TO SERIES 1996-A AND
                    DISTRIBUTED AS PROVIDED IN SECTION
                    4.11.

                                      B-3

<PAGE>

II.           INSTRUCTION TO MAKE CERTAIN PAYMENTS


           PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.09, THE SERVICER DOES HEREBY INSTRUCT THE
TRUSTEE TO PAY IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 5.01 FROM THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT
ON _________ __, ____, WHICH DATE IS A DISTRIBUTION DATE UNDER THE POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT, AMOUNTS SO DEPOSITED IN THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT PURSUANT
TO SECTION 4.09 AS SET FORTH BELOW:
       
A.     PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(G);

          1.    AMOUNT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO CLASS                   $___________
                A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

          2.    AMOUNT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO CLASS                   $___________
                B CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

B.     PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(H)(I):

          1.    AMOUNT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE                     $___________
                CLASS A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

C.     PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 4.09(H)(II):

          1.    AMOUNT TO BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE                     $___________
                CLASS B CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

III.      APPLICATION OF EXCESS SPREAD
          
       PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.11, THE SERVICER DOES HEREBY INSTRUCT THE TRUSTEE
TO APPLY THE EXCESS SPREAD WITH RESPECT TO THE RELATED MONTHLY PERIOD AND TO
MAKE THE FOLLOWING DISTRIBUTIONS IN THE FOLLOWING PRIORITY:

A.        THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE CLASS A REQUIRED                  $___________
          AMOUNT,  IF ANY,  WHICH  WILL BE USED TO
          FUND THE CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT AND BE
          APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH, AND IN THE
          PRIORITY SET FORTH IN, SUBSECTION 4.09(A)

B.        THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT                  $___________
          OF CLASS A INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS WHICH HAVE
          NOT BEEN PREVIOUSLY REIMBURSED (AFTER GIVING
          EFFECT TO THE ALLOCATION ON SUCH TRANSFER
          DATE OF CERTAIN OTHER AMOUNTS APPLIED FOR
          THAT PURPOSE) WHICH WILL BE TREATED AS A
          PORTION OF INVESTOR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND
          DEPOSITED INTO THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT ON SUCH
          TRANSFER DATE

                                      B-4

<PAGE>

C.        THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE CLASS B REQUIRED                  $___________
          AMOUNT,  IF ANY,  WHICH  WILL BE USED TO
          FUND THE CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT  AND  BE
          APPLIED  FIRST  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH,  AND
          IN THE PRIORITY  SET FORTH IN,  SUBSECTION
          4.09(B)  AND THEN ANY  AMOUNT AVAILABLE
          TO PAY THE CLASS B INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT
          SHALL BE TREATED  AS A PORTION OF INVESTOR
          PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITED INTO
          THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT

D.        THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT BY               $___________
          WHICH THE CLASS B INVESTOR INTEREST HAS BEEN
          REDUCED BELOW THE INITIAL CLASS B INVESTOR
          INTEREST FOR REASONS OTHER THAN THE PAYMENT
          OF PRINCIPAL TO THE CLASS B CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
          (BUT NOT IN EXCESS OF THE AGGREGATE  AMOUNT OF
          SUCH REDUCTIONS WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN PREVIOUSLY
          REIMBURSED)  WHICH WILL BE TREATED AS A PORTION
          OF INVESTOR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITED
          INTO THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT

E.        THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE COLLATERAL MONTHLY                $___________
          INTEREST PLUS THE AMOUNT OF ANY PAST DUE
                   ----
          COLLATERAL MONTHLY INTEREST WHICH WILL BE
          PAID TO THE COLLATERAL INTEREST HOLDER FOR
          APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOAN
          AGREEMENT

F.        THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF               $___________
          ACCRUED  BUT  UNPAID COLLATERAL  INTEREST
          SERVICING  FEES  WHICH  WILL  BE PAID TO THE
          SERVICER IF THE TRANSFEROR OR AN ACCEPTABLE
          SUCCESSOR SERVICER IS THE SERVICER,

G.        THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE COLLATERAL DEFAULT                $___________
          AMOUNT, IF ANY, FOR THE PRIOR MONTHLY PERIOD
          WHICH WILL BE TREATED AS A PORTION OF INVESTOR
          PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITED INTO
          THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT

                                      B-5

<PAGE>

H.        THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT BY               $___________
          WHICH THE COLLATERAL INTEREST HAS BEEN
          REDUCED BELOW THE REQUIRED COLLATERAL
          INTEREST FOR REASONS OTHER THAN
          THE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL TO THE COLLATERAL
          INTEREST HOLDER (BUT NOT IN EXCESS OF THE
          AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SUCH REDUCTIONS WHICH
          HAVE NOT BEEN PREVIOUSLY REIMBURSED) WHICH
          WILL BE TREATED AS A PORTION OF INVESTOR
          PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND DEPOSITED INTO
          THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT
          
I.        ON EACH TRANSFER DATE FROM AND AFTER THE                  $___________
          RESERVE ACCOUNT FUNDING DATE, BUT PRIOR
          TO THE DATE ON WHICH THE RESERVE ACCOUNT
          TERMINATES  AS DESCRIBED IN SUBSECTION
          4.16(F),  THE AMOUNT UP TO THE EXCESS,
          IF ANY, OF THE REQUIRED RESERVE ACCOUNT
          AMOUNT OVER THE AVAILABLE RESERVE ACCOUNT
          AMOUNT WHICH SHALL BE DEPOSITED INTO THE
          RESERVE ACCOUNT

J.        THE BALANCE, IF ANY, AFTER GIVING EFFECT                  $___________
          TO THE PAYMENTS MADE PURSUANT TO
          SUBPARAGRAPHS (A) THROUGH (I) ABOVE WHICH
          SHALL BE DEPOSITED INTO THE DISTRIBUTION
          ACCOUNT AND APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
          THE PROVISIONS OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT
          
IV.       REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
 
       PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.12, THE SERVICER DOES HEREBY INSTRUCT THE TRUSTEE
TO WITHDRAW FROM THE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT AND APPLY REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.12 WITH RESPECT TO THE RELATED MONTHLY PERIOD
IN THE FOLLOWING AMOUNTS:

A.        REALLOCATED COLLATERAL PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES              $___________

B.        REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES                 $___________

                                      B-6

<PAGE>

V.        ACCRUED AND UNPAID AMOUNTS

       AFTER GIVING EFFECT TO THE WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS TO BE MADE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THIS NOTICE,  THE FOLLOWING AMOUNTS WILL BE ACCRUED AND UNPAID
WITH RESPECT TO ALL MONTHLY PERIODS PRECEDING THE CURRENT CALENDAR MONTH

A.  SUBSECTIONS 4.09(A)(I) AND (B)(I):

     (1)   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF THE CLASS A                      $___________
           DEFICIENCY AMOUNT

     (2)   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF CLASS B                          $___________
           DEFICIENCY AMOUNT

B.  SUBSECTIONS 4.09(A)(II) AND (B)(II):

     THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF ALL ACCURED AND                        $___________
     UNPAID INVESTOR MONTHLY SERVICING FEES
 
C.  SECTION 4.10:

     THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF ALL UNREIMBURSED                       $___________
     INVESTOR CHARGE OFFS

                                      B-7

<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE UNDERSIGNED HAS DULY EXECUTED THIS
CERTIFICATE THIS __TH DAY OF __________, ____.

                                    BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
                                      ASSOCIATION
                                      TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER


                                    By:_________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:


                                      B-8

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                                                       ---------


         FORM OF MONTHLY SERIES 1996-A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' STATEMENT
         -----------------------------------------------------------

                                Series 1996-A

                      BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                ---------------------------------------------

                         BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST

                ---------------------------------------------

      The  information  which is  required to be  prepared  with  respect to the
distribution  date of ______ __, ____ and with respect to the performance of the
Trust during the related Monthly Period.

      Capitalized  terms used in this Statement have their  respective  meanings
set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

A.    Information Regarding the Current Monthly Distribution (Stated on the
      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
      Basis of $1,000 Original Certificate Principal Amount)
      ------------------------------------------------------

      1.  The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Clas A Monthly Principal                                $__________

      2.  The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Class B Monthly Principal                               $__________

      3.  The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Collateral Monthly Principal                            $__________

      4.  The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Class A Monthly Interest                                $__________

      5.  The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Class A Deficiency Amounts                              $__________

      6.  The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Class A Additional Interest                             $__________

      7.  The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Class B Monthly Interest                                

<PAGE>

      8.  The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Class B Deficiency Amounts                              $__________

      9.  The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Class B Additional Interest                             $__________

      10. The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of Collateral Monthly Interest                             $__________
 
      11. The amount of the current monthly distribution in respect
          of any accrued and unpaid Collateral Monthly Interest      $__________

B.    Information Regarding the Performance of the Trust
      --------------------------------------------------

      1.  Collection of Principal Receivables
          -----------------------------------

          (a)  The aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
               Receivables processed during the related Monthly
               Period which were allocated in respect of the
               Class A Certificates                                  $__________

          (b)  The aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
               Receivables processed during the related Monthly
               Period which were allocated in respect of the
               Class B Certificates                                  $__________

          (c)  The aggregate amount of Collections of Principal
               Receivables processed during the related Monthly
               Period which were allocated in respect of the
               Collateral Interest                                   $__________

      2.  Principal Receivables in the Trust
          ----------------------------------

          (a)  The aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
               in the Trust as of the end of the day on the
               last day of the related Monthly Period                $__________

          (b)  The amount of Principal Receivables in the
               Trust represented by the Investor Interest
               of Series 1996-A as of the end of the day
               on the last day of the related Monthly Period         $__________

                                      C-2

<PAGE>

          (c)  The amount of Principal Receivables in the
               Trust represented by the Series 1996-A
               Adjusted Investor Interest as of the end of
               the day on the last day of the related
               Monthly Period                                        $__________

          (d)  The amount of Principal Receivables in the
               Trust represented by the Class A Investor
               Interest as of the end of the day on the
               last day of the related Monthly Period                $__________

          (e)  The amount of Principal Receivables in the
               Trust represented by the Class A Adjusted
               Investor interest as of the end of day on
               the last day of the related Monthly Period            $__________

          (f)  The amount of Principal Receivables in the  
               Trust represented by the Class B Investor
               Interest as of the end of the day on the
               last day of the related Monthly Period                $__________

          (g)  The amount of Principal Receivables in the
               Trust represented by the Collateral Interest
               as of the end of the day on the last day of
               the related Monthly Period                            $__________

          (h)  The Floating Investor Percentage with respect
               to the related Monthly Period                         ____%

          (i)  The Class A Floating Allocation with respect
               to the related Monthly Period                         ____%

          (j)  The Class B Floating Allocation with respect
               to the related Monthly Period                         ____%
                   
          (k)  The Collateral Floating Allocation with respect
               to the related Monthly Period                         ____%

          (l)  The Fixed Investor Percentage with respect to the
               related Monthly Period                                ____%

                                      C-3

<PAGE>

          (m)  The Class A Fixed Allocation with respect to the
               related Monthly Period                                ____%

          (n)  The Class B Fixed Allocation with respect to the
               related Monthly Period                                ____%

          (o)  The Collateral Fixed Allocation with respect to
               the related Monthly Period                            ____%
                   RESPECT TO THE RELATED MONTHLY PERIOD

      3.  Delinquent Balances
          -------------------

          The aggregate amount of outstanding  balances in the Accounts which
          were  delinquent  as of the end of the day on the  last  day of the
          related Monthly Period:

                                             Aggregate               Percentage
                                              Account                 of Total
                                              Balance                Receivables
                                             ---------               -----------

          (a)    30 - 59 days:              $__________                 ____%
          (b)    60 - 89 days:              $__________                 ____%
          (c)    90 - or more days:         $__________                 ____%
                                Total:      $__________                 ____%

      4.  Investor Default Amount
          -----------------------

          (a)  The Aggregate Investor Default Amount for
               the related Monthly Period                            $__________

          (b)  The Class A Investor Default Amount for
               the related Monthly Period                            $__________

          (c)  The Class B Investor Default Amount for
               related Monthly Period                                $__________

          (d)  The Collateral Default Amount for the
               related Monthly Period                                $__________

      5.  Investor Charge Offs
          --------------------

          (a)  The aggregate amount of Class A Investor
               Charge Offs for the related Monthly Period            $__________

          (b)  The aggregate amount of Class A Investor
               Charge Offs set forth in 5(a) above per
               $1,000 of original certificate principal
               amount                                                $__________

                                      C-4

<PAGE>

          (c)  The aggregate amount of Class B Investor
               Charge Offs for the related Monthly Period            $__________

          (d)  The aggregate amount of Class B Investor        
               Charge Off set forth in 5(c) above per
               $1,000 of original certificate principal
               amount                                                $__________

          (e)  The aggregate amount of Collateral     
               Charge Offs for the related Monthly
               Period                                                $__________

          (f)  The aggregate amount of Collateral
               Charge Offs set forth in 5(e) above
               per $1,000 of original certificate
               principal amount                                      $__________

          (g)  The aggregate amount of Class A       
               Investor Charge Offs reimbursed on
               the Transfer Date immediately
               preceding this Distribution Date                      $__________

          (h)  The aggregate amount of Class A        
               Investor Charge Offs set forth in
               5(g) above per $1,000 original
               certificate principal amount
               reimbursed on the Transfer Date
               immediately preceding this
               Distribution Date                                     $__________

          (i)  The aggregate amount of Class B        
               Investor Charge Offs reimbursed on
               the Transfer Date immediately
               preceding this Distribution Date                      $__________

          (j)  The aggregate amount of Class b        
               Investor Charge Offs set forth in
               5(i) above per $1,000 original
               certificate principal amount
               reimbursed on the Transfer Date
               immediately preceding this
               Distribution Date                                     $__________

          (k)  The aggregate amount of Collateral
               Charge Offs reimbursed on the
               Transfer Date immediately preceding
               this Distribution Date                                $__________

                                      C-5

<PAGE>

          (l)  The aggregate amount of Collateral
               Charge Offs set forth in 5(k) above
               per $1,000 original certificate
               principal amount reimbursed on the
               Transfer Date immediately preceding
               Distribution Date                                     $__________

      6.  Investor Servicing Fee
          ----------------------

          (a)  The amount of the Class A Servicing
               Fee payable by the Trust to the
               Servicer for the related Monthly Period               $__________

          (b)  The amount of the Class B Servicing
               Fee payable by the Trust to the
               Servicer for the related Monthly Period               $__________

          (c)  The amount of the Collateral Servicing
               Fee payable by the Trust to the Servicer
               for the related Monthly Period                        $__________

          (d)  The amount of Servicer Interchange payable
               by the Trust to the Servicer for the
               related Monthly Period                                $__________

      7.  Reallocations
          -------------

          (a)  The amount of Reallocated Collateral Principal
               Collections with respect to this Distribution
               Date                                                  $__________

          (b)  The amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
               Collections with respect to this Distribution
               Date                                                  $__________

          (c)  The Collateral Interest as of the close of
               business on this Distribution Date                    $__________

          (d)  The Class B Investor Interest as of the close
               of business on this Distribution Date                 $__________

      8.  Collection of Finance Charge Receivables
          ----------------------------------------

          (a)  The aggregate amount of Collections of Finance
               Charge Receivables processed during the related
               Monthly Period which were allocated in respect
               of the Class A Certificates                           $__________

                                      C-6

<PAGE>

          (b)  The aggregate amount of Collections of Finance
               Charge Receivables processed during the related
               Monthly Period which were allocated in respect
               of the Class B Certificates                           $__________

          (c)  The aggregate amount of Collections of Finance
               Charge Receivables processed during the related
               Monthly Period which were allocated in respect
               of the Collateral Interest                            $__________

      9.  Principal Funding Account
          -------------------------

          (a)  The principal amount on deposit in the Principal
               Funding Account on the related Transfer Date          $__________

          (b)  The Accumulation Shortfall with respect to the
               related Monthly Period                                $__________

          (c)  The Principal Funding Investment Proceeds
               deposited in the Finance Charge Account on
               the related Transfer Date                             $__________

          (d)  The Principal Funding Investment Shortfall            $__________

          (e)  The amount of all or the portion of the
               Reserve Draw Amount deposited in the
               Finance Charge Account on the related
               Transfer Date from the Reserve Account                $__________

     10.  Reserve Draw Amount                                        $__________
          -------------------

     11.  Available Funds
          ---------------

          (a)  The amount of Class A Available Funds on deposit
               in the Finance Charge Account on the related
               Transfer Date                                         $__________

          (b)  The amount of Class B Available Funds on deposit
               in the Finance Charge Account on the related
               Transfer Date                                         $__________

                                      C-7

<PAGE>
 
          (c)  The amount of Collateral Available Funds on
               deposit in the Finance Charge Account on the
               related Transfer Date                                 $__________

     12.  Portfolio Yield
          ---------------

          (a)  The Portfolio Yield for the related Monthly
               Period                                                ____%

          (b)  The Portfolio Adjusted Yield for the related
               Monthly Period                                        ____%

C.    Floating-Rate Determinations
      ----------------------------

      1.  LIBOR for the Interest Period ending on this
          Distribution Date                                          ____%



                                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
                                       ASSOCIATION
                                       TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER


                                    By:_________________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:


                                      C-8

<PAGE>

                                                           SCHEDULE TO EXHIBIT C
                                                           ---------------------


                  SCHEDULE TO MONTHLY SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE
                    MONTHLY PERIOD ENDING _________ __, ____
                      BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                  BA MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST SERIES 1996-A


1.   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF THE INVESTOR PERCENTAGE OF              $__________
     COLLECTIONS OF PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES

2.   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF THE INVESTOR PERCENTAGE                 $__________
     OF COLLECTIONS OF FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES
     (EXCLUDING INTERCHANGE)

3.   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF THE INVESTOR PERCENTAGE                 $__________
     OF INTERCHANGE

4.   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SERVICER INTERCHANGE                    $__________

5.   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF FUNDS ON DEPOSIT IN FINANCE             $__________
     CHARGE ACCOUNT ALLOCABLE TO THE SERIES 1996-A
     CERTIFICATES

6.   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF FUNDS ON DEPOSIT IN THE                 $__________
     PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT ALLOCABLE TO THE SERIES 1996-A
     CERTIFICATES

7.   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF FUNDS ON DEPOSIT IN THE                 $__________
     PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT ALLOCABLE TO THE SERIES
     1996-A CERTIFICATES

8.   THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT TO BE WITHDRAWN FROM THE FINANCE           $__________
     CHARGE ACCOUNT AND PAID IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOAN
     AGREEMENT  PURSUANT TO SECTION

9.   THE EXCESS, IF ANY, OF THE REQUIRED COLLATERAL                  $__________
     INTEREST OVER THE COLLATERAL INTEREST

10.  THE COLLATERAL INTEREST ON THE TRANSFER DATE OF                 $__________
     THE CURRENT CALENDAR MONTH, AFTER GIVING EFFECT
     TO THE DEPOSITS AND WITHDRAWALS SPECIFIED ABOVE,
     IS EQUAL TO
 
11.  THE AMOUNT OF MONTHLY INTEREST, DEFICIENCY AMOUNTS
     AND ADDITIONAL INTEREST PAYABLE TO THE
     (i)   Class A Certificateholders                                $__________
     (ii)  Class B Certificateholders                                $__________
     (iii) Collateral Interest Holder                                $__________

<PAGE>

12.  THE AMOUNT OF PRINCIPAL PAYABLE TO THE
     (i)   Class A Certificateholders                                $__________
     (ii)  Class B Certificateholders                                $__________
     (iii) Collateral Interest Holder                                $__________

13.  THE SUM OF ALL AMOUNTS PAYABLE TO THE
     (i)   Class A Certificateholders                                $__________
     (ii)  Class B Certificateholders                                $__________
     (iii) Collateral Interest Holder                                $__________

14.  TO THE KNOWLEDGE  OF THE  UNDERSIGNED,  NO SERIES  1996-A PAY
     OUT EVENT OR TRUST PAY OUT EVENT HAS OCCURRED EXCEPT AS
     DESCRIBED BELOW:
                   NONE



            IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has duly executed and delivered
this Certificate this __th day of __________, ____.



                                    BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
                                      ASSOCIATION
                                      TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER


                                    By:_______________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:

                                      S-2



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission